Categories
Podcast

12: Celebrity Culture, Platform Brands and Parasocial Relationship‪s‬

The nature of celebrity culture has changed in recent years, most notably with the rise of the influencer brand. But why is this happening now, and how have our digital tribes changed because of it? We speak with Cameo co-founder Steven Galanis about how he built a platform that has taken celebrity-fan culture to new levels of access, and sociologist and author Chris Rojek about the parasocial relationships and ‘presumed intimacy’ that is outpacing other forms of relationship in our lives.

Podcast Transcript

May 29, 2020

50 min read

Celebrity Culture, Platform Brands and Parasocial Relationship‪s‬

00:00

Jasmine Bina:
Katherine Kendall lives in New Jersey with her husband and her ten-year-old son, Calvin. Calvin is a highly creative and imaginative kid, and he and his mom have a special connection over RuPaul’s Drag Race, the American reality competition TV series, searching for America’s next drag superstar.

Katherine Kendall:
Drag Race is our thing. RuPaul’s Drag Race, we watch it together. We’ve watched it for so many years. Calvin has an encyclopedic memory of all the contestants. We watch reruns. We drive my husband crazy watching reruns.

Jasmine Bina:
Catherine noticed that recently Calvin has been feeling a little down with the reality of the pandemic and stay at home orders. He’s just old enough to feel complex emotions about what’s going on, but still too young to know how to process them.

Katherine Kendall:
Calvin is 10 and he understands what’s going on more than most kids, but that doesn’t mean it’s not hard for him. And especially with children’s emotions, like this pandemic you’re asking them to color something with 108 kranz, but they’ve got a box of 10 as far as emotions. He misses going to his martial arts class. He misses normalcy. He misses his friends going to school. We’re doing these weird Zoom play dates. It all feels unnatural. And he had a day where it just all got to him and he was crying out of loneliness. And that got to me.

01:38

Jasmine Bina:
That’s when Catherine got the idea to cheer Calvin up with a Cameo. If you’re not familiar with Cameo, it works like this. You either go to the website or to the app and you have the option to browse through thousands of celebrities in film, TV, sports, and social media. Starts from today, starts from 20 years ago it doesn’t matter. If you’re looking for someone, chances are they’re there and you can pay a celebrity to make a personalized video for you or a loved one, a friend, a colleague, whoever. People have bought celebrity Cameos as birthday gifts, as love notes, breakup messages, Cameos to tell their bosses that they’re quitting their jobs or to tell their parents to stay home during a time of COVID. You can buy a Cameo for any occasion from almost any celebrity, and they cost anywhere from $5 to $2,500 and up. Catherine realized that she could buy a very special Cameo for Calvin. One that would mean something to him.

Katherine Kendall:
I found a contestant who was on in the earlier seasons of Drag Race, Tatianna. And Calvin and I, we always rooted for Tatianna and even we even used catchphrases of Tatianna’s with each other. So it’s kind of become like an inside joke with us. And I saw that Tatianna was on there, Tatianna is probably not since she was an earlier contestant doesn’t have that same level of probably fame as more recent winners. So I thought I would take a chance and I thought, well, I’ll write a note Cameo and kind of explain this is going to a young fan.

Tatianna:
Hi, Calvin. It’s Tatianna. Just wanted to check on you and see how you’re doing. I know that this whole quarantine thing is scary and it really kind of sucks, but we’re going to get through it. Everything’s going to go back to normal pretty soon. Just stay hopeful.

03:24

Katherine Kendall:
Calvin was just surprised. And I think he was so surprised. I don’t think he knew what to really make of it. His spirits were definitely lifted. It’s just like a little bit of a sugar pill, is that. That just kind of it’s a little bit of a treat. And I didn’t expect it to completely change his outlook on the pandemic, but there was a connection there, and it’s not just a connection between Calvin and Tatianna. It’s almost like a connection between Calvin and Tatianna, and with me

Jasmine Bina:
This week on Unseen, Unknown, we’re going to explore the nature of celebrity culture, the rise of the influencer brand and how we form digital tribes around the personas, characters and heroes that are becoming increasingly easier to touch through social media and technology. We all feel connected to a public figure that we don’t know in real life, a TV star we might love, an athlete we feel bonded to, or even a politician we might hate. Regardless of the emotion, there’s something there. And it’s starting to open up new frontiers in both branding and culture. When Steven Galanis and his co-founders launched Cameo in 2016, they noticed two things happening in the celebrity landscape.

One, famous itself has blown up with more celebrities existing than in any other time in history. And two, these celebrities collectively enjoy more fame than their counterparts in the past. The overall mass of celebrity is increasing and Cameo was built as a marketplace to give that celebrity mass more efficiency in reaching its fan base and of course monetizing it. As Cameo approaches its millions video made, the company has unlocked an enormous well of unmet demand and it’s become one of the fastest growing marketplaces in the US. I spoke with Cameos Co-Founder, Steven Galanis about the cultural drivers that make a company like this possible during a time like now and how he made some very specific decisions in positioning and branding that have started to pay off.

05:30

Steven Galanis:
I think the first relationship actually is in with the celebrity, but it’s really the customer with Cameo the brand. And I think Cameo almost becomes your connected friend. You could imagine being at a party and it’s like the craziest party you’ve ever been to. And you see a section with a red velvet rope and behind that red velvet rope is as favorite person on earth and everyone you’ve ever wanted to meet. And all of a sudden you’re looking at the red velvet rope and you notice someone you haven’t seen since high school, they don’t remember you, you’re sure and you vaguely remember them, but you make eye contact. They instantly recognize you. They wave you to the red velvet rope. They open it and they introduce you to every single person that you’ve ever wanted to meet.

That’s cameo, I really believe. The secondary relationship is, the Cameo purchaser or recipient with the talent themselves. And I think that the number one reason the talent join Cameo is to have a more personalized, authentic one-to-one relationship with their fans in the world of social media. That’s actually harder to have than ever before. Somebody might have millions of followers and they get tens of thousands of direct messages. And it’s so overwhelming that it’s in some ways it’s harder for talent to ever interact on a one-to-one basis. So Cameo in many ways becomes a safe space where they have the time to like actually learn your name and learn a little bit about you. Unlike going to a meet and greet at Comic Con where or running into a star on the street and asking for their autograph where it’s such like a hasty, short period. It’s kind of giving them room to breathe and interpret everything and create this completely unique piece of content along with the person that booked it. That makes it so special.

07:33

Jasmine Bina:
You know, what’s really interesting too that I’ve noticed is, it’s somewhat transactional. You’re paying for this and you get a video created based on what you want the celebrity to say or to address. But I’ve noticed that a lot of celebrities really speak to their fans in a very heartfelt way. Like there seems to be like heart and soul and thought that’s put into these Cameos, even though they’re just a few seconds long. And you’ve mentioned in other interviews people like Gilbert Gottfried do so many in a day. And I think he was, you said one of your top earners recently, like why do you think that is? I mean, is that even sustainable the fact that these celebrities are really actually making these one-on-one connections because it’s new. Usually it’s one to many, like what kind of feedback are you getting from people? Like, where do you think it’s going?

Steven Galanis:
I think one of the big uncovers that we’ve had with Cameo as we’ve started, is we’ve learned that price is a necessary friction, which actually enables fulfillment. So the price of somebody’s Cameo isn’t the value of their time or it’s not their net worth. It’s really like a good proxy of what their fans can actually afford. And it can be throttled up or down with the willingness that talent has to do more or less of these at any given time. So if they’re on tour or it’s a busy season for an NBA player and they’re getting ready for the playoffs, they may raise their price do less of them. If they’re in the off season or it’s something like what’s going on right now with COVID and every single athlete, actor, celebrity is sitting on the couch, wanting to do more and wanting to have connections with their fans since their concerts are canceled and the meet and greets aren’t happening and their games are postponed.

09:14

What they’ll do is lower their price to become more accessible. And ultimately pricing has been the thing that’s enabled any of these to get fulfilled outside of there being a price next to it, the only way you could get a Cameo before Cameo was to happen to know the person’s agent or to run into them on the street and have the courage to go up to them and have that person say yes, and be of the right mindset to remember that your sister is obsessed with that person. And she’s graduating college this week and if this person congratulated her, that would blow her mind. So it was so rare. I mean, this is something that talent has done not just basically, since there’s been front-facing selfies, people have done things like Cameo, but it was priced. That was the magic that enabled the fulfillment to happen. And ultimately that’s, what’s allowed people to have this deeper relationship. Then you can have a normal social media, which is super one to many and super transactional.

Jasmine Bina:
You know, we have a lot of brand strategists listening to this, and I want to talk about your guy’s brand strategy. You mentioned how really this brand feels like it connected friend and your first relationship is with the brands. And I think a lot of companies that have platforms like access to experts or to thought leaders or celebrities, or whoever struggle with that. And the brand that is on their platform oftentimes is a lot bigger than the brand that the platform actually owns. But you guys have kind of reversed that. And I would love to know, how you were able to do it because I think you’re right. People do feel a connection to Cameo first that’s where like the first order of the relationship is, and then as they’re filtering through and then choose their experiences that other relationship with us every comes into play with their decision-making. But what have you guys done strategically or as a brand or anything with your positioning to kind of make this happen?

11:23

Steven Galanis:
I think it was all very intentional. I had run a book about category creation. I believe it was called Play to Win. And I really took that to heart. And as we were thinking about the idea for Cameo, it was very clear that there had never been a business like this before. It was a completely new product in a completely new category. And because it was a new category, we had to think about how we wanted the brand to be positioned. And that’s why at the very beginning, it was so critical to have the right name, which my little brother came up with. We had hired a branding for him to pick the name and four of the names that could have been Cameo that aren’t were Hypd, H-Y-P-D, Thrillo, what was another one, Power Move and there was like another, Oh, Hero Hub was the one that we like almost became.

And the thing is it’s like Cameo was really the perfect name. It’s like we’re recreating these tiny moments in your life that are super impactful and memorable where somebody recognizable is coming and making a brief appearance in your life. And I think it started with the name. I think the logo was really critical to being able to develop the brand equity that we needed to make Cameo at once something that was cool enough for the most like hottest people in the world right now, but also accessible enough that someone like my dad could come on and purchase there. We run the gamut from super hot TikTok stars to people like Dick Van Dyke.

And the thing that’s so cool about Cameo is that while our top demographic for purchasing is 25 to 34, 34 to 45, 45 to 55, 55 to 65, 65 plus all by more Cameos than 18 to 24, even though 18 to 24 year olds visit the site the most.

13:30

Jasmine Bina:
Wow.

Steven Galanis:
So it’s really become this thing where mom can buy a Cameo for her mom for mother’s day. Like grandma can find the YouTuber that her granddaughter loves. The granddaughter can find something for father’s day. And it creates this culture of giving where we really have somebody for everyone. And that was extremely intentional from the beginning to do that. The other big brands strategic decision we made early, was to choose authentic over high quality. When we first started, there were a lot of people that said things like, “Hey, what you should do is, you should go book a celebrity and put them in a Hollywood warehouse for one day and have them record every possible name and every possible creating and have sounded lights and all this type of stuff.”

But at the end of the day, we had high conviction that the magic was seeing these people in their natural environments, like having them be in their house or being in the locker room or the fact that you never know what you’re going to get. And I think that anticipation of never quite knowing what is going to be said, or how it’s going to look is another, like Hallmark of the way that we’ve been able to surprise and delight so many people

14:48

Jasmine Bina:
You’re absolutely right about that. And I’ve been surprised, I think with almost every Cameo that I’ve seen and it’s for that reason, although you don’t think about that, you don’t articulate it as a user. You just experience it.

Steven Galanis:
I think that’s the hallmark of a iconic brand. We did a lot of thinking about that, so you don’t have to. For us, it was all about how do we make you feel? And one of Cameos corporate values, our first value is actually roll out the red carpet. And we really use that for every single interaction that a customer has with our business. A talent has with our business or an employee or prospective employee has with their business. We’re always trying to roll out the red carpet and make everybody feel like a VIP on our platform.

Jasmine Bina:
It makes me think also you were talking about celebrities, like showing up in their homes, kind of like not made up or I’ve seen celebrities without makeup or in their beds or at the kitchen table, things like that. And you always hear this old adage of like, never meet your heroes because it kind of deflates the world that you’ve created around them, but that’s not happening here. And that’s something I’ve been thinking about, why do you think this isn’t doing that? And instead it seems to just be strengthening people’s relationships.

16:05

Steven Galanis:
Totally. It’s actually really funny that you mentioned that we’re currently in the middle of partnering with the new creative agency and the agency that I just talked to before this kind of pitch their whole pitch was around. The old adage was never meet your heroes because they’ll disappoint you, but on Cameo, it’s like you can meet your heroes and they become bigger heroes of yours than ever before. And one of the things that we’ve long talked about to talent as a value prop is, the people at the other end of these Cameos in many cases are your single biggest fans in the whole world. So the opportunity to come and talk to them and for 15 seconds to a minute, take a tiny amount of time out of your day, but have a such a massive impact on their life.

I think it’s a really powerful thing. And I think that’s why we haven’t had that disappointment, because it’s so unbelievable that most of these people that this can happen. And even in a world where Cameo now is three years old, coming on year four. And even in a world where we’ve done nearly a million Cameos, people are still surprised every single time, as you mentioned, you get one, you’d never know exactly what’s going to come. And I’ve always loved this idea of the talent and the customer almost co-producing a piece of content together. This is an idea that I’ve thought a lot about it. And ultimately, I think that’s part of it. It’s like you, as the customer are a huge part of the creative process here. And it really is much more of a partnership than like going to Hallmark and just selecting a cheeky card.

17:49

Jasmine Bina:
Right. And then how many celebrities you can say are on the platform right now?

Steven Galanis:
We now have over 30,000 talent on Cameo.

Jasmine Bina:
Okay. So that number says so many things. One, the whole celebrity world has just completely blown up or talent, as you say, which I want to talk about. But first I want to ask you, how do you guys define or decide what constitutes talent that can actually be on the platform?

Steven Galanis:
Yeah, that’s a good question. Historically we had said that, to be on Cameo you either need to be a person of note or you needed to have like X amount of followers on Instagram, 20,000 followers was early the number that we picked that we saw you could still do well on Cameo with that. There’s actually a woman named Legion from Andreessen Horowitz who just wrote a pretty interesting report about this. And she called the time that we’re living in for creators. She calls this whole economy, the passion economy. And one of the big parts of her research was that today with the direct to consumer monetization platforms like Cameo or Patriot or Substack, a creator only needs a hundred true fans to actually like support them. If you can get a hundred people to pay a thousand dollars a year to support you, you can make a living and you can actually support yourself.

19:17

So I think that’s a pretty interesting concept. And I think Cameo is part of the larger trend of direct to consumer monetization for talent in every industry. And there’s good reason for that. On YouTube, the top 3% of creators makes 97% of all the ad revenue, on Spotify, the top 1% of musicians makes 1% of all the streaming revenue and off the platform, they make the vast majority of the concert and merchant revenue as well. So I think this A-plus versus long tail problem is something that exists in every single genre. So the fact that we never built Cameo to like make Drake more money, we really built Cameo to be a place where talent could monetize their social in a way that’s actually brand positive. So our core value prop to town is, you’re getting paid to become more famous on Cameo.

Jasmine Bina:
You were talking about how we’re at a point where people can have deep engagement with their audiences but not necessarily be that big. And that kind of authenticity is what you were looking for. And it kind of brings me to this concept of culture. I know we talked about sub-culture a little bit, but I want to know, I know that you guys have gotten a lot of press and I’m guessing your numbers have jumped because of COVID because people have the time, or maybe people are just seeking some sort of creature comfort or connection, but before COVID even, you were really starting to skyrocket, why do you think culturally right now we’re ready to receive something like Cameo, because I don’t know that we would have been 10, maybe even five years ago.

Steven Galanis:
Totally. I think that’s a great question. So to answer it, yes, we have seen a huge boost in our business since COVID started. Bookings are actually up a thousand percent-

21:08

Jasmine Bina:
Wow.

Steven Galanis:
Since COVID started. Ahead of that, we were already the fastest growing consumer marketplace businesses in the country. So Cameo had been growing really fast ahead of COVID. But I think the reason that we’ve really seen this explode is on the supply side, on the talent side. Like I mentioned, nobody talks about this, but every single talent at scale is really a gig economy worker. They get paid per game, they get paid per concert, they get paid per appearance. And right now in a world of shelter in place, everybody is out of work. And historically, a lot of people that we had talked to had said, “Hey, Cameo school.” But I’m making too much money to be on it, or I don’t have time to do it.

21:51

They’re suddenly not having income coming in and they have a lot more time because they’re sitting on the couch like us. So I think that, that really has caused our business to turbocharge maybe multiple years in the future. I think it’s very similar to what you’ve seen with Zoom prior to COVID. There were 10 million monthly active users on Zoom, after COVID there are now 300 million daily active users. So I think something like COVID and the shelter in place orders largely prompted social change and cultural change to just accelerate. And I know we’ve certainly been a beneficiary of that. Secondly, on the why, now. So even outside of COVID, I think it really comes down to the proliferation of more social platforms.

So today, if you look at some of the most famous people on earth, whether it’s Justin Bieber or Chance the Rapper, these people came up on YouTube and SoundCloud, respectively. David Dobrik has the highest engagement on Instagram, who’s a huge vlogger right in and was an original Vine star. And I think one thing that’s interesting is the celebrity of 2020 is very, very different than the celebrity of ’80s or ’90s. When the classic like Michael Ovitz CAA model was holding Tom Cruise out of commercials or television shows because that would hurt him getting a movie deal. Today because social and Snapchat, I think started this, but then Instagram story, and TikTok now, and YouTube, because social media enables talent to have the ability to interact with their fans on a daily basis.

23:38

That is becoming the expectation. And it would be weird if J Lo wasn’t on TikTok, but maybe five years ago it would have been unthinkable that she ever would have been doing it. And I think when you’re looking at the biggest celebrities on earth, whether it’s Kim Kardashian or Justin Bieber, I think go on it’s on Instagram every single day and make Instagram stories for free because their fans are demanding this content. But over the last five years, you’ve seen less of Angelina Jolie or Jennifer Aniston or Brad Pitt or George Clooney, because again, they’re kind of these old house Hollywood stars that while they’re a plus and iconic, they haven’t embraced the tools that are available on social as much as some other folks.

24:28

And I also think too, that every social media platform has kind of created its own stars. And when you think of Twitter, you think of Ashton Kutcher and Shack being like two of the people that just skyrocketed to fame because of that platform, or when you think of Snapchat, it’s all about DJ Khaled. And what do you think about Instagram? It’s the Kardashians and the Jenners that just took that platform and went to another level. But I saw the Hollywood reporter did a big feature on TikTok and the most famous person on TikTok is a girl named Charli that’s got 50 million followers and she’s just a random girl from Connecticut or something like that, a 17 year old girl.

So I think that’s another interesting thing is that every single platform creates its own talent that are uniquely situated for it. And that’s why you see on cameo, someone like Gilbert Gottfried, for example, or Michael Rapaport they’re not the most famous people on the platform, but they might be the best at delivering on the value prop that Cameo uniquely gives. And if their content and their videos are ultimately better, that trumps how famous they are in comparison to other people, and that enables them to do better. One other general thesis I have about why now for Cameo, I believe that today there are more famous people on earth than there’s ever been at any point in history. And secondly, I believe that fame is more enduring and lasting than ever before because of social media.

26:00

Steven Galanis:
Imagine you’re a one hit wonder in 2020, you may have the biggest song in the world like little Nozstock stayed last year with old town road. And you may develop 20, 30 million followers on social media. And those people are going to stick with you no matter what, you don’t unfollow people on social. So going forward, these people now have a platform that they can monetize off for the rest of their life, where you and I were kids, like who knows what happened to Jumbo Womba, but their song was every bit as big as old town road here 20, 30 years ago, but now nobody knows where they are. So I think that’s a huge point in one of our thesis is about Cameo, is that there are, we believe there’s 2.5 million people in the world today that could charge for Cameos to be talent.

And we believe that number will double in the next five years, as TikTok and SoundCloud and YouTube and all these new platforms keep churning out new, emerging talent. I also think, with every Netflix show, we see new stars so far this year, the most booked people on Cameo have been people like Jerry Harris from Cheers or the cast of the Tiger King.

Jasmine Bina:
Wow.

Steven Galanis:
These people literally out of nowhere are doing better on Cameo than people that have been famous for 20 years. So, that’s another aspect I think of the culture that really gave rise to Cameo.

27:31

Jasmine Bina:
That’s super interesting. And then you’re talking about these other platforms where talent is developed and in non-traditional ways, it’s not like the usual path to becoming famous or a celebrity. Can you see a future where Cameo might be the platform where people kind of start to develop their fame and grow through that kind of relationship instead of through social and content?

Steven Galanis:
I think it’s certainly possible. But the thing that I think is really interesting about our positioning is that we kind of today, like we let people get famous in whatever capacity it is, whether that’s from YouTube or Netflix or SoundCloud or Instagram, but ultimately we are the place that everybody can go to engage with their fans at a one-to-one basis and monetize their social in a brand positive way. So I really like that positioning for us. Would it be very cool if the next Justin Bieber emerged on Cameo versus YouTube? Like yes, of course. I think that we’re constantly thinking about ways to help promote, especially the long tail of talent and figure out how to take some of the people that are making the best videos in the world that might be unknown. Like how do we surface those folks better? But for right now, I think our place in being the best place in the world to connect directly with your fans, I believe that’s a really strong position to be into. And we’re happy to fill that role.

Jasmine Bina:
So on the user side, as we get closer to our cultural heroes and leaders and celebrities and whoever as fans and platforms like Cameo, give us such intimate one-to-one connections and actual like, yeah. Well, they’re kind of two way conversations because you put in a request and you get an answer back. Is this sustainable? Like what’s going to happen? Like what comes after this?

29:27

Steven Galanis:
Yeah, that’s a great question. From our perspective, we believe it’s really diving even deeper into that back and forth and facilitating two-way conversations. The next product that we’re launching is called Cameo Direct. And in that product you’ll be able to direct message anyone on the platform and start a texting conversation back and forth with them, which I think goes to your point of making Cameo something more accessible for somebody to do to themselves. But B it actually helps deepen the relationship and makes the use cases for giving a Cameo or engaging with the platform. It opens it up infinitely and then suddenly you could see texting for advice or asking a recommendation for something or micro coaching or mentorship. And I’m really excited about the early data that we’ve seen in our beta test of that product. And I think it has the potential to completely transform what we’re doing.

30:34

Jasmine Bina:
I did want to ask you what would be your prediction for the future of social, like let’s say in 10 years, social or celebrity culture, what’s your craziest prediction that none of us see coming, if you had to just throw one out there?

Steven Galanis:
I think the craziest prediction I have is that you’re going to see the rise of avatars and things like little Mikayla. So I believe that the celebrities of tomorrow may not even be human or living, but they may be computer generated or they may be, you know, things like characters in fortnite, for example. So that I think is pretty crazy. But in the interim I do believe that the pure amount of fame in the world is increasing. I have really strong convictions about that and I believe that will happen, but I just saw a little Mikayla got signed by believe CAA this week. And this is the first time that I know of that a non-human has been signed by a major Hollywood talent agency. And I think you will start to see more fast followers and more things like that. So that’s probably my crazy prediction.

31:47

Jasmine Bina:
And I’m guessing you would want your own Cameo.

Steven Galanis:
For sure. And animation like look my co-founder Martin has twin six year old daughters. So ever since we started the platform, he was always like, man, if we could get The Smurfs or we could get My Little Pony I’m here, but the Disney Princess is my daughters, Sabrina and Sabana would absolutely go nuts. So we’ve always thought about that. And we’ve had some really interesting discussions with different studios about how to do it. But as of now, the technology to create personalized versus stock animations is pretty laborious right now. And it’s not quite there, but I do believe that it will eventually be there. And I don’t see there would be any reason why every Disney Princess couldn’t be on Cameo in the future.

Gilbert Gottfried:
Hi, this is Gilbert Gottfried. This is Frank Laura, and it’s being sent by Jeff. Now, Jeff says he forgot to send you a thank you God for christmas. How the hell you forget a thing like that. How difficult is that to remember? Anyway he claimed she forgot it, which means she cheated.

33:18

Jasmine Bina:
The nature of celebrity has changed over the past 10 years. But even before the internet, celebrity was starting to change was normal people becoming stars on reality TV or talk shows or game shows, obviously as time has moved on. And with the proliferation of social media platforms, we’ve all become a lot more engaged in fan culture. And not too long ago, the influencer was born, a new kind of celebrity that’s starting to change the rules. We feel remarkably close to these people. There’s something happening here culturally. And it starts with our relationships. Cameo has captured an emotional layer in celebrity culture that is really resonating right now, but to understand why this is happening, we need to understand how celebrity fan relationships operate. Sociologists call these parasocial relationships and chances are you’re in a pair of social relationship right now.

Chris Rojek:
Parasocial relationship isn’t on-screen or online relationship with someone who you are not interacting with face-to-face. So the whole thing is conducted by social media now, but also a parasocial relationship would refer to the kind of relationship you have with people on television, people in film, people that you’ll never meet, but with whom you develop strong attachments in many cases.

Jasmine Bina:
This is professor Chris Rojek. He’s a sociologist who has written extensively about celebrity culture, its evolution, and how it sets certain norms for our interactions and behaviors. His most recent book, Lifestyle Gurus, co-authored with Stephanie A. Baker is about how authority and influence are achieved online. In 2015, he published Presumed Intimacy where he discusses media power structures, the impact of relationships of presumed intimacy with our celebrities and of course parasocial relationships. I talked to Chris about my own parasocial relationship with the TV show, The Office, I’ve watched every episode of The Office multiple times.

35:15

Jasmine Bina:
I know the plot points in every episode and even though I don’t really laugh at the jokes anymore, I might throw the show on in the background if I’m anxious or bored, because it feels familiar. I feel like I’m in the office with my friends. It’s easy and it’s safe. And I can relax with people or characters that I know personally and intimately, according to Chris, this is a classic pair of social relationship. And it’s a trick of the mind.

Chris Rojek:
What you’re describing is actually self deception. You are thinking you are with friends and everybody is thinking in the same way as you are, but you don’t know that since you can’t see the audience. So it’s a kind of confidence trick that brings you into a term I’ve used elsewhere into a relationship of presumed intimacy. Usually when you get to know someone, you develop intimacy as a result of trial and error, but presumed intimacy is automatic and it comes from on-screen, online trust relations that you formulate with figures that you like.

Jasmine Bina:
That’s interesting. And is there a biological predisposition to this? I mean, this is such a universal thing that people experience, like why do we form these pair of social relationships?

36:25

Chris Rojek:
Well, the answer to that really is not so much biological, but social. If you look at societies, when they move from the struggle for survival, they get involved in a struggle for acceptance and approval. Once the survival question’s been handled, once we’ve got enough food, we’ll have accommodation and so on, we become much more concerned with the kind of impact we have on people and the kind of impact they have on us. So this whole celebrity culture relates to changes in the personality structure of Westerners.

Jasmine Bina:
And then what’s led to the rise of this. I mean, I think it’s fair to say that parasocial relationships, what we’re describing here is probably flourished generation after generation as more and more media becomes a part of our lives. Over the last generation specifically, have there been events or developments or technologies that you think have really led to where we are now?

37:22

Chris Rojek:

To answer that I have to wind back a little bit because parasocial relationships are very, very contemporary. The people who develop the concept we called Horton and Wall to Americans and our paper published in 1956. And what struck them was the rise of television that hadn’t been there before you had best television in the States. And suddenly you were getting ordinary people falling in love with weather girls or newsreaders and following whatever the weather goal did. And then the magazines and newspapers reinforce that by having interviews with the weatherman and the weather girl. And so you began to feel, you knew about their private lives and began to feel you’re immersing yourself in a friendship relationship with them.

38:10

Although, as you said before, parasocial relationships are largely one-sided you, you don’t really have much power to impact the onscreen or online presence. But in addition to what I’ve said, in order to clarify your question, we have to make a distinction about different types of celebrity. And there are three types. The first is a scribed celebrity. These are people born into fame. People like the queen in this country, Prince William, anybody who acquires social prestige through bloodline, they were pretty dominant until the 1800s, 1900s when democracy and industrialization took off. And they were kind of elbowed out to a certain degree by achieved celebrities.

These are the dominant type and achieved celebrities, a movie star, sports idol, a pop star, or somebody who’s achieved fame as a result of their talents and accomplishments. The third type is called sally toyed. And a sally toyed is someone who is famous for short periods of time and then is entirely forgotten. And these are becoming far more plentiful in society, mainly because the TV and social media outlets revolve around them. They want to find people who are sort of interesting for a few days. Then they’re dropped and people then move on to the next sally toyed. People think of celebrity as if it’s just all the same, but actually it’s quite important to make those distinctions.

39:48

And just to give you some sense of the dynamic involved here, Princess Diana was to begin with an ascribed celebrity. That is to say she was an aristocrat, who married the future King of England, but it was only when she went on television and talked about three people being in this marriage, that she became a supernova celebrity, somebody that everybody was talking about. She achieved celebrity because she was going through something as a woman, a married woman, that many married women go through and, you know cheating, adultery, these kinds of things. So in trying to understand her popularity, we have to use two lines of thought. One is that she was born into fame, but in showing her vulnerability to the world audience, she actually magnified that original fame.

40:40

Jasmine Bina:
What you’re describing here is something that, correct me if I’m wrong, but you’ve also talked about micro-celebrities as well, which I think are subcategory of sally toyed.

Chris Rojek:
Again, let me rewind it and try and focus it in context. In the 1960s, there was something that academics talked about, which was the nod count. The nod count was the number of people you are on nodding terms with, but who you never really talked to. So there are people that you notice on your local railway station in the mornings, when you catch the train, they may be the guy you buy your coffee from. You’re aware of them but you don’t really formulate relationships with them. In the ’60s though, most people were thought to have about a hundred of those kinds of relationships. With social media we now have those kinds of relationships in the thousands because we’re following lives online.

Following lives on blog sites with people who we never really interact with, but who we are very, very informed with. It’s a huge paradox that when we meet a celebrity, we know a lot about their private life automatically as a result of following them, that’s quite different from me meeting you. If I met you, we’d have to get to know each other, but with a celebrity the being is known before the encounter to kind of strange dynamic.

41:57

Jasmine Bina:
Yeah. And you’ve described, this self-disclosure as a product, the idea of disclosing parts of your personal life like that helps you in some ways acquire attention capitalism as you described it. I feel like we can see that with our Instagram influencers today, but you have to remember that even somebody like Princess Diana, like she did disclose parts of her personal life. And that was how she managed her celebrity I guess you could say in some ways.

Chris Rojek:
She didn’t just disclose. She manipulated the media to get her own way. I mean, she was an abused woman in the relationship, but she knew what she was doing with those interviews with Martin Bashir, she was creating space where people would identify with her, in her plight. You asked about micro-celebrity that is slightly different for solitude in that. A micro-celebrity is someone who builds up a blogging site and has many, many followers. And there are now thousands of these sites available. Last year I was teaching a course and I asked an Italian student about micro-celebrity. And he said, “In Italy, I am a micro-celebrity.” And I said, “What do you mean?” And he said, “I have 55,000 followers.” And I say said to him, “Well, what do you talk about? What do you do?” And he said, “Nothing. I woke up, I went to the lecture. It was a nice day.” But he says he has 55,000 people following them.

Now there are more and more and more of these micro-celebrities. And they are known in the literature as social media influences. That is to say, they’re not just friends, but they shape opinions and they can also shape buying habits. Belle Gibson is an Australian who created a site in the last 10 years called The Whole Pantry. And that was the site giving recipes and advice for people who were suffering from cancer. She claimed that she had suffered from cancer. And in following the dietary advice that she was giving to others on site, she’d cured herself. She got many, many followers, hundreds of thousands. And she also signed a book deal with Penguin for a cook book called Cooled The Whole Pantry. She became Australian cosmopolitan woman of the year.

44:16

And then it was discovered that she’d lied from start to finish. She’d never had any kind of cancer. She’d never been to a hospital. She just made it all up. You may say so what, the real issue here is that many of the followers who followed her, I now dead because one of the things she was advising people to do is not to take chemotherapy, not to take radiotherapy, just to use whole food solutions to their plight. Now, this kind of advice is fairly unregulated. I mean, she prospered for quite a few years, but it’s also lethal. And micro-celebrity particularly in the area of health, but also in the area of how to get a job, how to find a partner, how to look cool? Micro-celebrities can have huge opinion formation influence without much accountability.

Jasmine Bina:
Yeah. There was something you had written about that really drove this point home for me because lifestyle influencers in the US are a huge force right now. And a lot of millennials and Gen Z consumers, I don’t want to over-generalize, but I think a lot of people do get their lifestyle and health cues from these kinds of influencers. And you said something that was so interesting. You said they rise to fame in a culture that continues to associate heroism with overcoming pain and suffering. Can you talk about that a little bit?

Chris Rojek:
Yeah. Many of these micro-celebrity sites are set up in the same way. The person who is running the site presents themselves as somebody who’s overcome a hurdle, it may be health. It may be a bankruptcy. It may be some life problem that they’ve got to grips with. And in doing that, they have solved the problem. And that’s really the basis for their authority. That’s why people listen to them.

46:11

Jasmine Bina:
I even think you described that this can happen even after a star has had a misstep or fallen with the pair of confessional, as you describe it. And I think Belle Gibson even did that. When she apologized and she disclosed, she tried to explain why she had lied about these things. She captivated our attention again.

Chris Rojek:
Yeah. I mean the classic case is Tiger Woods David Letterman, both of whom had committed adultery. Tiger Woods lied about it to begin with and pretended it hadn’t happened. And therefore, when he had to come clean and admit that he had committed serial adultery, the public never really forgave him. David Letterman was in the same position, but what he did was immediately go on Prime Time television and say he was being blackmailed because of his adultery. And he confessed on live to the audience that this has happened. So celebrities who are kind of honest and straight, get a lot more purchasing power with their fans than those that try and pull the wool over their eyes.

Jasmine Bina:
Is there something positive here in kind of seeing these people for who they actually are people with flaws and accepting them for them?

47:17

Chris Rojek:
Yeah. I think it’s quite hard to generalize about celebrities because an individual celebrity may influence people in very positive ways. They’re not all bad influences. Celebrities present perfection, but the problem with that, is that perfection does not exist. It’s always manufactured. People are always straining to give a particular impression which cannot be actually sustained. So people sometimes say to me, when we reached this point in the discussion, will we get beyond celebrity? Well, we won’t. And the reason for that is quite apart from the things we’ve spoken about already, celebrities I like to think of as primarily informal life coaches, that is to say, they give tips about how to look good. What the right things to say are, how to hold your body. This is important because seven out of 10 jobs in America and Europe are in the service sector. They’re people skills, jobs, communication, information, knowledge, retailing, the people who have the best people skills are celebrities.

That’s why they’re paid so much. And they play an important part in present day life in giving people hints about how to behave. I’m not suggesting that they do this by design. I’m just saying that by presenting themselves as successful individuals, people pick up on what has made those individuals successful. The second reason why I think celebrity will not disappear is, celebrities give us two things. First of all, they give us a scapeism. We can get away from the monotony of our lives by following a celebrity of our choice. But perhaps more importantly, they give us at a time when religion, at least organized religion is in decline.

They give us a sense of transcendence, a bigger personality, a bigger story than our life scripts, the life scripts that we lead. So celebrities in that sense provide an important sense of grounding for individuals. You can follow, if you’re interested in Tom Hanks, you don’t have to contact on that. She may not know how to contact him, but you can find out what he’s doing on a daily basis simply by looking at the internet. You can develop a relationship with him over time, which is one of presumed intimacy, one of closeness.

49:45

Jasmine Bina:
Do you ever indulge in any parasocial relationships yourself? I mean, we’re all human. I know you study this stuff day in and day out and it’s been your life’s work, but I mean, do you have any parasocial relationships or interactions?

Chris Rojek:
I think I have a parasocial relationship with Donald Trump. I follow whatever he is saying when it comes out and shake my head in wonder. You can’t avoid parasocial relationships because they’re the relationships of our time. We are relating to individuals that we don’t know on a kind of minute by minute basis. When we look at the internet, we’re finding out about people who are famous and we’re following stories about them and those stories into law with certain aspects of our own life. So you might as well stop eating in terms of trying to stop being influenced by our social relationships. They are ubiquitous.

50:49

Jasmine Bina:
Thank you so much for listening to this episode of Unseen, Unknown. We hope you enjoyed it. And the other episodes we’ve published so far, we feel really passionate about helping you understand business through culture. And if you like what you’re listening to, please leave us a review or give us a shout out. We’d love to connect. And if you want more brand strategy insights, we have a newsletter where we share our writing, our conversations, videos, events, and you can subscribe by going to our website, conceptbureau.com and clicking on the insights tab. We’ll talk to you next time.

 

Interesting Links & More Reading

Categories
Brand Strategy

When Consumer Habits Fall Apart, Look For The Rituals That Remain

Now is the time to decide if your brand is a habit or a ritual

When people or brands say, “We’ll get through this together,” or “After the Coronavirus has passed,” they’re revealing a lie in our collective words of encouragement.

There will very likely be no “before and after” COVID.
Instead, there will be a very slow tumbling of closures and business failures, amplified by a reshuffling of social norms and broken ideals.

Today, grocery stores have begun installing plexiglass barriers and safe standing zones for checkout, while airlines have less and less direct flights and stewards ask travelers to raise their hands to go the bathroom. Tomorrow will bring us ultra-hygienic hotels and contactless restaurants.

We won’t really know when we’re out of this, and that means we won’t go back to many of the habits that characterized our pre-COVID lives.

As business slows, the retail landscape contracts, lagging companies rush to D2C and we unwillingly embrace uncertainty in the face of a global deceleration, now is the time to ask yourself what your brand actually means to consumers.

Is your brand a habit or a ritual?

It’s an important question because there’s a good chance many habits will not survive the current climate, but rituals will.

And most of our habits are centered on the products we buy.

Habits make life easy. Rituals make life meaningful.

In a consumer study last month, market research firm Perksy found that 70% of Millennial and Gen Z buyers have already switched brands:

Perksy Study: April 14th, 2020

Granted, much of this brand switching is happening because of lack of availability, but even so, 44% of those who have switched brands are likely to keep buying those new brands after the pandemic has ended:

April 14th, 2020

The vast majority of brands and products are consumed like habits — a regular tendency to repeat the same purchasing behavior because it cuts down on friction, cognition or effort.

We buy the same brand of chips, underwear or personal electronics because we already know we can trust them. Not because they’re the best, but because the effort involved in finding the best outweighs our current ‘good enough’ solution.

That’s why when those habits are effectively disrupted, it’s very easy to stay with the new solution, even if the old solution becomes available again.

But as brands large and small lose their customer base to manufacturing disruptions and retail closures, there is a segment of companies that is not suffering the same consequences.

As sociologist and brand executive Ana Andjelic has pointed out, “Show me what’s NOT accelerating and let’s figure out why.”

In her recent piece, Contradictions, Inversions, Oddities, and Coincidences, she notes that astoundingly, cruise ship bookings for 2021 are already outpacing bookings for 2019.

Moreover, “76 percent of the travelers who canceled a cruise in 2020 chose to take credit towards a future cruise in 2021, compared to 24 percent who opted for a refund.”

Cruise ships aren’t the only outlier here.

Peloton’s backorders extend out over 2 months (and continue to grow), while brands like the Mirror interactive system see huge spikes in conversion.

Yes, gyms are closed and people need a way to workout, but it seems that the very premium end of smart home workout systems is enjoying an outsized return. Even as social restrictions begin to ease, the demand for these brands continues to accelerate.

A new cottage industry for birthday parties and baby showers has sprung from ashes of the pandemic, with companies like Kiki Kit and Imagination Adventures parties offering experiential party planning that transcends the limitations of your typical Zoom call. These are immersive experiences that just happen to have a screen.

In LA, elaborate “Porch Pop-Ups” have shown up around town, with music and masked performers entertaining party goers from a safe distance on the front lawn (and even this past week, Elaine Welteroth’s stoop wedding in Brooklyn made news for its new take on celebration.)
All of these brands have one thing in common: they have ritualized the experience of their products.

We don’t fight for our habits, but we do fight for our rituals.

Rituals fulfill our current needs in a way that habits can’t.

They provide meaning in an uncertain time. They help us mark change and they tell us who we are.

It only makes sense that when our daily habits are ripped out of our hands, we hold on even tighter to the rituals that define us.

Even if your product is utilitarian in nature, or your brand is seemingly too inconsequential to be ritualized, there is a way to create greater context around your story so that you are no longer consumed like a habit.

But first, we need to understand what makes rituals so powerful.

Decoding the mechanics of a ritual.

How does a ritual actually work?

I spoke with Sasha Sagan, author of the book For Small Creatures Such As We, to answer this exact question for our brand strategy + culture podcast, Unseen Unknown.

Having grown up in a secular household with her father, astronomer Carl Sagan, and mother, author and producer Ann Druyan, Sasha’s work has been dedicated to finding meaning and rituals outside of traditional religion.

Whereas habits create ease and consistency, rituals create meaning.

According to Sasha, rituals provide us with an anchor and whether they happen daily, weekly, monthly or annually, they deepen with meaning over time.

Rituals tend to serve the same human needs:

  • Rituals help us feel the passage of time and/ or appreciate change
  • Rituals give us stability, order and routine in times of chaos
  • Rituals help us sanctify and extract context from a situation

Every one of these emotional benefits is in high demand right now.

As crazy as it might sound to take a credit for a future cruise instead of taking a refund, keep in mind that a cruise is something to look forward to every year for some people. It helps us mark the passage of time.

The $2,400+ price tag for a Peloton seems exorbitant given the glut of other options in the market, but the well-documented cult-like experience of a cycling class gives people stability, order and routine.

Birthday parties, weddings and baby showers haven’t just gone digital. They have changed venues, changed artifacts, changed norms, and changed language, but the ritual persists as a way to sanctify the moment and extract context from a time in our lives.

It can be easy to dismiss these as unique situations — brands and products that came as a result of rituals that already existed before them — but that would overlook the value of storytelling in a brand.

In fact, there is an opportunity today for brands of all kinds to position their products not as habits, but as rituals (new or old) that help people extract one of these same pillars of meaning.

Oscar Meyer’s #FrontYardCookout invited neighborhoods to replace the tradition of a backyard barbecue with friends and family, and instead create an intimate (but socially safe) front yard cookout in their driveways.

Rather than talk about quick meals or feeding hungry kids sitting in front of a screen being homeschooled all day, they elicited the tradition of summer celebration.

The golden lighting, long shadows and lawn chairs remind you of warm weather rituals — moments for pausing to reflect on the year so far and gather, reconnect and solidify relationships.

Open Spaces, the home organizing company launched late last year by cofounders Emmet Shine and Nicholas Ling of Pattern Brands, has created some great content and storytelling around the act of cleaning and organizing your home.

View this post on Instagram

A post shared by OPEN SPACES (@getopenspaces)

 

In their Space Tapes series, they explore “the lives of our community and what they’re listening to.” Each song is tied to a story about that person’s life, a reflection on their past and life journey.

Open Spaces sells home organization items like nesting trays and wire baskets, but content like this adds gravity to the act of cleaning your home. It’s about the ritual of cleaning your mind, your soul and your heart.

That may sound like an exaggeration, but considering the Marie Kondo platitudes that float around in our digital world, it’s no stretch to have people invite deeper meaning into their spring cleaning.

[You can listen to cofounder Emmett Shine talk more about how they built the brand on our podcast here.]

Dame, a high-minded, stylishly designed women’s sexual wellness brand has started Self-Love Sundays for the month of May, beginning with a lesson on self-massage.

https://www.instagram.com/p/CAA625Jh-MU/

 

It’s perhaps no coincidence that Sunday, a traditionally holy day, evokes thoughts of observation, pause and gratitude. The concept of self-love, even in a sexual context, feels far more intimate and important when celebrated on a weekly schedule.

None of these brands have typically ritualized products, but they found a way to either evoke a ritual or create one in their content, storytelling and positioning.

The products we need right now aren’t merely about ease and reduced friction. They’re about anchoring us, in whatever way possible, to the things that make us feel certain again.

“The essential difference between emotion and reason is that emotion leads to action while reason leads to conclusions.”

— Neurologist Donald Calne

Rituals are about emotions.

If you feel that your brand is positioned as a habit, find ways to message around the emotions that your product experience creates instead.

  • Create a routine out of the experience that ties it to a sense of meaning, celebration, remembrance or normalcy
  • Provide context that makes users appreciate a larger tradition through content, storytelling and positioning
  • Offer meaning, identity or the marking/ significance of time as a benefit

Every brand tells a story. Think of the stories that your customers need right now, and start your narrative there.

This is the time to take big swings, ritualize your brand and try new storytelling. Bold moves will be celebrated. Well-intentioned mistakes will be forgiven.

Make your brand meaningful.

Categories
Podcast

11: Who We Become When We’re Lonely & The Rituals That Will Save U‪s‬

Brands are facing the fact that loneliness has become a part of our identities, crisis or not. But you can’t talk about loneliness without talking about the meaning of rituals. We speak with Sasha Sagan, author of the social history book “For Small Creatures Such As We”, Harvard social scientist Kasley Killam, and Danielle Baskin, founder of the social connection app Dialup, about models of ritual, connection, and how loneliness can actually pivot our lives in surprising directions.

Podcast Transcript

April 30, 2020

50 min read

Who We Become When We’re Lonely & The Rituals That Will Save U‪s‬

00:00

Jasmine Bina:
This is Unseen Unknown, I’m Jasmine Bina. Loneliness has been an epidemic across developed nations around the world well before COVID-19 forced us to socially isolate even further. Loneliness unravels the fabric of society. It makes us anxious. It makes us more susceptible to being taken advantage of. And if you’re lonely long enough, it can make you physically ill. In today’s episode, we’re going to explore how loneliness has become part of our identities and how it’s affected our behaviors and beliefs of the world around us. But our conversation actually starts with the first part of our identities that is often affected by loneliness and isolation, and that is our rituals.

Tom:
Hi, I’m Tom from Milton Keynes in the UK. I live with my fiancé, Emily, and we’ve been isolating together for over a month now. I’ve been furloughed, which in the UK is where it’s a government scheme to pay 80% of salaries to help businesses, but I’m not allowed to work for about a month.

01:12

Aton Kaspi:
Hi, I’m a Aton Kaspi from Tel Aviv, Israel and life has really changed for me since COVID-19. Israel has taken this crisis very seriously. And as a result, everything ground to an almost complete stop. Rituals have completely disappeared from my life, so much so that right now it’s difficult to remember how things were only a year ago.

Annie Chen:
Hi, my name is Annie Chen and I’m from Los Angeles, California. One of my new rituals is streaming workouts and I do them every morning during when I would normally be commuting, which I think is a pretty awesome trade off.

Tom:
Our rituals have completely changed, as has everyone else’s. For example, we get up later because there’s no rush hour and there’s generally less rush and stress in the mornings.

01:15

Annie Chen:
On Fridays, I take a break from the nonstop kitchen madness and order in, and on weekends I really try to devote more to self-improvement and learnings.

Aton Kaspi:
This is the first time in my life to have celebrated the religious holiday of Passover apart from my family and friends. In two days, I will celebrate Independence Day in the same fashion.

Jasmine Bina:
If rituals and traditions are the glue that keeps us together and protects us from devolving into loneliness, then it’s important to understand how they’re created and what makes them work, how they frame our perceptions of things like time and change and meaning. We’re going to talk to three people, a thought leader, a brand founder, and a researcher, all of whose work has significantly impacted our perceptions of loneliness today and will help us understand how loneliness actually reveals something much deeper about our culture.

01:55

Sasha Sagan:
It was a wonderful, wonderful way to grow up, but the shortcoming of science as a philosophy is it doesn’t have culture. I mean, it does in a way, but it doesn’t have holidays and it doesn’t have recipes, and it doesn’t have these things that sort of get passed down through the generations in family settings.

Jasmine Bina:
This is Sasha Sagan. If her name sounds familiar, that’s because she’s the daughter of astronomer and educator, Carl Sagan and writer and producer Ann Druyan. She grew up in a secular household, watching her parents collaborate on dozens of scientific essays, books and the original Cosmos TV series, which spurred a mainstream fascination with the universe in the 1980s, and was the most widely watched series in the history of American public television. Sasha was raised with a sense of wonder and awe for what can be found in the observable world and has written about her experiences over the years, most recently in her book, For Small Creatures Such As We. She believes in every ritual, there is a code and in that code a way to bring us closer to one another.

04:03

Sasha Sagan:
Our ancestors were Jews, and even though we don’t have the same theology, we adopted some of the rhythm of life that says, “Okay, in the springtime you do this and in the winter you do this.” And the way that those two elements of life can be intertwined and the ways that they’re sometimes in conflict and sometimes not became really interesting to me. And when I was 14, my dad died, and then there became sort of another large question about, well, what do you do with mortality and loss and grief in this framework? And that really became one of the big philosophical questions of my life. And eventually, many years later, led me to start writing about it, and at first it was an essays and then eventually it became my book called For Small Creatures Such As We.

Jasmine Bina:
I think to really put into perspective what you just described… And you’ve mentioned that your upbringing was secular, but not cynical.

Sasha Sagan:
Right.

05:08

Jasmine Bina:
There was love, optimism, and wonder, and appreciation and gratitude for the natural world.

Sasha Sagan:
Exactly, that’s absolutely right.

Jasmine Bina:
And if you really stop to consider the natural world, it can be almost too much, it can floor you. And that’s what I want to talk about, the second half of that line, that your book title came from, tell us about that. Tell us the whole story behind it, because I think that’s really where this whole conversation starts.

05:36

Sasha Sagan:
So the title of my book comes from a line in Contact. Originally, my parents wanted the story that later became the novel and movie, Contact. They saw it originally as a film, but it took a really, really long time to make, 18 years actually from the time that they first conceived of it to when it actually premiered. And during that time, they tried it out as a novel. And my parents worked together on everything it was the collaboration and not the line that the title of my book comes from is, “For small creatures such as we, the vastness is bearable only through love.” And it’s actually my mom who wrote those words.

And I think, as a species have gone from seeing ourselves as the center of the universe, as though this planet was the focal point of everything that ever was and slowly zoomed out to the solar system and the Milky Way galaxy, and the greater universe, and realize that we are on a tiny out of the way planet in an enormous, mind-boggling vastness, the existential crisis really sets in and it’s hard not to sort of have that sense of almost panic at the just huge grandeur and vastness of which we are such a tiny, tiny part.

07:15

And I think it’s hard for us sometimes, and once we look at ourselves that way, we have to ask ourselves, well, If all this wasn’t made just for us, and we’re not the focal point, what do we have? And I think the answer that that can be found in that line, and then the philosophy that my parents instilled in me is the idea, well, we have one another. And even if it’s for the blink of an eye, on a pale blue dot, in the middle of nowhere, we’re here right now together, and we’re sharing this little lifeboat. And I think that is really powerful and it can be really reassuring and meaningful, even though it’s not the largess that other philosophies might give our species.

Jasmine Bina:
You said this line in the past, “Science isn’t thought of as romantic, but it should be.” And it’s the idea that science is so much more than science. You can find a sense of love and romance, and all those other very human things that are oftentimes explained and accommodated foreign religion, but not so much in scientific study. So you mentioned the togetherness piece, which is what this conversation is about. So your book is so profound because it really talks about how to create rituals and traditions that can help us grow. And I wanted to talk to you because right now I feel like that’s especially hard for people in a time of isolation and loneliness and crisis, and we’re all feeling very vulnerable, even though there are so many calls for togetherness and for Zoom videos, and virtual birthday parties, and all the commercials about, “Hey, we’re in this together.”

08:54

Sasha Sagan:
Right.

Jasmine Bina:
But I feel like that problem of feeling isolated, it has to start with yourself. The togetherness has to come from you first, and that’s why I wanted to talk to you. So tell us, first of all, how can tradition combat loneliness for those that are isolated or for people who have lost their sense of identity because they’ve lost their jobs, or just in general have felt that their lives have been turned upside down?

09:18

Sasha Sagan:
Oh yeah. I mean, this time presents so many conundrums and has changed so much of our ideas of ourselves. And I think one of the things that we keep coming up against is this idea of, well, what day is it? And time blending together in this way that we’ve lost track of the things that separate time into little chunks, days of the week feel the same because we’re doing the same things over and over again, we’re not going anywhere, we’re not seeing different people. And I think, especially if you’re not working or your schedule has changed or you’re working less, then the weekends and the week days start to blend together, it’s very confusing and it can be very jarring. And I think that we crave this feeling of actually physically being together, and I mean, FaceTime and all that stuff has been great, but it’s not the same as being at a party or at a dinner.

And I think that one of the things that we have to create for ourselves in this very difficult time is the sense of rhythm. And I really think that that is so much of what ritual is about, is to give us a sense of rhythm over the course of the year, over the course of a day, over the course of a week and over the course of our lives. And I think that even the really small things that are like, okay, you got up and you make a cup of coffee and you do a YouTube exercise video or whatever it is, those things giving us a framework is really powerful.

11:02

And it does something else too, I mean, the idea of a ritual that is a rite of passage, even a very small one, is this idea that there’s a threshold and you’re one way before, and then you pass through this threshold and then something’s different. A marriage would be a very classic idea of that, right? You’re two to people, you go through the ritual of marriage and then you are a married couple and you’ve transformed in this way, through this ritual. But I think even the small rituals of, I’m going to wake up and do this thing, and my day is starting or at the end of the day, okay, it’s six o’clock, I am now changing from my day pajamas into my evening pajamas or whatever it is, where we have this idea of, okay, you’re still moving forward, you’re still going through these thresholds, these changes, these rituals that even the very small ones are rites of passage, and I think it’s really helpful for the really personal stuff.

In terms of the group dynamics that we’re missing, I think so much of religion and other organizations is the desire to be part of a group. This is how we have evolved, and everybody doesn’t feel this way, and there’s definitely people who are introverts and loners and that’s totally fine, but on a large scale, there is an evolutionary advantage to liking being in a group, working together, wanting to be a member of a club. And sometimes that goes really awry because sometimes our desire to be accepted makes us, over the course of human history, do terrible things, but sometimes it brings us together because it’s such a deep craving and we can do wonderful things with it.

12:57

Sasha Sagan:
And I think that a lot of what religion offers is that feeling of this is your little tribe. And I think a lot of people I’ve known in my life who maybe are not a hundred percent on the theology are like, “But I love going to this place of worship every week. I love being a part of this group, this is my second family.” And I think losing that in-person element right now is really, really difficult for a lot of people and is making this experience doubly difficult. I mean, and then with a third layer is this lack of funerals and things like that, that are such a necessary element to dealing with so much loss that people are experiencing and not having that, it’s really, really a terrible combination of issues that are a really hard time.

But what I think this little pause in society does give us is a moment to step back and think about what our values really are, and what are the rituals, and what are the events, and rites of passage and holidays that are really meaningful to us and are the ones that feel like they are representing what we truly believe or think rather than the things that we go through the motions, because we feel obliged, because right now there’s no obligation to do the things that people feel like, “Oh, well, so-and-so will be disappointed if I don’t do X, Y, and Z.” This is the moment where we can really reassess so that when things returned to whatever normal they eventually come back to or go forward to, we can really have a set of perhaps new, perhaps old, perhaps a combination of the things that we want to make really special for our families.

15:06

Jasmine Bina:
It’s so interesting that you say that because I felt like one of the themes that comes up in your work over and over again, is this idea of pausing in the rituals that you describe, and there’s one in particular that I want to talk about, the weekly ritual.

Sasha Sagan:
Yes.

Jasmine Bina:
And it’s this idea that… You described the purpose of the weekly ritual, which every religion has that weekly ritual, you have the Sunday service or the Friday night Shabbat celebration, or whatever it is, and it’s about marking the transition from work to rest and to help us internalize the passage of time, which is especially interesting right now, because without the ritual of work, time is kind of a blur for a lot of people, like you’ve described, and it works on different levels, but let’s look at it on a very literal level, this idea of really marking, okay, you’re not working anymore, you’re resting now.

15:58

I personally have found that that’s disappeared for me because I’m not maintaining my daily rituals around when I work and when I rest, or when I’m with my children, or when I’m with my partner, when I’m consuming media. So I’m finding myself working later and later into the night, and I can say yes, I feel like I’ve lost track of time. There’s a lot of reasons to lose track of time right now, but that’s, I think the big one. How can people create weekly rituals that help them still draw the line between work and rest and marking that passage of time in a meaningful way, even though you may feel guilty about not working? Which I hear from a lot of people, or it’s hard to even know when you’re supposed to be working or what you’re supposed to be working on.

Sasha Sagan:
Right. Right. It is so hard. And especially for those of us with kids and two working parents, it’s like, well, if one person can be not working, then the other person is like, “Oh, I ought to be working.” And then both partners and the children aren’t all together at the same time, because I’ve found when my husband’s not working over the weekend, I’m like, “Oh, this is the time that I should really buckle down because he can watch our daughter.” And I think all of that stuff has been really hard to manage, and the feeling of, well, if I don’t have to get up so early… I mean, with kids, you always do. But for people who are like, “Well, if I don’t have to get up to be somewhere tomorrow, I can stay up later and later and later.” And it’s so hard to not creep into like a nocturnal existence.

17:32

But I think that the things that you create right now, even if it’s something very small, it will become such a source of relief in this situation, especially the break from work. So as I said, it’s been really hard because my husband works a regular job and I’m writing and doing stuff like that. And so it is hard to manage the time when he’s not working, and making sure that there are moments where the three of us are together. So what we’ve started doing is there’s a national park that’s like 20 minutes away, all the facilities and stuff are closed, of course, but the trails are still open. We hardly see anyone else there, it’s very easy to keep six feet away from people. And we’ve just made the decision that every weekend, whichever day is nicer weather, we will go there, the three of us, and take a long walk outside in the forest.

And it’s been so special and such a central part of our lives right now and what we look forward to, and our daughter’s two and a half and what she talks about to the point where she said the other day, “When everything goes back to normal, can we still go to the forest?” And I, at first was like, well, I can’t believe I’ve been depriving her of this experience, I mean, we live in the middle of Boston and we do a lot of activities, but we’re not in the woods all that often. And it’s clearly so meaningful to her, but it’s also just this thing that we discovered that we wouldn’t have probably otherwise done, at least not on a regular schedule.

19:14

Sasha Sagan:
And so I think the things like that, that you discover that maybe you wouldn’t have done otherwise, even things that are like, okay, well, we’re going to have this particular meal this day of the week, or we’re going to do board games, something like that, where you have a night where you do that, or something out of the ordinary on a regular schedule, for your family together to have that moment. I think when we look back at this time for all the really painful, really difficult, heart breaking elements of this moment, I think that the new rituals that we create for ourselves, especially if we can find a way to keep them going, will be a little Ray of sunshine for families and for individuals, anyone who’s looking to pull something positive out of this heart-wrenching moment.

Jasmine Bina:
I love that you say that. So I’ve been talking to people about the rituals that they’ve created in anticipation of this episode, because I wanted to get a feel for how people are approaching this. I know for me and my husband, even though I’ve kind of given myself a blanket excuse that it’s quarantine, there are no rules, if I feel like you’re not sticking to a schedule. There is one thing we always do every day, and that is we go and take our twins to a patch of grass in our complex, and when we spend two hours in the sun every day from 4:00 to 6:00, and it wasn’t until I read something that you had written that I realized that this was so much more than just giving the kids a chance to be outside and giving us a chance to stop working and start relaxing.

20:56

You wrote in your book, and I’m going to quote it, you said, “Time is an elusive concept, it’s passing constantly, it’s so hard to feel.” And you seem to argue that it’s really important that we find ways to feel that passage of time or else we won’t be able to appreciate the everyday wonders and sanctity of things that make life meaningful, like a friendship let’s say, or watching your kids grow, or the love of a family, or even feeling yourself grow. That’s what these weekly rituals, that originally our religions have afforded us, but it could also be like you’ve described like, even a weekly happy hour with your coworkers or a weekly cycling class or something like that, it’s that they force you, or at least give you the opportunity to reflect, and as you say, check in with your beliefs, your community and yourself to actually measure and appreciate what’s changed.

Sasha Sagan:
Yes. And there’s something about the week, there are daily rituals, there are monthly rituals. There are of course, many, many annual rituals. There are things that we do every four years, like elections and the Olympics and things like that, but there’s something about once a week because every day the change is… Even if you do something everyday, first of all, it’s very time-consuming depending what it is, but also it’s too small an amount of time to really see those changes. It’s like with your own children, seeing them growing, it’s just all of a sudden, you turn around one day and you’re like, “Where did this kid come from? I had a baby.”

22:31

You don’t perceive it in the same way you do when you don’t see a friend for a years, and then you see there a little one, and you’re like, “Wait a second.” But there’s something about once a week that lets you measure something, and the week is not an innately astronomical or biological event, it divides evenly into our months, which are loosely based on the lunar cycle. So maybe there’s something there, but throughout time there have been other… Weeks aren’t always seven days in every culture that ever created a calendar, it could be eight days, it could be 10 days, whatever, but there’s something about just that kind of chunk of time that allows you some kind of reflection and some kind of break. So much of the traditionally religious, weekly events are about, okay, this is the day of rest, or this is the moment where we’re stopping the work of the week to transition into this other thing.

And you know that Friday night feeling, not… I was going to say, “Not in a Jewish way,” but in a Jewish way too. But that Friday night feeling of like, okay, the week is done and we’re now going to do this other thing, it’s very hard right now to have that sense of like, oh, I’m going to go out tonight or I’m going to whatever, watch a movie, or just break from the feeling of, okay, tomorrow we got to do this thing. Tomorrow, this is happening. Tomorrow, that’s happening. And I think that if we can…

24:03

This is happening tomorrow, that’s happening. And I think that if we can try to create those divisions and maybe it’s not the normal times of the week that it has been because everything is so upside down right now. But if we can have those moments, I think there’s something really valuable in that. And we have so many rituals that we don’t recognize as rituals. And if you go to the same yoga class… I mean, yoga is such an interesting example because it does come from a religious and philosophical tradition, but has taken on this secular life of its own and mindfulness and meditation and all this stuff that has this relationship to a religious tradition. But is its own modern thing now in a lot of ways and is very secular in a lot of ways, but still gives us that sense of this pursuit of peace and this pursuit of understanding ourselves and our world more deeply. I think is really powerful and it’s really interesting how that has taken on a life of its own and how it is often a weekly marker.

Jasmine Bina:
That brings me to my next question. I was considering the rituals that we create for ourselves. And I think I know the answer. I do believe that even if you have religion or faith or community, it’s still important to create your own rituals just because they add dimension to your life. And if you look at something like Burning Man, for example. It’s such an identity marker for people, my husband jokes, that you can usually walk into a party and you’ll know, within the first three minutes, who’s a burner and who isn’t. That’s how much people want to just proclaim that they are part of this movement and this group of people. And those kinds of rituals really work. There are people that have to go every year. And then there’s another kind that it’s surprising. I don’t know if you’ve heard of secular congregations, like Sunday Assembly and Oasis?

26:05

Right. They were born out of the fact that people who leave their religious communities or maybe just feel indifferent to religion, but they still feel there’s a hole in their lives. They want to have a sense of togetherness and rally around a sense of something bigger than themselves, but it may not be a God. And they start out strong, but they tend to Peter out. And there’s different reasons given for that, but it’s hard to get people to meet every week and to volunteer their time and their resources and their energy and their attention when you take something like a God out of the equation. And I don’t know if you have a comment on that, but my real bigger question is, what actually makes a traditional ritual actually stick? If you are looking to create one for yourself.

Sasha Sagan:
It’s such a good question. And it’s true when something’s new, it’s so hard to not feel a little bit contrived, and it’s so hard… when there’s not the pressure of some, somebody very powerful who created the universe is going to be mad at me if I don’t show up. When there’s not that pressure, it’s a lot easier to let things fall by the wayside. I think the thing, and I’ve said this before. The thing that I admire most about organized religion, Christianity in particular is the social pressure to do good, works of charity, being a central part of the goal of what the community comes together to create in many cases. And that’s something that I wish was a bigger part of secular life. And I think that’s something that does get people to show up.

27:46

Fundraisers and volunteering and things like that when it’s not just about ourselves, but about how we can make the society closer to how we wish it could be. Especially for those of us who do not believe that there is a karmic safety net, the good guys will get their reward and the bad guys will get their comeuppance. If you don’t think that then I think it’s on us to make the world a little bit more fair. But I think that the way that traditions really work and really stick in many cases and this is true of every modern religion is that it’s built a top the ruins of something slightly different, which was built to top to something else. And I think that the way things transform over time and the way that sometimes it’s totally appropriation and sometimes it’s the way that a new change, new power comes in and wants to help unwilling converts, make things a little bit more easy.

There are many incarnations of this, but so many of the most popular traditions and rituals and holidays in the world central to major religions have history that takes them back to earlier religions, to polytheism to other kinds of philosophies. And I think that, that really tends to make things stick. And I think the other thing is for every religion and every philosophy and every worldview that survives, several thousand years, there are dozens that just fall away and that’s normal.

29:30

But I think that there’s something about feeling connected to your ancestors and feeling like you are part of a lineage, even if you’re changing it, even if you’re adapting it to your modern worldview, that just makes it a little bit easier to commit to. And I think the other element is that when we peel back all the specifics, when we peel back, the lore and the mythology and the theology of any one tradition. When you get back far enough, there is something there that is tangible. And in my position is that it’s a scientific phenomenon. The solstices and equinoxes, the biological changes within each of us, that these are the signposts that are evidence-based and real. And we can study and measure that all of our rituals in one way or another, or nearly many of our rituals I should say are in one way or another built a top.

Jasmine Bina:
Yeah. It’s funny. It makes me think of a story that you had described. I think it was at one of your Google talk discussions where you talked about how there is a story that your family’s traditions and approach have been based on. And I think it was with your grandfather after he came back from university.

31:01

Sasha Sagan:
Yes. My great grandparents were immigrants from Eastern Europe. They were Orthodox Jews and they came to the United States and settled in New York. And they were absolutely devout to the point where, my great-grandmother, if a dairy fork touched a piece of meat, the fork had to be buried in the backyard for a year. I mean, they were very, very religious really. And they were very poor. And my great grandfather when they couldn’t pay the Jews for the synagogue, he volunteered as a night watchman so that they could, stay, be part of the synagogue. And they had their kids. My great aunts were born in Europe, but my grandfather was born in New York. And he went to college and as it commonly happens, became a little skeptical and more cosmopolitan and the philosophy that they had raised him with stopped adding up for him.

And one day he came home, as I write about in the book and he found his father praying davening and he waited for him to finish. And you can just imagine that feeling of having that knot in your stomach and getting up the nerve to say something really difficult. And he said, “I have to talk to you about something. I’m not going to go to shool anymore. I’m not going to keep kosher. I’m not going to do all of these rituals because I don’t believe. I don’t believe in God.” And his father looked up at him and said, “the only sin would be to pretend.” And that just really… that’s a story that came down through the generations to me. And it really was… it’s such a position of such moral clarity to me is and this idea that this is not something that can be forced. Belief or lack of belief.

33:10

And, and the people I have known in my life, who I see as true believers, truly devout, I think, are not threatened by the skepticism of others. And I think it’s when you’re afraid that the asking of questions is going to elicit your own doubt, that it becomes… that censorship comes into play and you try to force your beliefs on others, but I don’t know, I thought that was just a beautiful, profound reaction to someone you love coming to you and saying, look, I don’t see this the way you see it. I don’t feel it. And the idea that faking is more dishonest and worse than going along with it to not upset, the Apple cut, I think is a real deep wisdom.

Jasmine Bina:
You’re so right. And I want to say two things. This observation you have of, when religious people are confronted by maybe a non-religious person like in the case of your ancestors and the fact that it doesn’t shake them in their own beliefs, there’s a real beauty to that. And also something else that’s really beautiful about your story is that it’s not like that event caused a discontinuation of the story of your family. It wasn’t a break. It was an evolution of one branch of a larger family. And I hope when people listen to this, there’s value for this, for people who are religious or not religious. And that really both sides of the equation are about building beautiful traditions and honoring something that you feel is worth honoring in your life and enriching the life of your own. Considering so much everything that has happened, are you seeing any good examples of new rituals and maybe, they’re group rituals, individual rituals, maybe rituals in the kinds of stories our culture tells itself or anything that you can think of? Anything that you’re finding interesting?

35:16

Sasha Sagan:
Oh yeah. Well, I mean, as a person who is really interested in our relationship with science, this is such a moment where critical thinking there’s so much information and misinformation out there and there is information coming from people who have spent their entire lives studying how viruses spread and studying epidemiology and studying, these very complex ideas and then there’s information coming from people who have no expertise on the subject. And I think it’s shedding such a interesting clear light on our relationship with science. And I just, I don’t know. I think it’s related to what you were just asking me, but it’s this moment where I think if we instilled critical thinking in children from a very early age, if that was a part of curriculum for fifth graders.

How do you know when something’s true? How can you question something until you can verify? Who can you trust? What sources are trustworthy? And how can you ask questions to suss out reality from snake oil salesman ship? I think that if that was taught to very young children, we would be so much more prepared for something like this. And I wonder sometimes if the reason that it’s not is because the adults don’t want to face our own difficult questions and they’re worried children are going to… Given those tools we’re going to say, well then wait a second, what about this? And what about what you said last week about what happens when you die? Or where babies come from? Or whatever else. Right. And so I think that’s been really interesting because I do think of questioning as a ritual. And it’s one of the things I feel most fondly about Judaism is that there is such a tradition in many cases, not all of celebrating the asking of questions.

37:25

That’s one thing that’s wrapped up in this strange time. But I also think as much as technology is a double-edged sword and as much as it’s sometimes the bane of our existence, it also allows for traditions, but also a more traditional lifestyle in certain ways. I give this example sometimes, but I have my same best girlfriends that I grew up with in Ithica, New York. And we live all over the country from each other. And for most of history of pre-Industrial Revolution, we would have lived in our village together and lived out our lives together and our children would be friends and that would be normal. And then post-Industrial Revolution if we moved away, we would be gone. And we would maybe see each other again, maybe not maybe send letters, but not be together.

And now just recently, it’s because of technology. We can both each go do our own thing in our own new place and be together and be together, not just when something happens and you have to write a letter or call, but in the everyday ness of it. But even still, even though we all send texts and videos of our kids and stuff all the time until this happened, we didn’t really start having five way video chats. Like we were face to face through the computer or the phone until this happened. And my husband also grew up in Ithica and he still has his same buddies and they’re doing the same thing. And I think that there are a lot of ways in which the combination of technology and isolation is bringing us together, not just with the people who are in our immediate area, but the people who mean the most to us, wherever they are on earth.

39:21

And the other night, my husband caught up with a couple of guys he worked with when we lived in London 10 years ago and they had a little video chat, happy hour with them. And hadn’t done that in all these years. And we’d been back every couple of years and seen them, but no one had made the effort to do this kind of thing. And I think that that and I’m noticing it’s for a lot of people, it’s on a weekly schedule where it’s like, okay, Fridays, Saturdays, can you do this at this time? And everyone is trying to figure out the time zone differences and make sure that there’s a point in the day when everyone can get on. But I think that is something that is really interesting and I’ll be very curious to see if it lasts, when things go back to normal. If we’ll still carry on these visits with people who live far away, but who we love and miss and want to feel close to, even when we’re not totally isolated from the people outside of our households.

Jasmine Bina:
You’re listening to a call I’m having through the app, Dialup. People all over the world are creating new rituals of connection through technology right now, and Dialup a free app on iOS and Android is one of the foremost apps giving us the chance to do that. What’s unique about Dialup, however, is how it works in connecting strangers. You log in and choose different lines to join, which are basically just topics of discussion that happened at a certain time every day. The topics have prompts like, read a poem to each other, watch the full moon together, describe your breakfast or of course the obligatory quarantine chat. Then Dialup, randomly connects you with another person in the world to talk.

41:49

The prompts start simple, but soon the conversations get deep. My conversation with Ananda quickly came to be about cultural family values. I spoke with a grad student in India the day before about international politics. Before that I spoke with people in places like New Zealand, France and Albuquerque about everything from quarantine fashion, to the ache of feeling your life path diverged away from a childhood friend. And these conversations weren’t short either. Everyone I spoke to said the same thing. Dialup has become a new ritual that’s helped them stay grounded in a time of social distancing. I spoke with the co-founder of Dialup Danielle Baskin about how she created the app and the totally unexpected and wondrous ways a simple product has grown to be so much more.

How did you come up with the idea for a Dialup? I mean, it seems like a perfectly timed app, but I know this has been around for a while. What was the original impetus behind this? Why were you interested in creating something like Dialup?

42:52

Danielle Baskin:
Yeah we’ve had Dialup around for a year, but actually Max and I, Max is the co-creator of Dialup. We have been randomly connected on the phone for three years and I mean that a bot calls us at random times and connects us. We set this up pretty quickly after meeting each other, but Max and I are both really interested in voice and phones and he actually was working on a software because he had a project in 2012, connecting people in the middle of the night to discuss their dreams. Years later, he was trying to rewrite the call software and I met him and was like, “Oh my God, this is amazing. But why just dreams? Why not connect friends? Why not connect people during the day?” And I just thought of all these possibilities for voice communication. We started just automating calls between us and then added friends and then turned it into this public app where strangers could meet each other.

Jasmine Bina:
The thing about Dialup is it really forces you to be super vulnerable. And I know people including myself who won’t even pick up phone calls from their friends, because we just don’t do the phone, if it’s not a text. I understand why people might be open to it now, because they’re opting into it. But why do you feel like with your original experiments with your friends, which led to the development of this app, people were so surprised by the magic of it?

44:21

Danielle Baskin:
Yeah. I mean, there’s a phenomenon that Robert Hopper wrote about in a book called Power Hegemony. Power Hegemony is this experience that happens on a phone where if you’re calling someone you’re the one who needs something or wants something. And so you’re interrupting someone. And so there’s a power imbalance on a traditional phone call. And I think also people have this fear from robocallers or just the fact that no one calls, unless it’s an emergency that, if your phone rings there’s a lot of anxiety to pick up. There’s also a lot of anxiety to call because you’re afraid that you’re seeming as though you want something, but maybe you don’t, maybe you just want to catch up. And there’s so many people just in my contacts list that I would love to talk to. It’d be wonderful if I ran into them, but I’m not going to call them because I don’t feel like we’re close enough, I don’t know. What if they’re busy? What if they reject my call?

And so I think our solution is, you just have an app that calls you. There’s this external force that’s matching you on the phone. It removes all power imbalances and anxiety about calling someone.

45:31

Jasmine Bina:
So it basically lifts the emotional burden on both sides of what it means and all of the subtexts around what it means to have a phone call with somebody today. Okay. Very cool. You guys have blown up obviously since the crisis started, how has Dialup evolved and changed? And also your user base, how has that changed as well?

Danielle Baskin:
Yeah, I mean, for the last year we’ve been quiet and running different experiments. We only had 3000 people using the app up until the middle of March. And it’s people who found it on Twitter and there wasn’t much press about it and it was people that I knew that told other people. It felt like a community that knew each other in a way, when everyone started going into lockdown, we decided to create a quarantine specific topic called quarantine chat. And it was pick up the phone and talk to someone else who’s stuck at home. And this story resonated with people. It was also, we wanted to do this to simulate what it would be like to go outside and have a random conversation with a barista. If you’re stuck at home, you’re not going to meet anyone new, so we thought our app was perfect for it and we launched this, but I think that that story resonated with people and so this got a lot of press.

46:52

Danielle Baskin:
And what happened was it appeared… I mean, it spread all over the world because just people would read about it and one article and then share it on their Facebook in Ghana and then someone in the Netherlands would write about it. And then it appeared on local news. The variety of people on the app is pretty fascinating. You never know who will be on the other end. It’s always a surprise person, different ages and locations all over the world. It’s in 183 countries now.

47.25

Jasmine Bina:
Yes. I had just had a Dialup call this morning with somebody in India and we talked about breakfast. It was very interesting. Thus, the app has really surprised me in that way. Do you find that the user base has shifted towards maybe people who are alone? It can be hard to make Dialup work unless you’re signed up to a bunch of channels, which I am, but life still happens and I’d say life is even more messy now because there’s just so much mixed into, just the every day. There aren’t structured times for certain things. Who are the users? You’re like, “what do they look like?”

So who are the users here? What do they look?

48:04

Danielle Baskin:
I mean, it’s totally mixed, but I think that the majority of people who are able to pick up are people who are living alone, just because, if you’re in the middle of a conversation with someone you live with, you’re not going to be able to pick up the phone. I mean, it’s a design of our app to only call once or twice a day.

So you can’t choose, I want to call now I’m available. And so I think it’s generally someone who is able to pick up the phone, because they’re not engaged in the conversation at home.

48:40

Jasmine Bina:
You mentioned friendships too, are people making friendships because you kind of reach a point at the end of the call where it’s like, are we going to keep talking? Should we exchange information or was this just a nice moment?

Danielle Baskin:
There’s so many friendships that have developed, which has been surprising. I don’t even know. I know that people send us emails to describe the person that they met and say, oh, we’re staying in touch now. Thank you so much for introducing me to this person. So definitely heard about it and also read about it through Twitter and people have blogged about it.

I mean, a few people have started quarantine chat blogs, where they write about all their calls. So I read those and people are definitely staying in touch. I think it’s so dependent on your particular dynamic. Sometimes you’ll have a 10 minute call. Sometimes you’ll have a two hour long call. We can see the call times. And so I think the longest call has been six hours and 17 minutes.

49:38

Jasmine Bina:
Wow. Really?

Danielle Baskin:
Which basically is just you hung out on the phone the entire day. Yeah. I mean, you have to develop some sort of bond with them, even if I have an hour long conversation with someone, I do sort of consider them a friend just because you cover a lot in an hour. We’re actually building a feature to stay in touch with people that you’ve talked to previously because right now everyone just sort of disappears.

Jasmine Bina:
And there’s a lot of pressure, like sometimes the calls are only 20 minutes and it’s a lot to be like, I think I want to stay in touch. It kind of is a lot for a conversation like that. Although it seems like if both sides are kind of signing up to be vulnerable, like we said, are you finding people are more open to talking about things and doing things like sharing private information that they wouldn’t normally do because of the way this app kind of puts you in a situation?

50:33

Danielle Baskin:
I mean, I think because it’s voice and it’s just one-on-one you, someone’s listening to you and you know nothing about them, there’s totally a lot of vulnerability that happens. On the app you don’t have to provide context for who you are and tell your life story, but you could just talk about whatever’s on your mind.

Whatever energy and whatever thing you’re feeling before going into the conversation, you could just make part of the conversation. And I think potentially it’s because you’re not distracted with eye contact and you don’t have a face in front of you. It’s more comfortable to share vulnerable stories.

So I’ve read a lot about heart to heart conversations and it’s pretty incredible that you would immediately tell a stranger that you just broke up with your fiance, or you’re telling the story about finding out who your birth father is, and just all these interesting life stories that you might not even tell your friends.

51:34

Jasmine Bina:
What’s the craziest story you’ve heard besides the six hour conversation, which I think is pretty good?

Danielle Baskin:
I sort of run the missed connections. So two people are having a conversation, they’re in the middle of it, they get disconnected, one or both of them will email me and ask and they don’t know anything about the person they talked to, but details. Sometimes they even forget their name.

They’re like, oh, woman in Maine who lives on an island and works at a bookshop. Can you find her? And if I ask your username, I could figure out who your partner was, but I don’t even have their email address. So, I have to send a push notification to their phone and try to reconnect them.

And I don’t reconnect everyone. There has to be a good story, but what’s pretty cool is that people have been finding each other that are both searching for each other. Actually the woman who was looking for this other lady in Maine found her before I was able to reconnect them just by searching every island and finding, looking at a list of employees. Simultaneously, the other person was searching for her through Craigslist missed connections in Oregon.

52:45

Jasmine Bina:
That is fascinating. You’ve created something really incredible here that is actually compelling people after a one or two hour phone call to literally search for each other and spend time trying to find one another, sight unseen, just based on a conversation, which usually starts with a pretty basic prompt, like, read a poem to each other or describe the full moon and stuff like that, whatever the channels are.

And I’ve noticed you’re a prolific creator. And it seems like if you look at the projects that you’ve created, like LineCon or the Hold Music Awards, or the fact that you hold funerals for expired domain names, which I want you to describe all of these things for people, but it seems to me like you have a passion for making seemingly fleeting moments of time and our lives actually matter.

53:35

Danielle Baskin:
That’s an interesting way to put it. I guess to me, these moments do matter so they don’t seem seemingly fleeting. Well, I think a goal of a lot of my projects is to get people to talk about things they don’t normally talk about. For example, the experience of your domain expiring. There’s very intense stories behind every domain name.

Maybe it’s a project you had with a friend or a blog you’ve kept for 10 years. And when you get a notification from your domain registrar like, you have five days to renew in all caps and it’s red, it’s just very cold. And so in your mind, you’re like, oh, but should I renew it? This project meant so much to me, but there’s no venue for you to talk about that. And that’s also a strange conversation topic to bring up.

54:27

So having a dedicated event where there’s a microphone and you go up and talk about your domain is an event that I’ve done in San Francisco. Similarly, the experience of waiting in a line is usually sort of an annoying, frustrating, potentially solitary thing. And so LineCon is a place for people to share their line waiting stories and hang out in lines and learn about line related topics and sort of transform the line waiting experience, which results in people that are in the line, just attending a conference suddenly, they didn’t expect it.

And then a few people have found us in LineCon. I mean, we started as the first time we ever did this in 2016, it started as a group of 12 people that showed up and the line actually picked up other people in waiting in the lines and they joined us for a few more lines. One person found us in the morning and went to all the lines with us till 5:00 PM. I didn’t have anything else to do today, this seems cool.

55:33

Jasmine Bina:
Wow. Your work has a way of bringing people together. I really love that. So, I’m sure you’ve thought about this a lot yourself, is this kind of habit of connecting with strangers and having these really great discussions with people and everything that Dialup affords, you think this is a new habit that’s going to stick with people? Is it changing them enough that they’ll continue to after the virus passes? Or do you think that we’re still kind of just in a novel period and it’s yet to be seen?

Danielle Baskin:
I mean, I think what’s happening now because all of our communications are virtual, even with people that you used to hang out with in reality or not in the physical world, I don’t know where reality is, I think what’s happening is that there’s kind of a blurry line between stranger and friend, right?

56:24

Like, my internet friendships feel just as real as my physical friendships now because everything is virtual. And I think a result that’s happening from this period of time is actual connections are forming through the internet versus, interactions on social media are typically not that in depth.

Maybe you have some friends on Twitter, but you’re both just kind of trying to be clever with each other and not actually having a long conversation. You might not actually know each other. I think what I’ve noticed is I’m in longer DM threads in Twitter and I also am using the app and, hopping on the phone with people and I am developing all these relationships through the internet that sort of, I feel early 2000s internet friendships that sort of disappeared in the last 20 years.

57:19

I think that that habit might stick because there’s so much value in connecting with people outside of just, convenience and habits and whoever’s near you.

Jasmine Bina:
And the early 2000 things that you mentioned, there’s definitely a sense of nostalgia here. I would say even the aesthetic, was there any thinking about the UX and the actual visual look of the app?

Danielle Baskin:
Yeah. I mean, I think, talking on the phone is something that people did in the late ’90s and for many years in the 1900s. But I used to love talking on the phone and the surprise of just someone calling my family’s house and not knowing who it was. And this was before there were automated robocallers and that was sort of just the way to communicate and the way to hang out with friends.

58:12

As a kid, I would just, at 9:00 PM, couldn’t leave my home, but I could just call anyone and we could hang out on the phone. And then that sort of, disappeared when we started getting used to image and text based communication virtually, but with Dialup, I mean, I think we wanted to evoke sort of the past of talking on the phone, even though we’ve redesigned how it works and it’s not a regular phone call, we wanted to evoke that feeling of getting a surprise phone call and also sort of evoke early internet because I think the internet before websites had the like button and everything was sort of a popularity contest and competitive and focused on, having a quick one-liner joke.

In chat rooms, people used to get into in depth conversations and you weren’t really that self-conscious of your brand and competing for attention. You would just kind of talk and, talk about anything and be in these long chats in AOL. And so we wanted to sort of evoke that time of just intimate one-on-ones, but not the sort of vanity contest that the internet is like now. So, that’s our aesthetic choices. It’s called Dialup and then we just have a lot of sort of retro imagery. We have floppy disks and modems and all that.

59:41

Jasmine Bina:
You totally just took me down memory lane. I think I had forgotten what it felt like to be in a chatroom. And I was obsessed with chatrooms. I remember I would go into music chat rooms to talk about the bands I was following as a teenager and I would sneak out of my bedroom and go to the computer room and turn it on. And I was supposed to be asleep and I would get into big trouble.

But I would sign into chat rooms to talk about whatever band and we would get into deep discussions and there was such a beautiful innocence. And also it was very self-expressive and it did feel magical, magical in a way that I think social media has kind of lost, or maybe you could say even hijacked. And I wonder if that’s what makes Dialup so unique and special.

There are a lot of apps out there right now that are helping people connect. But why do you think Dialup has really captured such a wide audience of avid users when it really could have been anybody, but you guys seem to be the one that’s kind of rising to the top? Why do you think that is?

01:00:40

Danielle Baskin:
I mean, it’s a totally different feeling than the adrenaline and excitement you get from being on Twitter is sort of like, oh, these little bursts of dopamine when someone likes your tweets or you’re laughing or finding things clever. I think the feeling of being on a Dialup call feels transformative in some way, after every conversation, a conversation that’s long and I feel like I click with the person.

I feel like my perspective has shifted on something or I learned a lot about another place or another person or a book recommendation, or all these things kind of shift. And I’ve had to tell a story and verbalize it. And that’s also a different exchange of energy. I think there’s also, the internet can feel deeply isolating. I’ve been to Zoom parties where there’s 15 people on a Zoom call.

01:01:37

And sometimes there’s no chance you get to talk or just the etiquette is all strange. You don’t want to interrupt someone or you just feel very passive. Also, the internet is lonely, the aspect where you tweet and no one likes your tweet. And that feels really sad. I mean, there isn’t really the experience of feeling sad on our app because anyone you talk to is like, they’ve picked up the phone too, and also wants to talk to someone.

Both of you said, yes, I want to have the conversation. Both of you are listening to each other, you have each other’s attention and there isn’t this feeling of being left out or being, you don’t feel like, oh, I’m not clever enough. Or, oh, there’s no chance for me to talk or I’m outside of something. So I think, just knowing that the other person there is there to listen to you and it’s just the two of you is sort of a totally different feeling and something that people are actually craving.

01:02:38

Jasmine Bina:
So have you found that considering what is happening with COVID and this bubbling up conversation about loneliness and what isolation actually does to people and loneliness was a problem before COVID even happened, which is just compounded now, how has that kind of changed the approach to how you guys talk about the app or anything that you’re doing with its design or the UX?

Danielle Baskin:
And we’re intentionally not using the word loneliness or feel less alone with our app. I mean, I think people are writing about it that way, but we want the language behind it to seem fun and talk about specific topics and not directly addressing mental health, because I think a lot of people don’t want to admit that they’re lonely or just reject the idea of needing a mental health app.

01:03:30

I mean, I like to think that Dialup is just secretly a mental health app. And I also think the focus of it is not like, you’re lonely, talk to another lonely person. It’s more like, hey, did you just read a book? Talk to someone else about this book and having that focus sort of makes that feel exciting. I think there’s issues if the app is discussing how you feel alone. The conversations are much less interesting if it’s like, discuss the last time you went hiking or there’s specific stories, then that’s a more engaging way to have a conversation.

Jasmine Bina:
Sometimes creating an experience of sincere connection, whether that’s within a brand, a product or just in our own lives, requires us to dismantle our notions of what it means to connect in the first place. Even rethinking something as basic as a phone call, a chance encounter, a hello can lead to new bridges between people.

01:04:34

And if there’s ever a time for us to explore new formats for that kind of connection, it’s now. People are expressing a new level of openness and they’re willing to allow brands to try new things, to push us a little further, if it means helping us get closer. Which brings us to the third part of our discussion. Rituals create continuity, connections give us a reason to move forward.

But what about loneliness? How does loneliness manifest itself over the longterm? And what do we know about loneliness that can help us explain what will happen after COVID-19 has passed? I asked Cassie Killam this question. She’s a social scientist at the Harvard School of Public Health and has worked with the World Economic Forum and Google Life Sciences to address the loneliness epidemic.

Her research has advanced our understanding of social health at community and population levels. And she has a unique insight to how loneliness can actually pivot our lives in surprising and not always negative directions.

01:05:33

Cassie Killam:
Long before the Corona virus struck, there was a huge body of literature around this topic. In fact, there’s been decades of research and different studies that have shown that our social relationships play a huge role in both our physical and mental health. And conversely, loneliness has a really detrimental effect. So there’s everything from, if you do not have close connections, you’re more susceptible to catching a cold, all the way to things much more severe like long-term depression, cardiovascular disease, and even premature deaths.

So there’s been some really alarming studies that have shown that if you are lonely you’re as likely to, or you have as higher risk of dying as things like smoking or being obese or being physically inactive. So it’s really incredible the amount of data that’s on this. And I kind of joke that there are very few things that scientists agree on all the time, but this is one of the things that is consistently a finding that really social connection makes such a huge impact in our physical and mental health and loneliness can be really problematic. And some of the reasons that we’re seeing for this underlying mechanism is one, there’s this notion of a stress buffering effect.

01:06:57

So essentially when you are lonely, you don’t feel like you have close connections. It triggers a stress response in your body, which can cause too, inflammation and weakened immune system. And in turn, as we know those things lead to disease and illness. And there’s been some really interesting research, actually, a study came out recently in MIT showing that loneliness triggers the same brain regions as physical pain.

So there’s literally this reaction in our bodies that’s absorbing this loneliness and it’s causing all sorts of long-term effects. Another kind of reason for this connection that people point to is that when you have close social connections, that capital brings you information and resources and different social norms. So if I have friends who are able to tell me where there’s a testing site that I can go get tested for coronavirus for free, or if all my friends exercise all the time and it creates a social norm where I feel like I have to do that as well, those are the kinds of things where our relationships benefit us in a much more kind of tangible ways.

01:08:06

Jasmine Bina:
That’s really interesting. I think we all kind of passively through different campaigns and the research that we see passively as consumers understand that loneliness can actually kill you or harm your health, but A, you don’t think about the second order effects of the fact that it actually just changes your world too. It makes your world smaller. It makes you less informed. It makes you less likely to understand social norms that may actually protect you in the long-term, things like that.

We’re obviously in a prolonged state of isolation right now. And like you said, this was a problem well before COVID even hit. And more than that, it’s not just loneliness that some people are probably experiencing, it’s uncertainty and fear and vulnerability. And I would say even people who maybe felt super connected before, there’s still got to be some loneliness creeping in.

01:08:54

I mean, I’m seeing this among my network where even though you have digital ways of communicating and people check in on each other physical isolation, it does bring on some mental sense of isolation as well. So what do you think this is going to do? Is this going to have a long-term effect on us? Or do you feel like how resilient are people? What can we expect from this?

Cassie Killam:
That’s a great question. Well, I think two things. On one hand, I’m definitely concerned. I share what you’re expressing that there’s definitely a risk of exacerbating existing mental health and other issues, right? There’s a chance that this could exacerbate loneliness, that more people could become lonely or that people who were lonely before will experience that in a much deeper way.

01:09:43

There’s also things like addiction or depression or things like that, that I definitely am concerned that those might worsen. And that long-term damage, I mean, that’s not even talking about the economic toll and the disparities and the access to healthcare coverage, and all those kinds of things. I mean, just focusing on kind of the psychological and emotional impact. I definitely think there’s a risk and I’m going to be paying close attention to the research that comes out.

On the other hand, I am cautiously optimistic. I think to your point, humans are very resilient. We’ve seen this at every stage of humanity and throughout history. And I am optimistic that this could bring us together. I think I’m seeing much greater awareness about the fact that relationships are really important to our health and to our wellbeing and to our sense of joy and fulfillment.

01:10:39

And I’m seeing a deeper appreciation among many people around that. I’m also seeing people reaching out to neighbors for the first time or to old friends who they might have lost touch with. And those kinds of actions and behaviors I think are really powerful collectively. I’m also seeing a lot of innovation in this space.

So some of these things are signals to me that there could be really positive outcomes from all of this. And my hope is that when we look back on this period, of course, we’re going to remember how difficult it was and how many lives were lost, I also hope that we will be able to say that it galvanized us and that we made different improvements to our culture and to our society as a result. I think humanity’s absolutely resilient. All the research suggests that, and I am definitely cautiously optimistic that in some ways this will strengthen our social health.

01:11:32

Jasmine Bina:
I think cautiously optimistic is the word. I don’t know. I feel like Americans are creatures of habit. We had a wealth of evidence to show us that loneliness was a true epidemic. It’s crazy to me that loneliness increases risk factors as much as, or I think I even read more than things like smoking, but you don’t really see too much cultural change around it. I was going to ask you why this epidemic even occurred beforehand, but I think the bigger question is what we’re talking about …

It even occurred beforehand, but I think the bigger question is what we’re talking about here, is it actually going to be top of mind after this is over as well? And I think it depends on how long this lasts too. I think right now we’re feeling the initial effects, like job loss, uncertainty, and fear, a lot of changes in our routines and habits and in our daily lives. But the longer that this lasts, I think the more of a chance there is that we’re going to come out of this changed people with changed priorities. Not that I want this to last longer at all.

01:12:34

Cassie Killam:
No, I can certainly speak to that. I mean, I think you’re absolutely right that this idea of habit building is really important, right? And I think if it were to end today, maybe we would just return back to our normal lives, but it’s looking increasingly like that’s not going to be the case and we are going to be dealing with this for many more months to come. And I think as horrible as that is, it does mean that the habits we’re developing right now around the ways that we connect with people, the relationships that we’re nurturing in different ways. Those habits could become really ingrained. And I think that’s where we can kind of see this as an opportunity to practice better habits, right? Better habits with regards to how we interact with social media and how we use technology. Better habits with regards to staying in touch with loved ones and prioritizing human connection as an imperative part of our lives.

So I do think you’re absolutely right. And I’m interested to see if those do last, but you’re also right that this has been an issue long before the pandemic hit. I mean, I talk about that in my recent article about how one of the studies that came out in January before this was getting as much attention as it is now found that 79% of Gen Zers are lonely on a regular basis, 71% of millennials, 50% of baby boomers. I mean, that’s a huge proportion of the population that feels lonely and chronic loneliness we know takes such a huge toll. And so I think it’s interesting to think about what were the cultural factors that were going on before Corona virus that led to this. And there’s quite a few, I mean, I wish there was just one because if there’s just one cause then there’s one straightforward solution, but that’s definitely not the case.

01:14:25

So one of the reasons that people point toward is overuse of technology, right? I mentioned this before that people often rely on social media as a substitute rather than a compliment for human connection. So we stroll through our social media feeds and we don’t actually engage in meaningful ways. And it’s easy to kind of feel saturated or full in some superficial way, which is such a different experience than when we spend time together in person. So this is an interesting thing to think about. Some of the research that’s coming out about this is quite mixed actually. So there’s certainly been some findings that spending a lot of time on social media can put you at risk for depression or things like that. But there’s also findings showing the opposite. There’s studies that have come out saying that people who have a healthy, emotional relationship with their technology and really see it as a tool to connect with people that they are actually better off and happier when they use it to do that.

And I think what this tells me is that, it’s complicated, right? It’s how you use technology and social media that matters. But certainly that’s one of the factors that has led to loneliness before the Coronavirus. A second factor is different trends and how we live, right? So it’s quite normal now, especially in the millennials to move around really often, I’ve lived in, I think, nine or 10 cities at this point throughout my lifetime. People are much more transient. They move around, which means that you go to a place and you develop some friendships and then you leave and it’s harder to sustain those. And similarly, there are other trends in how we live. So there’s kind of the social norm in different urban areas or cities to not even know your neighbors. And we’re seeing that change now with coronavirus and people reaching out to help one another.

01:16:12

But that was very much the social norm before. Similarly, it’s very common to live alone. I think more people live alone in apartments or homes than have ever done so in history before. And that’s where it becomes important to think about the difference between isolation and loneliness, right? Just because you live alone, doesn’t mean you’re going to feel lonely, but it certainly can be a risk factor. And then there are many other factors that lead to loneliness before Coronavirus.

There’s the way that our cities and apartment buildings are physically designed. There’s the amount of time we spend on work that needs little time for being with loved ones, there’s social anxiety or things like that, that prevent us from engaging in kind of a free way. There’s so many different factors. And I think all of that, to me, it says that this is really complex. It’s really nuanced. There are many different reasons that people feel lonely. And that means that there are many different ways that we need to support those people and different solutions that need to be built. And now the Coronavirus is kind of an added on element to all of that.

01:17:18

Jasmine Bina:
You bring up so many good points here, and there are a couple that made me think. You know, this idea of cities actually not being built in a way that promotes connection or community in a way that would combat loneliness. I know there was a really influential book called going solo that was written by, I believe it was a researcher at NYU talking about how more and more people were putting off marriage or were living alone later in life. That research became, I believe the basis for a lot of city planning in New York and zoning and permitting for living units that accommodated just one person. And it’s interesting because when you say it’s complex, yes, there are a lot of different factors, but at the same time, each one of those factors goes back. If you want to change it, you have to go back so many different steps before you find the root of the problem.

Another example of that is when you talk about transients and people moving around a lot. On our last episode, we were talking with Rory Sutherland and he was talking about how we don’t realize it. But when you sign up for a graduate degree, you’re signing up to move because you need to work to pay off that debt. And so you’re going to have to go from wherever you are to some sort of city center. And the chances are, especially with the way work is changing. You’re going to have to move more than once to justify that decision that you made so many years ago. And then that brings up even bigger questions about, how do we change the norms around education and what it means to get a degree. So it’s complex at least on two dimensions that you talk about. I think that’s fascinating, but when you start to talk about technology, I know that you’re right.

01:19:00

There are some technologies that I’ve seen reports about, mostly kind of AI tech that provides some sort of companionship to senior citizens and people who are in nursing homes or people who are in hospitals. I’ve seen that kind of tech proven to actually improve moods and help people heal faster where they feel like they’re connecting to an avatar or something like that. But it’s weird because the conventional advice has always been, there’s no replacement for human to human interaction, but now we don’t have that. But you described that there is a good way to use technology.

I think you’ve talked about this in the past. You’ve mentioned that even little changes, like instead of liking somebody’s post, actually send them a small note that says why you liked that post or actually communicate with them. And that’s the problem with social life, I feel like it lets you connect or be present in somebody’s world without forcing you to communicate with them. What do you think of that? You don’t have to agree with me. That’s just something I kind of spit balled right now as I was talking. But, what do you think draws the line between technology that helps and technology that looks like it would help, but it doesn’t really?

01:20:11

Cassie Killam:
It’s such a good question. I think we’re still figuring this out collectively. I think what inspires me is seeing technology used to connect people who wouldn’t otherwise connect. For example, I used to do a lot of research in the mental health space and there are tons of support groups online for people who have different illnesses or rare diseases or things like that, or new moms or you name it. There’s some sort of community for you online. And I love seeing examples like that, where someone in the middle of nowhere America can connect around a shared experience that they have with someone growing up in a completely different environment. So those kinds of things inspire me. But, I also think you’re touching on this sector that is really emerging. And it’s one that I would identify as kind of social wellness startups, right? And we’re seeing tons of companies and brands take this on and start to think about how we can relate to technology and use it as a tool to connect with one another that isn’t through likes and follows and those kinds of more superficial interactions.

And I think it’s been really interesting to see how some of these are getting attention now with the Coronavirus, but they were before too. And, you know, platforms like Zoom and Skype and FaceTime and the ones that we’re all using all the time now weren’t designed for what we’re doing now, right? They weren’t designed to host weddings or birthday parties or bar mitzvahs or any of these kinds of really meaningful gatherings. It’s actually very basic functionality. And now that user’s needs have changed. I think brands need to respond to that and we need to get way better at designing platforms and tools that enable people to connect in the good ways, rather than the bad ways like you’re talking about.

01:22:10

And I’m seeing people approach this from all different ways. So there are startups where the goal is to make new friends. So there’s one, I mean, I could list so many here. I probably shouldn’t. There’s Hey! VINA, there’s We3, there’s Panion, there’s Friended. There’s tons, just with the goal of making new friends. And then there’s ones with the goal of communicating with your loved ones or your neighbors in really meaningful ways. And some of those are Nextdoor, which I love some of the stuff they’ve been doing during the pandemic. There’s also smaller ones like Cocoon

Jasmine Bina:
Wait, are you talking about Nextdoor, the neighborhood app?

Cassie Killam:
Yeah

01:22:48

Jasmine Bina:
You know, Nextdoor is also a bit of a cesspool though. I don’t know. Nextdoor shows. I’ve seen a lot of hate on Nextdoor where neighbors are just terrible people to each other. It’s great that they’re doing things to connect people, but every time I’m on there to talk about something, there’s no way to not get trolled by somebody.

Cassie Killam:
What’s so interesting is it’s mirroring people, right? It’s a pool and people are going to be the way that they are and some people are wonderful and I’ve seen as, I’m sure you have many examples of people connecting in great ways through Nextdoor and other platforms. And also there are people who would be better if they didn’t engage. At least there’s the option, right? You can reach out on those kinds of platforms if you do need help from a neighbor. And I think there are many stories of that going well.

01:23:40

Jasmine Bina:
That’s true. Actually I did. We’ve had some package theft and I’ve noticed when I started talking about it on Nextdoor, we were able to band together and actually effect some change in our community because of it. But at the same time, I’ve deleted posts because people just went bat shit crazy.

Cassie Killam:
We need to teach empathy and compassion, emotional intelligence. That’s just a whole different issue.

Jasmine Bina:
Right. There is something that I’ve read in your work that I think is so interesting. And I want to give enough time to talk about this. And that is the fact that you’ve mentioned, and I’m going to quote you here. You said, “no one is exempt from suffering”. And I think people understand that right now, everybody is suffering in some ways. And we all know about post-traumatic stress. And I think people are starting to consider, if we consider this a traumatic event, what will be the post-traumatic result of it? You know? And that’s one thing, but you talk about something called post-traumatic growth that’s been researched and there’s evidence for the fact that there’s more than one way to actually internalize what trauma actually is and how it affects your life afterwards. And I would love it if you could describe that for us.

01:24:57

Cassie Killam:
Absolutely. Yeah. So this was something I researched five years ago now, because at that time I was going through some things in my own personal life. Some of my loved ones were going through some challenging times. And it seemed like in the news, all I could see, I mean, I guess this is always true that time I was really struck by some of the shootings and different things that I was seeing on the news all the time. And I was seeking answers. I wanted to know, there must be research on how we make sense of this kind of experience and how we can draw strength from it. And my background, I started out studying positive psychology, which is this field that says mental health is not just the absence of illness. It’s also the presence of wellness and you need to study and help people build up those assets and those resources.

So I started digging into the literature on this idea of post-traumatic growth. And this is the notion that more than just being resilient through really difficult times or through adversity, people can actually emerge stronger and happier and healthier in certain ways following adversity. And this seems counterintuitive. It seems crazy, but actually a lot of the data shows that by actively searching for good, in a terrible experience, people can actually use adversity as a catalyst for growth and for development and for a different level of psychological functioning. And this isn’t to say that we should diminish or disregard suffering or anything like that. I mean, absolutely we all go through horrible things and we need to give ourselves time to mourn that and really feel that, but the research on post-traumatic growth shows that in addition, there are ways that you can grow in meaningful ways.

01:26:47

And so there were five elements that I outlined in the article you’re referencing, and these are kind of signals of post-traumatic growth. And I find that really helpful to think about because they point toward ways that we can think about our experiences and grow from them. So the first is around personal strength. This is the idea that when you go through something terrible and you get through it, you realize how awesome you are and how powerful you are and how you can be resilient despite really challenging things. And that gives you this gives you the sense of feeling much stronger. So that’s the first way. The second is relationships, right? So through adversity and suffering, we bond with other people, whether it’s deepening our relationships with the people we go through that experience with or connecting with completely new people.

And I think we’re really seeing this in the context of Coronavirus, because we are all collectively going through this shared filed experience and we’re supporting one another in new ways. And so that’s such an important part of healing and, just this idea of strengthening our relationships. I mean, suffering can give us empathy and it can give us compassion. And right now we’re all experiencing loneliness to some extent, perhaps for the first time, which gives us empathy for people who may experience that chronically even outside of a pandemic. So it’s that second one of relationships I think is really important. The third signal of post-traumatic growth is life appreciation. So this is the idea that when you go through something rough, you value the good things in your life that much more, and you might have even a renewed sense of motivation to make the most out of your life.

01:28:34

So that can manifest as gratitude, as savoring or being mindful of the pleasures and joys in each day. So the sense of greater life appreciation, I think is something that perhaps many of us are going through right now or recognizing how much we appreciate our friends and family. We appreciate nature in any way. We appreciate our health, if we’re lucky enough to have it in a new way. So that’s really important one. And then the fourth is around beliefs, right? So whether that’s religious beliefs or spiritual beliefs or how you make meaning out of different experiences, those can be either reinforced and become stronger or actually changed through adversity and suffering. So you think about someone who is very religious and who derives meaning about the relationship with God, through going through a really challenging experience or conversely someone who loses their faith in God, after going through something horrific, so fourth, is beliefs.

Jasmine Bina:
What’s important about this one is that it’s not necessarily about having beliefs. It’s about reassessing them and becoming more resolute in what your beliefs are.

Cassie Killam:
Exactly more resolute or shifting entirely that is lasting. And that can, can be beneficial in a way.

01:29:52

Jasmine Bina:
Interesting. Okay

Cassie Killam:
Yeah. And then the fifth and last one is around new possibilities. So this idea that when we go through really challenging times, we kind of have a moment where we reassess our lives. We consider a new career paths or new places that we might want to live or new hobbies, or we really re-envision what we want our life to look like. And I think, again, that’s quite relevant to this pandemic. People are thinking about, do they want to keep living in cities or would they rather be somewhere with more trees or, what are the kinds of careers that they want to dedicate themselves to when this is over? So I think there, again, it’s really relevant.

So yeah, the bottom line on this research on post-traumatic growth is really that, we can turn suffering and challenges into personal development and use them in ways that help counteract the stress. And it’s not to say it’s easy. It’s not to say that we shouldn’t feel negative emotions or that it reflects poorly on you if you go a different route and feel tremendous stress and grief from this, that’s so valid, that’s such a human experience that we all share. But I think it gives me hope and optimism seeing that there are ways that we can transform some of these experiences into benefits that are long lasting,

01:31:15

Jasmine Bina:
And these five, that you describe your personal strengths, relationships, gratitude, beliefs, and new possibilities. It feels like it cuts both ways. So when you look at people who have post-traumatic growth, they exemplify these five things. But if you feel like you are experiencing post-traumatic stress and want to see if you can change it to growth, you can use these five things as a framework for getting there.

Cassie Killam:
Exactly.

Jasmine Bina:
I’m not a scientist or a researcher, but I would say even just focusing on one or two may be helpful. And I think what’s interesting about these five is if you look at the market for wellness technology solutions or products, right now, a lot of products seem to focus on one of these five somewhere, which is interesting to me, you know, maybe there’s more of a macro view where there’s a way to incorporate all five of them. But it’s interesting that there is probably a specific set of solutions for each one of these things, if you should need it.

01:32:13

Cassie Killam:
Absolutely

Jasmine Bina:
And I feel like, correct me if I’m wrong. When I look at these five, I think you’ve even said this in your writing. Collectively, what it’s really saying is it’s about deriving, meaning from the experience. So you don’t have to believe that it happened for a reason, but you could ascribe a meaning to it and live into that meaning.

Cassie Killam:
Yeah, exactly. And I think that’s something that I first learned reading Viktor Frankl and his book Man’s Search for Meaning, he was a, I believe a psychiatrist who lived through the Holocaust. And that was his main message that the people who were able to get through that absolutely horrific time were the ones who A were lucky or B were able to create their own sense of meaning. And hold on to that sense of purpose through the horrific circumstances that they were going through. So you’re absolutely right. It’s not to say that there’s some innate meaning or purpose for suffering. I definitely would not argue that, but we can create our own sense of meaning and decide what is the message that we want to take from getting experience.

01:33:30

Jasmine Bina:
Thank you for listening to our podcasts. We appreciate each and every one of you. And if you liked this episode, share it with a friend. If you really loved it, give us a review on whatever podcast platform you’re using to help us spread the word to other thinkers like you. And come connect with me personally. You can find me Jasmine Bina on LinkedIn and I’m on Instagram and Twitter under the handle, triplejas. That’s T R I P L E J A S. You’ll see me share parts of my personal life, as well as my thoughts on brand strategy and on Instagram, I often hold strategy AMS that people seem to like, so come join us. I would love to talk to you.

Interesting Links & More Reading

Categories
Podcast

10: The Power of Perception, Permission and Choice in Society and Governmen‪t

Rory Sutherland, author of ‘Alchemy’ and Vice Chairman of Ogilvy talks to us about psychological and branding techniques for managing behavior during and after transformative cultural moments like COVID-19 and beyond. We explore models of human behavior, social norms, belief systems and the nuance of what he calls America’s “gloriously optimistic consumer base”.

Podcast Transcript

april 23, 2020

50 min read

The Power of Perception, Permission and Choice in Society and Governmen‪t‬

00:00

Jasmine Bina:
This is Unseen Unknown, I’m Jasmine Bina. We’re living in a time of major cultural change, and we’ve talked about how that change can look on an individual or tribal level, but what about on a country level? How can governments use different psychological and branding techniques to change behaviors around work, life, and crisis situations like the one we’re living in now with COVID-19? Not too many people are qualified to answer a big question like this, but Rory Sutherland is a unique person. He’s the vice-chairman of Ogilvy, a very respected thinker, prolific writer, and the author of Alchemy, which is one of the most popular brand strategy books around right now. His TED talks have been viewed over six-and-a-half million times, and a lot of his thinking has literally shaped the world around us.

Rory’s work has boldly explored human psychology and behavior for global airlines, international conglomerates and of course, governments. He calls himself an anarchist, I’ve seen others call him a contrarian, and NPR has labeled him one of the leading minds in the world of branding. There’s nobody like Rory, and this was truly an interesting conversation that I didn’t want to end, and I think you’ll feel the same way too.

01:34

The first question I want to ask you is like, we understand the policies in the rules are being put in place to control populations across the world, but what I really wanted to start this conversation with you about, was managing perceptions and emotions, especially of a population in panic, and I think we’ve seen different governments do different things, and you seem to have a real international perspective on branding and perception and persuasion and all that, what have you seen across the world that you think is working, where governments are taking psychology into account and people’s subconscious motivators and things like that?

02:12

Rory Sutherland:
It’s a really interesting debate between persuasion and compulsion, and one of the things I thing we were probably remiss about everywhere was it was assumed … now maybe I got this wrong, it’ll be very interesting to look at the final results, and to be honest it’ll be months before we fully know what’s going on I think, but I noticed that the UK had gone into voluntary seclusion to a significant extent before it was made mandatory, and that might be a mixture of fear, it might be a mixture of, as I said, slight laziness which is, “Well if I’ve got a good excuse to work from home today, which is the possible threat, I might as well do so,” and I think a very interesting thing will emerge when we need to come out of lockdown, which is what mixture do we use of rules, and there will need to be rules, for example I think it’ll be a long time before mass audience events reopen, whether that’s theatrical performances, cinemas, or sporting events.

That will need to be rule-driven. Some part of it could be voluntary. I mean I’ve always half joked but there’s a serious point to it, which is that a large percentage of the working population are introverted by temperament, and in many ways, quite like a degree of self-isolation or working from home, and it’s always worth remembering that the patterns of behavior in society tend to be disproportionately set by the most extrovert, the most sociable, and the most active, and it’s also worth remembering that the social norms are set by the active, because active people are visible, whereas people staying at home and watching television, by definition, aren’t.

04:07

So as soon as you leave your house you’re exposed to lots of active people, whereas inactive people, I mean people who are quite content with a screen and a book, are by nature, tend to be less salient and less visible. And so I think there’s a part of it which is that you can significantly reduce the amount of people traveling at peak times on public transport and the amount of people traveling into city centers if you legislate for a degree of choice. Now no one’s yet suggested this, it’s what I call libertarian legislation, which is that you actually legislate … now it’s generally assumed by libertarians that all legislation is welfare limiting because it’s choice limited, but I think it’s possible to legislate … if you read John Stuart Mill on liberty, as much of his concern about the constraints to individual liberty were directed at social norms and conventions, as were directed at government and government compulsion and forced action.

And it’s simply an area for discussion. I’ll give you an example of libertarian legislation which is here in the UK we have a first term female member of parliament for Faversham called Hellen Wakely, and her legislation is simply around what you might call a norm or a default, and she simply says that when you advertise a new job in any form, it’s assumed that the job offers a degree of flexible working unless the ad states the contrary, and so that’s simply changing a norm so that by default jobs are deemed to be flexible unless there’s a good reason for the opposite. Now at the moment what you tend to have is a default where jobs are assumed to be nine to five, five days a week, no flexibility of place, no flexibility of time, unless the advertisement specifically states otherwise.

06:06

And what was very interesting about this was it was intended, and rightly so, particularly to benefit women who were either careers or for example working mothers, but it was equally popular as she discovered to her surprises, that she got equally as much support among men, and it’s an interesting point about this, which is … I mean one of the things that always fascinated me about business behavior is how little use we made of video conferencing, if you consider the fact that in some respects it’s like a superpower, you know, you can talk to an audience of 50 people in Romania and 20 minutes later I can be talking to three people in Atlanta. Now you can’t even do that if my employer gave me a Learjet.

You know, it’s a pretty special ability, and yet I never fully understood why people didn’t sit down and go, “This is an important technology, it enables a significant improvement in quality of life, in freedom of whom we can employ and how, and under what terms, and I think brings with it pretty significant cost savings and productivity gains, if we use it intelligently.” But nobody really did that, they just kept on working as though it was 1984 and plowing into the office at eight o’clock. I mean this has struck me as weird for a long time, in that people get up early in the morning, they travel into work on crowded roads or crowded railway trains, and then when they get to the office at, let’s say, 8:45, they spend the first two hours doing their email.

07:36

But your email’s exactly the same at home, there’s no point in coming into an office to do something which is location irrelevant, and yet people still did. So I think there’s a role for what I call libertarian legislation, which is just giving people a right, according to their preference and their specific circumstances and needs, the right to do things differently in defiance of what are arbitrary conventions.

Jasmine Bina:
That’s really interesting, so it seems like you’re saying the choice isn’t enough, you actually have to sometimes change the defaults so that people are forced to make a choice?

08:12

Rory Sutherland:
Yeah, because I mean we’re a kind of … you know, very much a copying species, what is weird is generally defined by what most other people don’t do, and you can understand why the workplace, someone who’s slightly nervous about their job, is going to be terrified of working from home on a Friday if the other person who’s after the next promotion comes into the office on Friday, so there’s a kind of FOMO going on there, quite literally I think, which creates a kind of presenteeism. Now that may have absolutely nothing to do with productivity or the economic value you create while you’re at work, I mean famously the founder of my own company David Ogilvy says he never wrote a single word in the office. He’d go into the office to talk to people or administer things, but all the ads he wrote, all the books he wrote, he wrote at home.

Now he was obviously the company founder so he had the freedom to do that, and I’m a kind of vice-chairman so I have the freedom to adopt fairly whimsical working patterns that happen to suit my temperament, and I like long periods of discretionary time alone in order to work, I also am a bit of a night owl, so I have the freedom, I suppose partly because my job title’s eccentric, you know, pretty much to work at a pace and pattern that suits me fairly well, and I think my productivity is boosted by that. Now 95% of people in the workplace don’t have that same freedom. If you’re naturally an early bird and you’re naturally highly extrovert and you don’t like … some people like a very, very strong partition between their work life and their home life, and if you’re one of those people, the existing arrangement probably suits you fine, and you’re probably in, if not a majority, at least a fairly large minority.

10:04

But there are a lot of people who are essentially forced to go with the flow, it’s rather like if you were a bunch of friends at a bar and people buy drinks in rounds, you’re sort of forced to drink at the pace of the heaviest drinker in the group, because otherwise you miss out, and I think those same problems affect human behavior. I learned a lot of this, by the way, by reading books by a great guy who’s at Cornell, I think, called Robert H. Frank, and he’s written books called The Darwin Economy for example, and one of the points he makes is that there’s an awful lot of human behavior which is really signaling behavior, it’s all to do with things like imagery and presentation and self-marketing, which is not really about mainstream productivity, it’s done … so we travel to Frankfurt to visit a client not because the meeting couldn’t be performed more effectively on Zoom, but to signal our commitment to that client, and let’s say there’s a client issuing a pitch, if one of your four competitors decides to fly out to Frankfurt to take the briefing, then the other four companies are basically obliged to do the same, for fear of being placed at a relative disadvantage.

And there’s an awful lot of human consumption and consumer activity which is positional rather than absolute in its gains, and so it’s worth remembering that, you know, don’t think that naturally competitive behavior, as adopted by individuals, is necessarily the same as what is collectively optimal or rational.

11:40

Jasmine Bina:
Yeah that’s really interesting, this idea that you’re describing that you can give people permission, I guess, to kind of … especially, let’s say, introverts to kind of be introverts and not have to go with the norm by just changing some defaults or changing the way choices are made around things like video conferencing or visiting a client in person, like that can be very, very powerful, and that’s engineered by some governing body. What was also interesting to me that I wanted to talk to you about is that in some countries you did have the public reacting really positively to the pandemic, so like in Hong Kong for example, they did really well, they claimed an early state of emergency because they still remembered SARS, people already had their masks, they were pretty well organized, but it wasn’t perceived as a government effort or a government success, it was really perceived as a success on behalf of the people, because the government seemed to be lagging.

Rory Sutherland:
Yeah I mean those are … you know, according to the [inaudible 00:12:37] measure, Eastern societies tend to be more collectivist, so you have the opposite in the United States where you have a very strong individualist tendency, and a large group of people are actively resisting the lockdown and demanding to go back to work, for example, and so part of that I think does reflect cultural differences, and it’s worth remembering … it’s always worth remembering in any international setting, that Anglo Saxon cultures of which we’re both part of one, are anomalous in fact. I mean there are very, very many things about your typical … I don’t mean this racially, I mean this culturally, that if you’ve grown up in the United States or the UK, or to some extents, you know, Scandinavia for example, your particular world view is likely to be much, much more individualistic than is typical for the world as a whole.

13:39

And also there are simple patterns like our approach to extended families is completely different to that which would be seen as completely normal in three or four billion of the world’s people. You know, broadly speaking we have very, very nuclear families, we don’t live with our grandparents et cetera, et cetera. Now we think of that as perfectly normal, in the wider scheme of things it’s rather an anomaly. In fact David Brookes interestingly, who I think is a very interesting commentator in the New York Times wrote a piece recently suggesting that you know, the idea of the nuclear family was a mistake and it’s kind of a luxury for the rich.

Jasmine Bina:
Yes I read that article, and it kind of stopped me in my tracks.

14:25

Rory Sutherland:
Me too, because we know … we have … you know, there are strong elements where because Anglo Saxon cultures have been quite successful in some dimensions, we don’t ask ourselves nearly often enough whether at the absolutely personal level, at the level of lived experience as opposed to economic success, whether there’s an invisible cost, just as for example there’s an economic gain but an invisible cost to the extent to which Americans, until recently, were unbelievably prepared to up-sticks in search of pay rises. You know, you’d move to the other side of a continent in order to get a 20% pay rise, I’m sure that economists regard that highly desirable, I mean Brookes’ piece made the point that at some level in extended families there’s a mutual support network and an intergenerational support network, which protects people, I think, against all sorts of downsides.

There’s also, I guess, a kind of reputational framework if you look at something like the Indian divorce rate and compare it to the American divorce rate. The Indian divorce rate is absolutely minuscule, now you know, a large part of that may be cultural tradition, but some part of it may be wider parental pressure and societal pressure. So the degree to which a young Anglo Saxon person, this is often called WEIRD isn’t it? It’s … what’s it? White educated industrialized rich and democratic is the acronym, and a large amount of behavioral science work is done on students or graduate students from WEIRD countries, and it is worth remembering, for example, that people who are living in highly cosmopolitan settings in, let’s say, New York City or London, are in a megalopolis, they have lives which are hugely atypical, and I don’t mind that, by the way, the fact that they’re atypical, what I do mind a little bit is the assumption that their style of life is also inherently superior, more sophisticated and more desirable than someone who lives more locally.

16:37

Jasmine Bina:
Right.

Rory Sutherland:
And so there’s a degree of it, by the way, which I also think is actually dishonest. That in many ways people are forced to move to large cities for economic reasons and having done so, they confabulate the reasons why those cities are so great. I think if one’s being completely objective about it, there’s a hell of a lot to be said for living in suburbia, or living in smaller towns, simply in terms of convenience [inaudible 00:17:05] particularly … if you’re in defense of small towns, it’s worth remembering that the internet and online shopping and so forth, and online stimulus through Netflix or whatever it may be, the cultural deficit you suffer from living further away from a large city is a fraction of what it would have been 20 or 30 years ago.

You know, in other words I could go and live in West Wales or Snowdonia or something and my Netflix will be just as good as yours, and my Amazon will be just as good as yours, and you know, it’s not as if you’re no longer have access to interesting or exciting stimulus, regardless of the place you find yourself in, so logically the case for living somewhere out of a large city should have grown, but equally it sort of baffles me that young people, understandably to a degree, say, “Oh no, property is completely unaffordable.” And you go, well actually, if you’re prepared to put up with a sort of commute by train rather than a commute by tube, there is in fact fairly affordable, fairly attractive property, it’s just not the property that suits your own particular self-image.

18:16

And so this is where I think there is an economic trap in that once you’ve got into debt acquiring educational credentials, the only place you can actually pay that debt back in terms of salary differential, is by going to a huge megalopolis and therefore being forced to do so, and being forced to do so in order to keep up with your friends, to an extent, then forces people, I think, to post-rationalize reasons as to why city dwelling … because I’ll be absolutely candid with you, okay this is why I’m mixed, which is I pretty much thought I’d never leave London, and then I had twins. Now, had I had my children not through batch processing but one at a time, I think I would have stuck it out … I would have stuck it out in London for child number one, and then at the point of child number two and wondering where they went to school and so forth, I probably would have bottled it.

But what I in fact did is I moved out once we had twins, fairly rapidly, and in defense … and this may be a dose of post-rationalization as well, I suddenly discovered that there were extraordinary gains in terms of convenience, ease of movement, and actually that business which is you’re just bumping into the same people time after time rather than endlessly doing business with strangers, which do make life quite a bit easier. Maybe it’s something you care much more about when you’re 50 or 40 … I was … what was I then? 35, 36, maybe it’s something you care about more when you’re 36 than when you’re 26, but it struck me that there were all these extraordinary benefits to living slightly outside London, that up to that point had never occurred to me.

19:54

Jasmine Bina:
Well you bring up a good point though, when you sign on for that expensive degree, you don’t realize that you’re signing on for all these second order commitments as well.

Rory Sutherland:
That’s beautifully put by the way, that’s really … that’s a lovely expression of it.

Jasmine Bina:
Thank you. I wonder if also this common threat has allowed for other kind of exceptional things to happen, for example Apple and Google partnering up to create that contact tracing system, which so far in the media in the US has been pretty well received, even though you would imagine it brings up a lot of privacy questions, but I wonder if these kinds of things get fast tracked because public is so much more willing to embrace them because there’s a public enemy, they no longer see corporations like Apple and Google as the enemy, they see all of us aligned against a different enemy all together?

20:45

Rory Sutherland:
You’re absolutely right, and I think it was Ronald Reagan who made this point when he was negotiating with probably Gorbachev, was it? Which is if we were invaded by aliens, the Russians and the Americans would bury their differences within seconds, and the extent to which we’re only properly one in the presence of some external other, perhaps a regrettable facet of human psychology, but it may be at some level true. I mean the thing that’s fascinating me here, and I’ve just written a piece about this, is that we’ve seen a variety of engineers from companies … one area where Britain really excels is in Formula 1, in car racing. Car racing with curves, not where you go round, and round, and round, just for American listeners, you know, where you might actually make a right turn occasionally.

So strangely I think all but about three or four of the Formula 1 companies are headquartered in the UK and some of them have produced extraordinary prototypes and indeed started the manufacture of essential medical equipment, in an incredibly short period of time, and the question I was asking exactly in this article is how come we can do this under conditions of crisis? Why don’t people go to McLaren in ordinary … under ordinary conditions and say, “What can you do here which is spectacularly inventive?” And it is exactly that thing of necessity being the mother of invention, but what is it that’s possible that could motivate us to do exactly these things under normal conditions?

22:15

You know, I don’t think the economists have got it right, patent isn’t money. It may be that, you know, I did … one theory is that the levels of bureaucracy that normally apply and if you are someone who worked for the Formula 1 team I imagine, as I said in my piece, three hours dealing with healthcare regulators would leave you wanting to bite your own arm off with the sheer boredom of it. You know, if you’re used to working in the high octane, white knuckle world of Grand Prix racing, then dealing with the kind of bureaucracy or healthcare procurement might be a bit of an obstacle, but there is something there which we should be able to capture in normal times, and for whatever reason, we don’t do it.

Jasmine Bina:
Yeah, I always assumed that for some reason a crisis gives you the ultimate permission, like there’s just … it almost feels like no holds barred, in a way that I don’t know that your boss could give you.

23:09

Rory Sutherland:
It gives you permission to fail, certainly, in that you could argue that normal institutional businesses, and entrepreneurs are distinct from this, entrepreneurs have a very different approach to upside and downside risk to a desk jockey in a corporation, but your typical institutionalized man, actually, and I might actually use man in both senses here, is very, very biased towards what you might call incremental, quantifiable improvement under normal circumstances, but you might argue that something that has a 20% chance of spectacular success but an 80% chance of failure is actually a bad career move for that person, because 80% of the time he loses his job, fails to get the promotion.

Now, under wartime conditions, Churchill actually, if anything, as a wartime leader had too great an appetite for bonkers ideas and some of his advisors had to kind of throttle back on some of the more insane ideas Churchill would entertain. You know, things like, for example, the bouncing bomb, made famous in the Dam Busters Raid, you know, would that have been given much consideration in peace time? I rather suspect not.

24:25

Jasmine Bina:
I always felt like these grand, ridiculous but important ideas really characterize a time in the past, but I don’t … do you feel like these ideas, like this culture of coming up with these kinds of insane ideas, at least on like a cultural level is happening now?

Rory Sutherland:
Maybe it’s harder. I mean it’s worth remembering that, that … I mean if you look at probably the most significant period of innovation in world history, I mean people argue about this and there’s a huge argument because some people, and with some good reason, would say, “No, in its effect in human life, the washing machine was a bigger invention than the internet.”

Jasmine Bina:
Mm-hmm (affirmative).

25:07

Rory Sutherland:
Now the argument was before the washing machine, any poor to middle income household would have to spend … typically the wife of the household would spend a day in laundry work, so domestic appliances, by enabling women to join the workforce in much greater numbers, arguably had a bigger societal effect than something like the internet. I’m not, by the way, taking sides in that argument, I’m just saying the argument exists. Some people calculate that the 1930s was pretty much the high point for meaningful innovation, and that we … in many cases … so in some cases, like speed of transportation we’re up against the laws of physics, you can make a train go at 500 miles an hour but it’s really damn hard.

I would argue that it’s also slightly pointless in that for a large number of journeys, making the journey productive or entertaining gets you far better gains. I’d also argue that there’s something, if you think about it, which I always comment on, and apologies if anybody’s heard this before, which is that if you take my grandfather who was a doctor in a Welsh mining town, so you know, he was pretty well paid in fact, there were huge categories of goods that he could buy, that ordinary people couldn’t. The difference between a middle-class … a wealthy upper-middle-class salary which his was, and a median half salary in terms of what you might call, not numerical wealth, but actually effective utility, so just to give you an example, a bottle of whiskey in 1920 or 1930 would have been a week’s wages for a working man, okay?

26:46

That’s a bottle of spirits, now my grandfather could buy a car, he could employ some servants, he could buy a radio, he bought a washing machine, he bought a dishwasher, ultimately he could buy a television, these were absolutely transformative technologies which he could buy and other people couldn’t. Now if we take that experiment on another 50 years and we … you know, let’s take you and me, and you multiplied your salary by 10, or even 15, I’m not saying it wouldn’t make a big difference to your life, and you might retire early and do something like that, there isn’t actually something you can buy … okay, you’d sit at the front of the plane rather than in the middle, or you know, wherever it is you choose to sit, and your holidays would become progressively a bit more exotic or a bit more sybaritic, you know, you might go and stay in one of those sort of huts on stilts in the Maldives or something, but it’s not like your life would have been changed spectacularly by any of those things.

And so there is an interesting question, if you regard the fact that traditionally the rich have provided early funding … early stage funding for meaningful inventions which eventually trickle down to the less rich, we don’t really see that happening anymore. A little bit of our inner socialist would go, “If there is a reason for redistribution of wealth at the moment, it isn’t like rich people are funding things which would make a huge difference if only they could be manufactured at scale more cheaply.” In fact you know, very large amounts of wealthy people’s expenditure are almost spectacularly pointless, like luxury yachts and so forth. I mean don’t get me wrong, I’d be highly tempted if you gave me a billion dollars to buy a yacht, but to be absolutely honest I’d still … I’d buy it on the grounds that what’s the point of being a billionaire if you don’t have a yacht, I’m not sure the yacht would add that … even while I was writing the cheque, I wouldn’t be that confident that the yacht would add that significant into my happiness.

28:45

And at the same time of course we devalue things, you know I always make the point that King Louis the 14th would have given you half of Gascony in exchange for your 4K TV, and so there is that interesting debate which is maybe meaningful … I mean this is why I do ask questions like, “After this crisis can we change working patterns to some degree to give people a little bit more leisure?”

Jasmine Bina:
I did want to ask you about this, as a society whether it’s consumerism or work like you described, do you think anything will change permanently, or could?

29:17

Rory Sutherland:
I don’t know. I mean I hope there are enough people like me who will try our damnedest to make it change, I think it’s also meaningful that a lot of people have been exposed to remote working and technologies like Zoom, and have discovered that there’s a significant upside to working this way. It’s not all downside, the view of video conferences being a … it’s a very, very misjudged view that a video conference is a poor relation to a physical meeting, in many respects, not least the ease of attending, and the fact that it doesn’t have to last two hours, there are huge advantages to meeting in this way. That’s not even factoring in the environmental impact which is not negligible either, and so I hope it changes.

You see standard economic theory assumes that we choose the balance of work and leisure that is optimal for us. Now, this is so stupid as a model of human behavior, first of all because how hard do you work? Well in most environments you have to work a little bit harder than the person in the desk next to you, for symbolic reasons, not productive reasons. Secondly of course the unit of money is almost infinitely divisible, whereas the unit of leisure isn’t. There’s not much point in working a four-and-a-half day week is there really? Okay.

30:33

Jasmine Bina:
Right.

Rory Sutherland:
Well you know, … the other thing is, which I think is really interesting and something Ogilvy’s exploring and I’d like to share more widely, one of the things we debated during this commission, which we weren’t able to enact but I’m determined to keep alive, is an idea that either when a company runs into a bit of a rocky patch, or as a norm, certain people could go into a four day week for either every week, or three weeks out of four, for 90% of salary. Now, the mathematically able among you will go, “Well that’s far too much because if you’re working a four day week it should be 80% of salary.” No one is going to take that deal because they know damn well they take a 20% cut in salary, they’ll end up working about 92% as hard as they did before.

So you’d have to be a total mug to take the four day week deal if you are paid pro-rata, unless you worked in one of those fields where you literally … you know, you close down your laptop and you walked away and you didn’t do a thing, okay? And so no one’s going to take that trade-off, but the 90 for 40 trade-off where maybe you work a bit longer two days a week, and maybe you do work Fridays one week in three, now we’re starting to create exchanges which people might willingly opt for, either permanently or for part of the year. I would also hope that Millennials will start to factor this kind of thing into who they work for, the possibility of flexibility or work and one of the things I’m fanatical about with my team, because I’m a fanatical early Zoom convert is look, if you think you can be just as productive and you don’t have any meetings to attend and all your work can be done virtually without requirement of being in a specific place, if you want to go off to Marbella for a week and work there, it really doesn’t bother me.

32:28

Jasmine Bina:
I think Millennials in the US are a little primed for this already, because before any of this started there was this backlash starting against the idea of hustle culture and overwork which has really become romanticized in the last 20 years.

Rory Sutherland:
If I’m right, Bernie was keen that everybody in the United States should have a mandatory … was it three weeks paid holiday a year?

Jasmine Bina:
I don’t know, I’m not sure exactly what it was.

32:51

Rory Sutherland:
Certainly the North American approach to vacation entitlement is horrendous. I mean I have a friend who turned down a job at Google for this reason, and she was a Brit, and she said, “Look I’d absolutely love to work for you, the money you’re offering is fantastic, but let’s be realistic okay? I’m in a strange country which I want to discover and I need to understand better, I won’t be able to discover that country adequately with two weeks vacation, because one of those two weeks I’ll have to spend going back to the UK to visit my parents.” Hardly unreasonable.

Jasmine Bina:
Mm-hmm (affirmative).

Rory Sutherland:
“So what you’re saying is I would then have five days worth to discover America, and part of my reason for moving to the United States is that … I mean yours is a country with a hell of a lot of shit to see, I love going to the United States,” but the idea … this is a classic case because I can genuinely say this, I’ve never met anybody … this is an example of how social norms become very heavily enshrined, going back to John Stuart Mill’s point, I’ve never met anybody in Europe, at all, zero, okay? Who is so right-wing they think we should have less vacation.

Jasmine Bina:
Right.

33:58

Rory Sutherland:
No literally, I have met one or two people who think that there are too many public holidays or bank holidays, which is where you get a Monday off. So I’ve met one or two people, and they generally go, “Look it’s all a bit of a disruption, and then it means that a lot of people then take the next four days as holiday.” In France it’s even crazier because you often get a public holiday on a Wednesday, which means everybody does a thing called [French 00:34:21] which is to make the bridge, where they take the Monday and the Tuesday or the Thursday and the Friday off, and then that means the entire country’s dysfunctional for a week, just because of [inaudible 00:34:30] public holiday.

I’d sympathize to people, but in terms of the amount of vacation we get, I’ve met some right-wing nutters, but I’ve never, never heard anybody even suggest that, “Gosh, if you think about it we could get another 2% of GDP if we just had only two weeks holiday,” nobody’s ever said that. Robert Frank does an experiment where he says, “Would you rather live in a world where the average person earns $80,000 a year and you earn 60, or would you rather live in a world where you earn $50,000 a year and the average person earns 30?” And quite a lot of people say, “I’d rather live in the world where I earn 50 and most people earn 30, because it’s a relative measure.” Wealth matters … if I want beachfront property and other status goods, relative wealth is more important than absolute wealth, okay?

35:21

But on the other hand, if you do the same experiment with vacation entitlement, would you rather have four weeks vacation when everybody else gets six, or would you rather have three weeks vacation when everybody else gets two? Nearly everybody plumps for four weeks. So vacation and leisure is an absolute good, whereas wealth is a positional good. I think it’s a wonderful thought experiment actually, it’s one of the simplest things I’ve ever seen to prove a very, very simple point.

Jasmine Bina:
That is very interesting, I would have never thought of it like that. Can we talk really quickly about stimulus packages across the world?

Rory Sutherland:
Yeah, not an area of expertise, but interesting nonetheless. Yeah.

35:58

Jasmine Bina:
Well what do you think? I mean I know that, like you said, a lot of these things are complicated, and maybe we hesitate to draw conclusions, but what do they reveal, if you had to say something about them? The fact that the US has a one-time payment of $1200 or something like that for most families, whereas other countries are doing a high percentage of people’s wages, others are doing actual monthly payments in one or two thousand dollar amounts, do you think it reveals anything about our social contracts or anything interesting that’s kind of surfaced because of this?

Rory Sutherland:
I think from my perspective, the US has always had a slight … it’s been a slight outlier there, in that in some respects you believe something which is both very good and very bad, which is you kind of believe that everybody’s the author or their own success, which … you don’t really attach much belief in luck, really. Okay, and to some extent you venerate very, very successful business people in a way that most other … many, not most, many other countries don’t. You know, in Britain is someone’s very, very rich there’s admiration mixed with suspicion.

37:11

Jasmine Bina:
Yes. I know what you’re talking about.

Rory Sutherland:
Which is that … you know, they might be highly worthwhile people but they might be either a bit psychopathic or else, you know.

Jasmine Bina:
Right.

Rory Sutherland:
Now the fact that you believe everybody’s the author of their own destiny is in a sense a wonderful illusion, which has, by the way, very, very positive effects in that the extent to which people put an effort into doing what they do very, very well is generally gratifying. The only thing is it does make you correspondingly a bit merciless to the victims of misfortune, and sometimes misfortune, by the way, is self authored. I’m not one of those people who goes … although it’s complicated, you know, I’ve had friends who are alcoholic, is that their fault or is it genetic? I mean who the hell knows, you know? But you can be a bit merciless to the victims of simple back luck.

37:59

Jasmine Bina:
I also feel like it kind of engenders this belief that if you aren’t successful, it’s your own fault. Like it has this other opposite contextual story that it’s telling.

Rory Sutherland:
Yeah, the other thing I think that becomes awkward for America, which is never talked about, which always interests me, and by the way, do not take this badly because I’m a huge Americanaphile.

Jasmine Bina:
I can tell you are. No I love having discussions like this.

38:23

Rory Sutherland:
No, I’m also, as I said, a very broad Amaricanaphile, I’ve been to the Wisconsin State Fair, it’s not just the Statue of Liberty and … okay right, you know, it’s not just the Statue of Liberty and Mount Rushmore kind of stuff, but if you think about the United States, you’d have a very unusual position for about … 1950 it had about 50% of the world’s GDP, and for a long period right up until the 1980s not only were you much wealthier than the rest of the world, but when you went to the rest of the world, the rest of the world was a bit shit, okay? Now you know, Britain in 1975 was shit compared to the United States in 1975, now Britain is still poor in the United States, not so starkly as it was back there, but the extent to which Britain is crap compared to the United States is much less, visibly.

Or Mexico for example. So the extent to which the good things about America to some extent migrated outwards, you know, I occasionally watch … well as often as I can I watch North by Northwest, and you have to remind yourself as a Brit that this was actually filmed in … I think it was about 1955, is that right? The details of the film and the architecture and the train, which would have … my dad who’s 90, he and his brother when they were teenagers, they used to get American magazines, I’m not quite sure how, but they used to get the Saturday Evening Post and something like that, and they said, “When you were a British kid in 19 …” what will it be? 1940-something, they said the car advertisements were like science fiction, it was, you know, convertible cars with an electric opening roof and V8 straight, extraordinary stuff.

40:05

They said it was like another planet, now that isn’t the same as it once was, okay? It’s not like your cars are an order of magnitude bigger or shinier than ours are or whatever, so there is an interesting thing in America which I think is awkward for people who grew up where you would just automatically assume that everywhere else you went was a bit rubbish, that’s another change which I always mention, because nobody else … I’m not … think it’s hugely important but mentioning it because I think nobody else mentions it, the contrast you’d experience in going from the United States in 1960 to Britain or whatever, would have been absolutely enormous, and I think there’s something interesting going on there as well, but no, I think you can be a little bit merciless towards people who are simply the victim of misfortune for whatever reason.

You know Canada is different there I guess, isn’t it? You know, not that different in many respects, but the Canadians would have a slightly less individualistic strain to them.

41:02

Jasmine Bina:
Well I think at the very least, when Americans see what these packages look like across the world, it does invite these questions about what that means in terms of what our government is to us, or what we expect of it, and I think those questions have been coming up in the US at least for a while as more and more private or public companies take over more of the infrastructure and services that you would expect the government to handle for you, I think it’s just something that Americans have been negotiating for a while.

Rory Sutherland:
Well I also think there’s a fundamental misconception of economics, which is the belief in economics tends to lead … now you know, in most countries, the United States included, and the United States by the way has one fantastic advantage, which is you have a very gloriously optimistic consumer base, so the typical American tends to assume that life is capable of almost infinite improvement, in other words it’s very low in cynicism, and therefore if you develop a new way of doing things, you have an automatic and fairly sizable market for it, because of the United States neophilia, call it what you want, but willingness to adopt new practices and new things, and that by the way is a wonderful attribute, and the United States is growing in wealth and GDP growth in the US is pretty consistent over a straight line, and one of the things I think that tends to happen with economics is it’s kind of a science which arose under conditions of scarcity.

42:33

Now it tends to assume that what everybody wants is more crappier stuff at a lower price, I literally read this, by the way, in an economics paper and I was almost in guffaws of laughter, it was an American economics paper pointing out how much more efficient in the 1990s the American brewing industry was compared to the German brewing industry, and you know, I’m not German, I’m a Brit, but even so I was going, “But there is kind of a quality difference.” Okay? Let’s be candid here, German brewing offers extraordinary change of choice, variety, Weiss beers, you’ve got the purity laws, you’ve got extraordinary rich ecosystem, whereas the American ecosystem, a bit like the American ecosystem for cheese 20 years ago, was all around scale and efficiency and low price, and not around quality and variety and diversity.

And what you see now is America’s gone from being, I would argue, once the hipsters took over, America went from being about the worst country in the world in which to drink beer, to one of the best, because they abandoned this assumption that what people wanted was cheep beer produced in extraordinary quantities with enormous economies of scale. So I think there’s a really interesting thing there which is that so much of economics is probably driving government to produce what you might call … or driving just businesses to produce kind of lowest common denominator product, and yet a simple glance at who the most profitable companies in the world are, the most profitable companies in the world by a huge margin are luxury goods companies, whether you call that Apple, which is a kind of luxury goods company, okay?

44:16

Or it’s Louis Vuitton or whatever, it’s those companies that most ignore that kind of thing and concentrate the most on brand differentiation, brand value, and perceptual value, rather than on narrow definitions of efficiency, that make the most money.

Jasmine Bina:
So are you saying that maybe GDP is not really a measure of the real economics of a country?

44:40

Rory Sutherland:
I certainly wonder about whether … if you printed … I just ask this question because I’m interesting in behavioral science, if you printed a stack of money and gave everybody lots of money, the assumption would be you must not do that because it will cause inflation, and I’m simply not sure that’s true anymore. That patently … okay, if the price of something absolutely non-substitutable goes up, and that would be gasoline, bread, grain, if you have the price of bread doubled under the Roman Empire, that inflation caused inordinate problems because you couldn’t really substitute for it. Do I think in the same way that if you gave everybody huge amounts of cash there would necessarily be a huge inflation in the cost of, for example, flights? I’m not sure.

Because if you think about it, this is terrible marketing bullshit, but it’s always worth doing. When people buy a flight, what are they buying, okay? Well at the simplest level they’re buying transportation, but actually a marketer would say, “No they’re not buying transportation,” depending on how [wanky 00:45:41] the marketer was they’d say, “They’re buying self-actualization.” Or they’re buying … or they may say they’re buying status, they’re just showing off on Instagram that they’re in the Maldives and you’re not, but you can interpret these behaviors, consumer behaviors, in lots of different ways. Now you can’t really substitute for oxygen in the environment and you can’t really substitute for calories in our food supply, but you can substitute for a lot of those positional goods quite easily.

46:09

And then there’s the question of whether inflation necessarily matters in some of those areas.

Jasmine Bina:
That’s interesting. That’s a big idea.

Rory Sutherland:
I understand there’s a weird group of people who are involved in something called Modern Monetary Theory which more or less says something similar, which is that actually government could spend huge amounts of money basically apportioning it fairly willy-nilly and actually this would have actually a fairly paltry effect on actual behavior, and therefore an inflation. Now that seems an incredibly bold view, but it’s not … it’s one of those things which maybe you shouldn’t act on it, but it’s certainly worth exploring as a possibility.

46:49

Jasmine Bina:
And you seem to think that the probability of inflation actually happening with these circumstances is different now because people’s consumerism has changed?

Rory Sutherland:
And of course there’s the question of how undesirable a reasonable amount of inflation would be.

Jasmine Bina:
I see.

47:07

Rory Sutherland:
Which is that one thing about inflation is it does something which arguably is quite necessary which is it redistributes wealth from the old to the young. Inflation would also enable house prices to return to some sort of sanity in metropolitan areas, without necessarily leaving people under water. It would cancel debts fairly effectively, so you could argue that in a world where we generally regard intergenerational inequality as a major problem, inflation around the 3 to 4% mark may not be all that unhealthy.

Jasmine Bina:
This is fascinating, I kind of wish we had started the conversation with this. I’ve never heard an argument for inflation like this before, and it all seems so logical.

47:48

Rory Sutherland:
Now I mean the only thing is I’m always conscious of the fact that this is … I’m being deliberately contentious here, but equally the reason I’m contentious is that most thinking on most matters of this kind falls back to standard economic theory as a lazy default, and of course what we know about complex systems is depending on the circumstances, the same impetus can have very different behavioral results. We always talk about inflation, “Gosh isn’t inflation terrible?” Yet house price inflation, which is among the most disastrous things, hasn’t been included in the measure of inflation.

So how can you have a measure of inflation where a place to live and the cost thereof is not included in the basket of goods? Because there’s this delusional belief that increasing house prices is good news. It’s only good news if you’re planning to downsize, or if your parents are planning to die shortly, for everybody else through the course of their life, increasing house prices is a bad news story.

48:49

Jasmine Bina:
Well let me ask you something else that this brings up then, why are we so married to these really faulty measures of growth and economic gain?

Rory Sutherland:
I don’t know. I mean there have been attempts to kind of … Bhutan’s gross national happiness, I think a bunch of economists worked with the French president at one stage on trying to get better measures, and it’s worth remembering of course that part of the problem is we look at nearly all measures, are snapshot measures, whereas life is lived by an individual over time. Now I didn’t introduce ergodicity and non-ergodicity into the debate, because it would have added another half hour to the podcast, of which 15 minutes would be explaining the distinction, but what matters to your happiness is generally whether your wellbeing increases over the course of your life.

49:36

Now there’s … an awful lot of statistics are misrepresented because of this snapshot. Now this is … you know, if you look at the United States, the poorest 15% … 25% have hardly gained or indeed have lost out in relative terms, the richest 25% have gained fairly spectacularly, but they’re not entirely the same people. So you know, a trainee lawyer might well be in the poorest 25, certainly in terms of his assets, might well be in the poorest 25% of the American population. No one would think of him as poor, because his prospects are probably spectacular. So one of the problems is that it’s much easier to get and compare snapshot data of what’s happening to a particular group in a particular time, when actually the extent to which that translates to feelings of wellbeing may be incredibly inexact.

Jasmine Bina:
Yeah.

50:29

Rory Sutherland:
One of the reasons why you may … you know, you may have greater poverty in the poorest 25% of households is just smaller household size, or actually more people attending higher education is arguably creating more poor people.

Jasmine Bina:
Right.

Rory Sutherland:
So how the thing looks in a snapshot, and how the thing plays out over time, doesn’t even connect very well to begin with, and so we’re often looking at something at 90% off the angle we should be looking at.

50:57

Jasmine Bina:
That’s so interesting and I think so emblematic of this entire discussion which is really everything just seems to come down to a sense of perception, everything is so relative, and speaking of perception, I think that’d be a nice way to kind of end the discussion, I like to have these conversations come to a point where we ask you something personal and get your kind of more human take on what’s going on. So I’ll ask you, how has this pandemic changed your perception of your life, your work, your family, your world? Whatever it is, how do you feel that it’s changed you?

Rory Sutherland:
I’m a bit of an introvert. To be honest, in terms of … there’s mild anxiety all the time which I could do without, I had a bout of mild anxiety when our neighbors contracted the disease, so I could do without that mild sense of awkwardness. In general though I regard it as, and always have done, the ability to be content within your own head, which is despised by extroverts, I’ve always seen as a bit of a badge of honor. Just to give you an example, I love this fact, which I only discovered the other day, and it’s my favorite fact of the month, which is that there are only two sorts of … two animals on the planet who can watch television without having to be trained how to do it, which is humans and dolphins, isn’t that fantastic?

52:19

Jasmine Bina:
Oh that is very interesting.

Rory Sutherland:
So chimps don’t really get television at first, they go, “It’s a load of moving shapes, I don’t really get this,” and eventually you can kind of get them into, “No this is kind of a representation,” and apparently you can kind of train chimps, but dolphins get telly immediately, they go, “Oh look at that. What’s he doing with that fish?” Right? I always think that’s evidence that watching television is evidence of higher intelligence, and that the ability to enjoy this vicariously, by which I mean virtual tourism on YouTube’s great fun, have you ever done this? Just find some people who are walking around Prague with a 4K camera for two hours, and just leave it on on your telly.

52:58

Jasmine Bina:
Yeah.

Rory Sutherland:
It’s nearly as good as going there.

Jasmine Bina:
Is it? Okay.

53:04

Rory Sutherland:
So actually … no, the opportunity … one, I like working on Zoom, I like working remotely, and I like working through video calls to a huge degree. My writing has improved because I have more time at home to really, really focus on written output. The one curse is, and this is where we’ve got to fight it, the one remaining curse is email, that’s the one bane of my life, which is every moment I’m taking to someone, which is like my job, doing my real job, every moment I’m doing that, there’s an equivalent amount of unnecessary email building up in my inbox, and the extent to which email destroys your control over your time in a way that of course video calling doesn’t, video calling destroys the constraints of space, but it doesn’t impinge on your time in the same way. It’s email that we’ve got to fight.

And actually, that’s been, I think, a bane in most working life for ages, but I like the family time, I like the fact that the second I finish work I’m already at home. I like that fact that we eat together, I like the fact that if I go on walks, which I never did because you can work when it’s dark and enjoy the day while it’s light, to a degree, you know, I like the fact of the birdsong and the relatively empty roads. To a great extent it’s … you know, there are elements of this which are of course a huge human tragedy, we mustn’t forget this, but there are elements to it where we can turn it to our advantage by not losing sight of what we like about this.

54:35

Jasmine Bina:
If you liked this episode, share it with a friend. If you really liked this episode, sign up for our newsletter at conceptbureau.com/insights. We share a lot more than just our podcast, I also publish articles on brand strategy, we have videos, a lot of great discussions. If you’re on Instagram or Twitter, follow me at Triplejas, that’s T-R-I-P-L-E-J-A-S, I share my daily thoughts on brand strategy and culture, so come join the discussion, and if you’d like to see all of my writing, I’m on Medium, just find me under Jasmine Bina.

Interesting Links & More Reading

Categories
Podcast

9: What should brands be doing in the time of COVID-19‪?‬

The big question: how is a brand supposed to act during a pandemic? How can CEOs and brand owners serve their users in a meaningful way while still struggling to survive themselves? It’s not as simple as “We’re here for you” founder letters and reduced prices. To really serve your users, you have to read the room and know one thing - business may be slowing, but culture is accelerating.

Podcast Transcript

april 09, 2020

50 min read

What should brands be doing in the time of COVID-19‪?‬

00:00

Jasmine Bina:
This is Unseen Unknown, I’m Jasmine Bina. In today’s house episode, Jean-Louis and I are going to be talking about brand strategy in the time of coronavirus. Right now as we’re recording this, we are four weeks into self isolation and quarantine. It’s been a really crazy four weeks and everything is changing by the day. But it’s important that we have this discussion because there are companies out there right now that have no idea what to do. And I think we’re at a point where we have some idea about what’s around the corner and what we should be doing about it.

It’s hard to talk about brand strategy and culture without talking about the future. And it’s hard to talk about the future without making some predictions. So we’re going to rest this discussion on one big prediction, and that is that the quarantine is going to last longer than four months. This conversation is just as much about understanding where things are going as it is about figuring out how we navigate today.

01:03

We’ve given this some thought, we don’t want to be over optimistic, but we don’t want to fear monger either. It’s just important that we explore these ideas because they need to be explored and we need to figure out our direction forward together. Let’s not talk about the basic stuff like how you should turn off your short-term promotions, maybe not do any new product launches or change your ad mix. Let’s consider all of those knowns that are at of baseline.

Let’s talk about some of the more complicated, morally complex questions around us and what a company needs to do to survive in these changing circumstances.

01:43

I want to start off this episode by painting a picture of where Jean-Louis and I are right now. We are sitting on our living room floor with all of our podcast equipment spread out. It is 12:15 in the morning. I’m watching my children sleep in our bedroom, on the baby monitor and we are surrounded by baby toys. And I think that this image is a really good encapsulation of how much our lives have changed in the last four weeks and what that means for business.

Or to put this another way when everything is so chaotic in the worlds, and not just the big outside world, but also our internal, private, smaller worlds, what are brands even supposed to be doing right now? Because everything is topsy-turvy. This is an interesting discussion because it’s a lot about how our relationships to different things are changing. And I think the first thing we should really talk about here is our relationship with the home, how our relationship with the home is changing.

02:46

For some of us, our living rooms are now daycares or classrooms for our children. Our bedrooms have become our offices. Our kitchens have become cafes where we’re constantly frequenting because we’re at home and what else is there to do? We’re moving furniture around, we’re putting stuff up on walls. Things that felt like they were temporary changes are becoming more permanent changes. And this is where I think this story starts. If we’re going to understand how brand strategy is changing in accordance with actual consumer lives, it does need to start in the home.

03:20

Jean-Louis:
Yeah. I think what’s kind of fascinating when we talk about our relationship with the home is really our relationship with ourselves. Because what’s happening is we’re becoming a lot more self-reliant than we used to. For some of us, maybe cooking is a frontier that we never really pushed, but now we’re forced to, we don’t have a choice. Laundry, maybe you went to the laundry mat or the dry cleaners, and now you have to do it yourself. Even being a handyman at home when something’s broken, you can’t just ask someone to fix it, now you have to do it yourself.

And so I think we’re starting to see that the roles we play on our homes are changing and we’ve been forced to give ourselves permissions where we used to say, “Oh, just get a cleaner and they’ll take care of it.” Now it’s, there’s no backup, we have to do it ourselves. So we’re starting to maybe see ourselves a little differently and tell ourselves a different story, and that could last a long time. That’s a self-perception that really over the next month or maybe quite a few months is really going to start to become ingrained that actually maybe we’re capable of more than we thought.

04:20

Jasmine Bina:
I think what you’re talking about is self-reliance. This the weird thing about self-reliance, I feel like I’m constantly in this situation looking for contradictions, and I feel like I see one here. We have this belief that like, okay, we can do it, we can be self-reliant. We see all of our peers online, so many videos of people creating lesson plans for their kids or creating new recipes, or dare I say, baking bread, or everybody’s new office set up or Jesus, the workout videos, which I would be really, really happy to never see again.

I don’t need to see people doing yoga in their living rooms, but there’s this story above the surface about how, yeah, man, we’re getting by, we’re doing this, but you can’t deny that actually there’s a lot of friction in the home. Nothing is where it’s supposed to be physically. And we’re expected to relax where we work and work where we relax, which we already know is not a good practice and is not something that you can negotiate. And we are going to be stuck in this state of literal dis-ease for months on end.

05:35

And I always tell people, “There’s a brand opportunity when somebody is telling themselves a lie,” and this is a lie that we’re telling ourselves here. There’s an opportunity for brands to help people bridge the gap between who they perceive themselves as and who they actually are when it comes to the home space. I don’t think I’ve seen too many brands actually do this too well right now. I think we’re in a stage where a lot of brands are like giving you permission like you were describing.

Brands like Brella or other kind of childcare or parenting brands teaching you how to create play spaces for your kids, or a lot of professional brands and accounts out there helping people cope with how to create workspaces. I’ve seen so many email newsletters about how to create an itinerary for your day as if any family can fall in itinerary and how crazy the world is right now. But this is the beginning.

I think there will be brands that can come in and help us actually revise the story in our heads so that we don’t feel this disconnect between what we want to be and who we actually are.

 

06:41

Jean-Louis:
Yeah. I think you bring up a great point that really we are faced with this huge challenge of renegotiating our home spaces. And obviously the immediate demand is to find balance. To find some level of workable compromise. I think at the end of the day, there’s a lot of compromise going on. Our homes are just not equipped to do all the things that they suddenly need to do. We spent maybe half of our week in our homes and aggregate and a good portion of that was asleep. So now, there’s a whole new function and so balances this huge demand. And you’re right over the next month or two, we’ll probably see a lot of content to service that.

I think what’s especially interesting here is that when we talk about yoga and working out, and these kinds of activities that we have to make space for, it’s always like, “Yeah, I could work out at home, but I’d much rather get a gym membership.” And so now, we want to follow and continue these habits of working out and taking care of ourselves and we’re having to figure out how to do it in our homes. And I wonder after this is all said and done, how this is going to impact these going back out into the world.

07:44

Are we all going to go back out and get gym memberships just like we did, or some of us are going to stay on our Peloton bikes and keep it going at home? Or are we going to renegotiate a lot of these seeming fundamentals, and our behaviors, and routines?

Jasmine Bina:
What do you think?

Jean-Louis:
I think that we’re going to be a lot more intentional about how we act and behave afterwards. I think especially when it comes to food and maybe the services that we get. Because we’re going to feel more self-reliant, we’re going to feel that if we’re going to do it, we’re going to do it when we need to do it. And so I think we’re going to maybe make more of going out to eat, and maybe the hope is that we do possibly fewer but better things. We go to fewer restaurants, but we make sure they really count.

08:27

We hire fewer handyman or service providers, but we make sure that that’s when we really need it because we can handle the rest. And with exercising, I think that maybe there’ll be a good portion that actually finds a manageable level of balance at working out at home, for example, so they’ll stay at home. And maybe you find that others will be much more intentional and look for possible trainers because they know exactly what they want to get out of it.

So I think my main assumption here is that we will be more specific and more directional about these behaviors when we come out of this. But I think that the real subtext is that this is just going to change the way we see ourselves and how we operate.

09:05

Jasmine Bina:
Something else that I was thinking about as we started to talk about this was the fact that we have old scripts in our head that are really hard to take apart, and I have a perfect example of this. And a lot of these scripts are in the home. I’ve been buying so much dish soap lately and I couldn’t understand why. I thought maybe it was because I was buying new brands and maybe the soap wasn’t as concentrated or effective. I thought maybe I was wasting it or the nanny was wasting it. Really, for weeks, I couldn’t understand why am I buying literally twice as much dish soap.

And it took a month to suddenly realize, of course I’m using that much more because we are cooking every meal at home. It’s so logical, but it’s a very new story that I couldn’t put two and two together. Another example of something that everybody can relate to is toilet paper. I think we’ve all collectively agreed that there is a shortage of toilet paper because people are crazy and they are panic-buying and hoarding.

10:13

You’d be hard pressed to find a different explanation, except guess what? There is a different explanation than is actually true and it’s not false like the hoarding story. Toilet paper actually has really fixed supply chains with really thin margins, so it’s hard to change the actual production of toilet paper. And the interesting thing is that there’s two kinds. There’s literally two industries within the industry. There’s consumer toilet paper and commercial toilet paper and they are wildly different.

Consumer and commercial don’t even come from the same mills. They aren’t shipped the same way, they aren’t packaged the same way. They aren’t consumed the same way. They aren’t even actually structurally the same. You can’t even put one on the actual role of the other. And what’s happening is, not that we’ve doubled our purchases of consumer toilet paper, it’s that all of our purchases on the industrial side, so when we use toilet paper in our offices, in Starbucks, in the public places that we frequent, all of that demand has shifted to the consumer side.

11:21

And because these supply chains are so fixed, we’re always going to be experiencing this shortage. I’ve seen countless articles with psychologists, and experts, and thinkers talking about all this is panic-buying and it’s all emotionally driven, but nobody stopped to explain that there is actually very, very logical market reason for this. And wow, that just shows you how blind we are to the actual truth and the realities of what we’re living. That’s what I think is most interesting about this pandemic.

And what we’re all experiencing right now is that we are so habituated to our old narratives, like how much dish soap I buy that it’s hard to overestimate how much of an impact that’s going to be honest and mentally as we start to deconstruct these beliefs about ourselves and our consumption.

12:18

Jean-Louis:
I think there’s so much going on right now that we’ll only ever really come to some level of understanding from the benefit of hindsight. We’ll only really understand what’s going on after all of this has happened and we can really get a macro view. Because right now, all of our attention is focused inward and on ourselves. And I think what’s interesting about this is, we talk about toilet paper, but when you take a step back and you take a pause, you can look at it, but the whole point is that we’re not in our offices anymore.

And we’re being forced to take a step back and look at our work differently too, and I think that’s particularly interesting. We talk about how home is changing us. I think the way we look at work and our relationship to work is really going to shift. For a lot of people, they are realizing that they are not in a secure position as they thought they were. And they may even have a great amount of savings, but just their livelihood is much more ephemeral than they thought they were.

13:16

And so I think what’s really fascinating here is that sort of like what is the collective mindset around work and how is that going to change? How are we going to walk away from this? Because they’re talking about 30, 32% unemployment in this country, which is by a very significant margin, the highest it could ever be. I think the Dust Bowl Depression was 25% unemployment.

So now, people are having a real amount of time to pause, look back and think about their livelihoods. And my assumption out of this is we’re going to realize that actually what we really… We’re going to be much more intentional again about what we look for in our work. We’re going to look for purpose because we can’t… Even in industries that we thought were indestructible and couldn’t be moved, there’s still a level of insecurity.

14:05

And so we maybe can’t find security anywhere, but what we can find is purpose. And so I think that maybe in the beginning, we’re going to be rushing to refill our bank accounts and get a paycheck, but gradually we’re going to start looking for more meaning in our work.

Jasmine Bina:
This was a trend that we were seeing well before this even happened is the corporate world changed, and people’s identities changed, and we embraced work more and more as part of our identities. Then it became a stand in for more meaningful things and we weren’t starting to look for jobs with meaning. But I think we were looking for jobs with meaning that would tell us that we were valuable, that we meant something to the world.

14:47

I think after this, that meaningful change. We’re not looking for meaning that tells us we’re valuable. I think we’re going to be more looking for meaning that tells us that we are actually providing value. And that’s two different things. So far what we’ve described in terms of the change in the meaning of work and the change in our relationships to our homes, it sounds like this is accelerating the growing up of a generation.

I think you and I are generally talking about millennials and Gen Z, who will probably be the most impacted by this. I think as we talk, we’re going to see that really the big theme behind this pandemic and how it will affect business and culture is acceleration. Is going to accelerate a lot of behaviors that were at a tipping point, is going to accelerate a lot of technologies, a lot of organizational structures, not just within our companies, but within our societies and within our homes, and a lot of identities and roles in society as well.

15:44

Jean-Louis:
Yeah.

Jasmine Bina:
Something that I also want to talk about when it comes to work is leadership. I think we’ve seen every week more and more leaders are coming to the surface and talking publicly about what they’re dealing with and you see different leaders handling it differently, and I want to bring up something here. I think we all know that the rule of thumb right now is if you’re a brand, you have to show compassion and empathy for your user. That’s like a baseline.

But I think what a lot of people don’t understand is you really, really cannot show compassion and be empathetic unless you’re willing to also be vulnerable. Because compassion without vulnerability is really just grandstanding in my point of view. I saw two really good examples of this. The first really good example was Arne Sorenson, who is the CEO of Marriott, and he was one of the very, very first, I think, just two-and-a-half weeks ago, but it feels like a fricking lifetime ago, the very first to come and make a public statement.

16:45

I saw it on Twitter. And I’m going to tell you, honestly, I don’t think it was that good of a speech. I think I would have expected something else, but it was so well received and a thread through every piece of feedback about this great leader who was leading with such compassion and empathy. Actual words that people were using was the fact that he was very vulnerable in that talk. First of all, he opened his vulnerability. That was the first time a lot of people had seen him without hair because he’s been going through chemo.

And he talked about that upfront before he even addressed the issue. And he made it clear that his publicist told him it might not be a good idea, but he said that this is the way he wanted to do it, just be an authentic version of himself because he really needed to talk directly to his audience. He showed emotional vulnerability. He became teary in the talk. He was very honest about the fact that this business was on the verge of collapse in some ways.

17:44

This was lauded as a beacon of amazing excellent leadership in a time of crisis. And let’s not forget, we’re talking about Marriott. I think I have seen workers protesting Marriott in front of those hotels in maybe five or six cities in my lifetime.

Jean-Louis:
Me too.

Jasmine Bina:
This is a brand that is not known for good leadership, it’s not known for treating its employees well. It’s not known for being the first to deal with a crisis, but it was his vulnerability. It just shows you how much vulnerability can carry the effort in being compassionate. One other example that I thought was amazing. Not too many people know Robin Berzin, but she’s the founder of Parsley Health. Her personal brand, isn’t that big, but if you follow Parsley, you know who she is because she’s a big part of their front facing communications.

18:39

And she just had a baby, and I think she only had a baby like three months ago and on her personal Instagram, she said something that floored me. She posted a picture of herself holding her child and she said that her and her husband had made the difficult decision to start sleep training their baby, I think only at two months old. I might be wrong, don’t quote me on this even though I’m recording this podcast.

But let me tell you, to tell people that you are sleep training your child at such a young age, even though medically it’s fine is really opening yourself up to attack. Especially, if you are in functional medicine, which is all about parenting and child rearing with I think more leniency and compassion while we’re talking about it than more traditional forms of parenting. And she said she had to do it because she wasn’t sleeping for two months.

19:33

We’re in the middle of a crisis, she had to lead a team, she was no longer functional. And as a doctor, she’s expected to have all the answers. And I don’t want us to overlook the significance of what she did here because when she opened herself up to something so personal and so debated among people in that space, she was actually giving other women who were dealing with the struggle of child rearing in a quarantine, which is a struggle for real, by the way, permission to make compromises. That was a gesture of generosity.

The fact that she did that for other people, that was an amazing sign of leadership, but that was also an example of when you add vulnerability into the compassion and empathy equation, it becomes exponentially more powerful.

20:28

Jean-Louis:
Yeah. When we talk about purpose-driven brands, most brands are trending towards this. And to your point out earlier about acceleration, this is rapidly accelerating brands that create purpose, especially the ones that are attracting talent. How do you differentiate between all of these brands if they’re all aligning around purpose? and really leadership is the only way that you can really differentiate. And now I think it’s so interesting that it’s really putting companies to the test.

There are those that have really strong leadership and are able to show that vulnerability, but really show what they care about by the way that they treat their employees in this, versus brands that just do it as lip service. They do it from marketing point. They won’t give their employees hazard pay, even though they’re really putting their employees at risk. Those are the companies that you really start to see who’s who as Warren Buffet puts it. When the tide goes out, you can see who’s been swimming naked.

21:23

That’s what’s happening right now is we’re really putting leadership to the test and I think we’re going to come out of this with a much deeper vocabulary to understand what good leadership is and what it looks like and be able to align ourselves towards it.

Jasmine Bina:
I do want to mention too that everybody is paying attention to leadership right now. I had interviews with some consumers for our clients over the last couple of weeks in flyover states. These are people that you would think if they come from more conservative backgrounds, they’re a little less concerned about like the activist employee story, a little more concerned about the market story. That’s a gross oversimplification and generalization.

22:05

But I will say, I was surprised with the kinds of things I was hearing from people in these states that were saying that they were paying close attention to what different airlines were doing as they laid off and furloughed their employees. What different major consumer brands were doing, what different major financial brands were doing. And these people were actually actively changing their brand allegiances based on how these different companies were responding to the crisis and the fact that they were downsizing.

So people are paying attention. And a smaller note, everything is political now. I don’t mean that people are voting with their dollars along party lines. That’s what’s interesting about this time period right now, it’s I think changed all of that. For example, Everlane had to lay off a bunch of employees and there was some kerfuffle about how it seemed like they were using these layoffs to mask the fact that they wanted to fire some employees that were trying to unionize.

23:11

And Bernie Sanders actually commented on that. I think he commented aggressively saying that these were really terrible practices by a company and Everlane was forced to respond or chose to respond by saying, “We’re suffering right now and this is something that we have to do.” And I think that could have been avoided if they were just a little more careful about the way that they had handled that communication and maybe addressed it with some sort of vulnerability and a bit more compassionate front.

Maybe that’s a bigger what if question, but the fact is people are watching closer than ever. What a leader does in communicating to its employees has become such an outward-facing thing now. This reminds me of something else. We have a client called NakedPoppy and they’re a clean beauty brands. They’re amazing like all the companies that we work with, but they have a founder, her name is Jaleh and she did something interesting last week. She showed vulnerability in her communications.

24:12

She sent an email out to her audience and she said, “Listen, I know we’re all suffering right now and I’m living through this pandemic just like you guys are, but I do know something about crisis.” And she went on to tell her story about dealing with cancer and what she learned from that experience, and imparting two people who wisdom on what they could expect, because we all want some sort of expectation of what’s coming up. It was done in a really sincere.

Let me tell you why this was so smart. One, she got a world of response from her users that immediately felt connected to her, not just people who had similar life experiences. Who hasn’t been touched by cancer even just by someone that you love? But because they responded to the fact that she had some honest, sincere insight, even though she’s never led people through a pandemic before.

25:03

But another great thing that it did was that it actually opened up the communication. So when people started responding, she was able to get a snapshot of where people’s minds were. I want to explain why that’s important. It’s the suddenness of all of this that’s insane. It’s the fact that this happened so quickly and that we’re coming to terms with it more and more every week. That just when you think you’ve wrapped your head around it, a new week comes and you think, damn, I was so naive. The mood changes every week.

For example, I think week one, we were all in shock and denial. There were lots of memes about social distances, but lots of optimism about connecting virtually. I know we got tons of texts from people. We were just starting to do FaceTime with friends, lots of messages, like, “Hey, hope you’re well.” That was week one. I think by the second week we had like reached the height of digital connection. It was really novel. We were really into apps like Houseparty and Zoom and Dialup.

26:02

These apps were all being touted as like social currency. All of a sudden on like influencers Instagram feeds, you would see snapshots of like the Houseparties or the Zoom parties that they were having with their friends. And then week three, which was last week or the week before, how are you’re calculating your days in quarantine. I think we all got less phone calls. I think there were less check-ins.

I think we had all gotten over the novelty of virtual connection. A lot less Instagram stories and I follow a lot of people. Chris D’Elia made a fantastic joke that I think said, “Oh, great. One influencer I don’t give a shit about is going live with another Instagram influencer I don’t give a shit about.” Which I think characterize the fact that people didn’t care anymore about that.

26:51

And we all went inward, became domestic like this was the birth of the sourdough boom to the point where we were having sourdough shortage… Excuse me, yeast shortages and flour shortages. For some reason, the week after that was all about playlist, every brand was pushing a playlist. I got a Glossier playlist. I think some of the streetwear brands I was following sent me a playlist. It was strange, playlist were like everywhere.

And now, me and you are recording this on a Monday… Tuesday in the morning technically. This is going to publish on Thursday and I guarantee, things are going to feel different by then too. So this is my point, you have to constantly be reading your audience. You can try doing it by social listening, you can watch users’ behaviors, but sometimes just putting something out there and seeing what you get back, like Jaleh did with NakedPoppy will help you read the room. And again, that’s important because the rooms mood is constantly changing way faster than you think.

27:48

Jean-Louis:
Yeah. Now is probably the single best time ever to start experimenting with how you connect with your audience, how you build your audience and the format through which you’re having that conversation. You’ve got so many different people, so many celebrities and influencers trying out new things, brands too. You’ve got Jimmy Fallon reading kid’s books, you’ve got Questlove and D-Nice doing live DJ sets and a whole bunch of fitness influencers doing live classes.

We are starting to collectively create replacements and new formats to replace the needs and services that we used before and find comfort in these things. And so there’s a lot of new things going on and we’re very, very open to it right now because everything we’ve been doing has been disrupted. And so as a brand, you can really be forgiven for taking a risk and it not working out, so it’s a fantastic time for that.

28:40

But I think this is telling us a slightly deepest story about what’s happening here is that as we start to fulfill these needs online as opposed to offline, we start to find equivalence for events that were in-person that now we’re doing collectively through video. What’s happening is we’re starting to see the internet become more and more embedded into critical infrastructure. Like now there are huge incentives to do obviously education online, but medicine to government services.

A lot of things are going to start to move online and become part of that critical infrastructure. There’s a lot of things that’s going to change with that, but one of the first things is that it’s going to change the policy conversation about the internet. It’s going to start to be given a lot more rights and we’re probably going to see a lot of disruption with the major internet service providers as it becomes recontextualized. If access to critical infrastructure like medicine and education is prerequisite on internet, then accessibility is going to be something that the government is really going to have to mandate.

29:43

But I think what’s really telling about the shift towards the operating system of our daily lives being online is that it really creates a phenomenal incentive for automation. Like if you imagine all of these services go online, suddenly there’s all this new surface area that can be automated. So, scheduling and logistics, setting up appointments, billing, all of these things that there used to someone in front of a desk, they can do online.

You’re going to have a lot of doctors and other services that can be slightly improved. If you can imagine a doctor with a bit of AI can maybe boost their efficiency by 10, maybe 20%. You’re not replacing the job, you’re just making them slightly more efficient. Maybe you’re just saving them time, maybe you helping suggest diagnosis that can speed up their workflow. The point is that if you can make them 20% more efficient in theory, you would get rid of 20% of the jobs.

30:39

Now, with doctors, it’s not going to happen because there’s a huge demand that isn’t already being met. Then other fields like lawyers and other areas where there isn’t such kind of static demand, we may find the automation here is going to really start to kick in. And so what coronavirus may be when we look back is the very beginning of the automation curve really turning and really starting to be something that’s going to absorb a lot of jobs.

And so we’re going to see that companies are really going to have to understand their value and probably streamline a lot of things that are outside of that.

31:12

Jasmine Bina:
I have a feeling we’re going to look back at the coronavirus, this period, and we’re going to see it as the birthing point for a lot of huge cultural shifts. And one of them will be automation, coronavirus might be when a lot of new paradigms, and norms, and culture shifting advancements were actually set into motion.

Jean-Louis:
Yeah. And let’s not forget too that a recession is the best time to do this. There’s no downside, no bad PR for automating because all the incentives are pointing in that direction. You can really cut a lot of corners with these things. Now is the time, and so you won’t feel it, but then suddenly afterwards, there’ll just be this lingering bottom line where the unemployment won’t quite get back as fast and we’ll start to see, and this will gradually accelerate. But this right now, this is the turning point.

32:04

Jasmine Bina:
Obviously if we weren’t already aware, a great deal of uncertainty in the market. And what you were saying before, which I want to summarize again here, but you were saying it at the top of the discussion was, we’re going through a great deal of change right now. But once we leave this period and we start a period of healing, there will be just as much change during that time as well.

Jean-Louis:
Yeah. And we’ll only realize the change that we’ve already gone through then. We’ll only realize when we look back that, wow, this was the time when everything started going online. There’s suddenly all of these government services, all of these companies services suddenly by merit of going online had access to so many more automation tools. This is when we’re making that transition.

32:53

Jasmine Bina:
While all of this is happening in industry, at the same time, this is something you and I have discussed, the consumer… As industry is basically I think, ramping up and accelerating into the digital realm, especially like the laggards like government like you said. While all of that is going up, the consumer is literally free falling down to the bottom of Maslow’s hierarchy. So we definitely had reached self-actualization in a lot of ways, and now we’re back down to basic survival needs again.

Jean-Louis:
Yeah. We’re at safety needs, not quite at physiological needs, although we’re getting scarily close to that. But definitely brands that played the esteem playbook like Supreme, AWAY, Louis Vuitton, even S’well bottles. Those brands are not relevant anymore. When I’m worried about getting enough toilet paper, I couldn’t care less about those things. Definitely we’ve changed paradigm, and now we’re looking for safety, we’re looking for stability. And a lot of that is expressed through looking for comfort.

33:57

So the types of content we consume, the types of content that we’re creating on social media. TikTok especially in China has been inundated with comedy content and people making other people laugh. And it’s a collective coping mechanism, but definitely the ways and the types of things we’re consuming. I would expect that if the probably nostalgia is going to be something we’re going to be looking for, because for a lot of people, nostalgia represents a lot of safety, security, and comfort.

Jasmine Bina:
And there was already a lot of nostalgia in our culture as it was. Look at like fashion and all of the retro designs. In fact, like you see licensed bands tees from like the ’60s and ’70s everywhere on every girl that goes to Coachella, she’s wearing a tee with The Doors or The Grateful Dead on it, even though I don’t know that she fully understands what she’s wearing. But the fact that stranger things literally grips a huge audience of viewers because it delivered that nostalgic promise, nostalgia in design, in funds, typography and colors, and a lot of DTC brands.

35:03

There’s a whole faction of DTC brands that were playing with nostalgia. We were already at a tipping point with nostalgia, but it seems like you’re saying we’re going to go super deep into it.

Jean-Louis:
Given the needs that it fulfills in terms of comfort and that feeling of safety, there’s going to be an increased appetite for it for sure.

35:19

Jasmine Bina:
Okay. Another thing that I think I’ve noticed about the hierarchy in our really rapid fall to the bottom is that I’ve noticed it has revealed a lot of cultural lies. Another thing about Maslow’s Hierarchy is I feel as we’ve swiftly come to the bottom of the pyramid again, it’s revealed a lot of cultural lies that we’re coming to grips with. Just as an example, I’ve written about this in the past.

There was an app called Digit. I don’t know if it’s still around, but it was a savings app. So instead of actually having you save money, it had this algorithm that was siphoned off little amounts of money from your account every day based on what your spending was, so that you would save. And that way, you would feel like the responsible person that you thought you were without actually having to be a responsible person.

36:10

That’s just an example, but let’s talk about some of the gaps that I’m seeing, and I think a lot of times these gaps show up in language. This thing about calling doctors, nurses, and teachers, heroes is fascinating. I’m not the first person to talk about this, but calling these people heroes is green in some ways. It helps unify our society, but it’s actually also really destructive in other ways.

Think about it, when you call these people heroes, you really leave no room for them to feel fear. You don’t leave room for them to discuss how difficult the job is. And it makes it really easy to overlook that these are human beings that need more support than just a thank you, or a shout out, or a meme, or a sign out of a living room window. It doesn’t let them be weak, and I think that’s profoundly unfair.

37:02

There was a really telling example of this. There’s a woman named Dr. Rebecca Lawrence. I think she’s a psychologist, I’m not sure if she’s a psychologist or an actual medical doctor, but she went on Twitter recently and she posted something that went viral and I’m just going to read it like word for word. She said, “I’m going to say something unpopular. I wish I wasn’t a doctor, I wish I wasn’t terrified at what I may be asked to do. I wish I could self isolate. Sorry.”

She knew that this was going to be met with a lot of pushback and criticism, and it was. This went viral, and if you scroll through these comments, a lot of them are pretty negative. People are angry that she is weak. People are angry that she’s scared. And when you call people heroes, it perpetuates the myth that they’re not allowed to feel these things. Now, for teachers, it’s a little different. To call a teacher a hero is to erase the fact that she’s treated very unfairly in really unfavorable circumstances.

38:05

And it’s so disingenuous, even saying teachers are heroes, all these moms, all these celebrities who had to homeschool their kids for a week are now calling teachers heroes on Instagram and on Twitter. It’s disingenuous because we all know there’s no way in hell that these teachers are going to get paid more when we come out the other side of this. There’s no way they’re going to get more respect. There’s no way they’re going to get more support. Absolutely nothing will change.

It’s like a slap in the face and it’s such an interesting thing that you start to see these cracks more and more in times of crises. I think you see this with other expressions like strong black woman. It absolutely erases the suffering of those women. I think even a phrase like tiger mom, for example, even though that comes from someplace different, it was self-described because I think there was a book called Tiger Mom by an Asian-American woman who actually called herself that.

38:58

But also again, a racist or avoids the fact that motherhood, you have to be very vigilant if you want your child to be successful and happy in this world. And all that burden is placed on the mother. The mother is always the one that is responsible for the thriving of their child. And if their child isn’t thriving, then it’s her fault. And here’s what’s really happening, here’s what really matters here. The human instinct is always to reframe the ugly as something more palatable, but the longer this pandemic and social isolation lasts, I think the less and less we’re going to be able to actually do this and lie to ourselves about these things. And the mood is just going to keep shifting.

These phrases and images protect us from the carnage underneath all of it, and the unfairness, and the inequity, but they can only work for so long. And I wonder what’s going to happen when they start falling apart, when the word heroes, when people start to realize it’s and it doesn’t do what it used to do.

40:05

Jean-Louis:
There was a great article in Politico about coronavirus and professor of political science Mark Lawrence Schrad had a great point here that maybe after all of this, what we may find is that our sense of patriotism may change. Often 9/11, the soldiers were the heroes, they went out and shut the enemy. And as he says, as he put it, “You can’t shoot a virus.” And what we may find is that actually patriotism becomes demilitarized and instead focuses on the service providers that really protect us and becomes less about the enemy and more about the collective.

And so we may change our identity around, patriotism may change a little bit, and we may see this through a different lens. And so I think maybe at a values level, these things will shift, but the problem is to really fix a lot of these challenges is a structural governmental issue. And that’s something that is going to be much harder to do, but I think at the end of this, there’s going to be a lot more tension about it because even now, there’s so many videos coming out about doctors in New York who were literally using trash bags to protect themselves. They’re risking their health and they have literally nothing medical to protect themselves.

41:20

And so there’s a lot going on here, and you’re right in the sense that we use the term hero, but very rapidly, I think our understanding is going to change and we’re really going to start seeing this as a tragedy almost, that these people are risking a lot absolutely not protected. And maybe we value them culturally as heroes, but we certainly don’t treat them that way.

Jasmine Bina:
What you’re saying right now reminds me of something when we were doing work with a media brand that served veterans. It was a content brand for veterans. We found in our research that really veterans were allowed to occupy three identities and they could never be more than one at a time. And it was the hero, the villain or the victim. And we ascribe these really limiting roles to people. And there are roles that really only come into play in times of crisis like this.

42:11

It reminds me also of something that I think a lot of people may have read, which was David Brooks’ opinion piece in the New York Times recently. The title had something to do with the word plague, but I think he was describing the pandemic like a plague. But he was saying that what’s interesting about the coronavirus is that it’s really hit us where we’re the most vulnerable and in a very surgical way, exactly where we’re the most vulnerable.

We’re divided as a nation, but now this pandemic makes us even more separate from one another. We define ourselves by our careers, but now those careers have basically evaporated overnight. We’re what, he calls morally inarticulate, which is an awesome phrase, but now we have to actually have very difficult moral discussions. And that’s what these stories around being a hero and phrases around our identities, those are also part of the moral discussions that are difficult to have that we’re probably going to have to start having soon.

43:08

Jean-Louis:
Right now, we’re at a point now, especially in New York where doctors are having to be given impossible situations. You have two patients that are both critical that you have to choose who gets the ventilator. That is happening more, and more, and more. Can you imagine during a rush and there’s so much going on, you’re exhausted. You’ve been working 14-hour shifts for weeks on end.

You’re worried about your own safety, you’re worried about the safety of your friends and then suddenly you’re liable for so many things because you’re in a situation where you’re having to triage in real time, multiple times a day. It’s an incredibly difficult situation and I think we’re going to have to start really seeing this differently because that’s a very, very complicated moral conversation that we’re by no way ready to have at a societal level, but we’re being forced to have it.

44:06

Jasmine Bina:
And the big question here, I think for people is, so how do we as individuals, how do we as brands solve this problem? I don’t know that it’s the role of brands to solve these things. I could see later on with brands that have like actual alignment in these areas where it’s true to their values and the actual product and DNA of the brand that they could start to have some of these discussions, but there’s a bigger point here. It’s the fact that everything you do right now is a signal, everything you do is politicized.

The fact that Everlane had to lay off, I think it was like 44 employees. Would have been a run of the mill thing, but the fact that they laid off a handful of employees that were also trying to unionize at that time, made this something that Bernie Sanders actually responded to. Bernie Sanders felt the need to say something about Everlane’s layoffs at a time where you would think any layoffs would be forgiven.

45:07

And it just shows you that nobody is going by unscathed. Everything you do is saying something about what you is it you believe in your values as a brand, and values have just become political. I just want to mention, there’s different ways for brands to approach these things. You can be a brand that does well, you could be like Zara that’s making scrubs or LVMH that’s making and distributing free hand sanitizers.

Now, I don’t think these are just like employees or ways to feel like they are part of the larger conversation. These are definitely sincere acts, but what’s interesting is the fact that they actually converted their operations to start producing these things. It’s interesting because I feel like it tells me that these companies aren’t just do gooders, but they see themselves as custodians of the people. They actually are here to protect the wellbeing of the people.

46:08

And if you hear that, that sounds like how you would describe a government. It’s an example of how governments and brands, the line is really blurring. It’s a really elevated position for these brands and it works. I think those brands did it really, really well. I think other brands like Ritual giving away three free months of vitamins to healthcare workers, that was great. You see a lot of Elliott clothing brands have pivoted their operations to making face masks.

But even still now, face masks are selling out everywhere, but a lot of them are only selling them in a buy one, give one model, which I think is also great. I think this is like the V1 of what it’s going to mean to do something as a brand during this pandemic. But I do want to talk about taking it a step further. I like what brands like Cameo are doing. And this is an interesting one so just hang on with me.

47:03

Cameo, if you don’t know who they are, it’s a platform where literally every celebrity, I’m not joking, every A list to Z list celebrity is on Cameo and you just pay a few bucks and ask them to create a video greeting on their smartphones for your friend’s birthday or for your anniversary. And it’s literally just you’re paying 10, 20, I don’t know what it is, but it’s a super cheap amount for like 15-second clip.

Like Gilbert Gottfried, the comedian is actually one of their top performing celebrities and he’s, I don’t know if you’d call him a D-lister, but he’s A-lister. He described making $4,500 in 30 minutes and he was making upwards of six figures a year just spending a fractional amount of his time making these videos. This is what Cameo is. It’s a really interesting marketplace that actually has been working.

47:57

And it’s been one of those breakup brands that you probably haven’t heard of if you’re outside of Silicon Valley, but they’re doing really, really well. What can they do? What’s their product? What they’ve decided to do is launch something called Cameo Cares, and it’s basically like a three-day virtual summit or a three-day virtual event where they’re going to be raising money with having all these D-listers come on and do things like give behind the scenes access, or talk live from their living rooms, or play music, do a comedy hour and do like an exercise session.

And what works here is the belief behind Cameo is that one person’s D-Lister is another person’s favorite celebrity in the world. And so if that’s their core value, giving people access to these favorite celebrities in kind of a very nostalgic way like you said, that feel good nostalgic way. These are celebrities from your childhood, celebrities from your past, they’re almost never current celebrities.

49:01

It feels like a new telephone, the modern telephone, although I don’t know, because it hasn’t happened yet, so I’m not sure what it’s going to feel like in terms of format. But it just shows you that they found what their brand was about and they aligned it with actions that would benefit people during this crisis in a very on-brand way. And I think that makes it super, super effective.

It lets them do something, Jean, you were talking earlier about you’re experimenting with new tech platforms and new ways of communicating? They’re able to do that and I think this was smart, this was thoughtful. Because people want this connection right now. They want human and imperfect. And once there’s human and imperfect, more than a D-list celebrity on your phone.

49:48

These are some examples I just wanted to make sure we got out there of brands that are thinking of creative ways of not being opportunistic, not using this as a way to tout themselves, but using their resources in the best possible way. Because sending an email to people that says, “Hey, we’re here for you,” is not the best use of your resources. But these examples are good uses of resources.

Jean-Louis:
Yeah, that’s a great point. If Cameo is about nostalgia and that kind of connection, then I think we have to talk about escapism, and the best place to look at that is online gaming. Online gaming is really spiked because of the situation. I don’t think people really appreciate how significant this is. If you look at this younger Gen Z generation who are in the late teenage years. Now is when they’re really forming the normative social behaviors and what the defacto is for their generation.

50:45

Online gaming is a huge part of this, more and more. And it’s a very social activity too. I think nowadays, something like 70% of gaming is considered like a social activity with more than one friend. So it’s really like, this is the way that that generation is socializing, and we may not feel it now, but there are repercussions of this. And being forced to almost exclusively socialize in these contexts, that’s going to have a ripple effect for that generation.

And I think that maybe in five, 10 years when Gen Z, suddenly the younger end of Gen Z comes into that purchasing power, brands are going to have to meet them in new places and a new norms. I don’t think they can underestimate the significance of difference between Millennials and Gen Z. That generational change is happening more and more rapid. Cameo may work really, really well for a millennial audience, but I wonder if for a Gen Z audience they’re looking for a different kind of relationship and a different kind of dialogue.

51:43

It may be much more peer to peer and much more maybe tribal. I don’t think we really know what that looks like, but when we’re talking about brand and the repercussions of the coronavirus, I don’t think we can underestimate the… It’s having an effect to consumers right now, but there’s a bracket of people who it’s going to be much more foundational and how it impacts them.

Jasmine Bina:
Again, we’re talking about acceleration. This is going to accelerate the divergence between two generations, the Millennial generation and Gen Z faster than it would have happened otherwise. It’s funny, what you’re describing, I think when people ask me how we’re doing, when we get texts from friends, just checking in on us, “Hey, what’s up? How are you guys holding up in there?” I tell people that I’ve been questioning the nature of my life decisions and you’ve been playing grand theft auto. That’s how we’ve been coping.

52:40

And I think a lot of couples and other people can also speak to the fact that there are stages to this and we’re all going through different stages. So it is 1:15 in the morning and I think this would be a good time to wrap this up with our personal segment at the end. I actually just came up with a question for you and I think we can both answer it. Let’s end positively. What has been your most positive memory so far or experience in our new reality?

Jean-Louis:
I can’t think of a specific memory off the top of my head. I think there’s a lot of shifts in our routines that have actually been really nice, particularly spending more time with the kids. But I think to me, I’ve noticed this realization of just how collectively really started paying attention to how much we value our communities and how much we value our friends. It’s become very, very much aware of how much that connection means to us because it’s been withheld from us.

53:42

And so it’s been nice to see, I think with immediate friends of mine, but I think just in the news as well. We’re starting to realize just how important it is. And I hope that maybe at the other end of this that we have a renewed sense of value in community. And that might actually be a very positive thing, when you have a unifying enemy you have something you can all rally together against and there’s a collectivity to that. And that actually might be a really quite valuable.

That’s me. What about you? What’s a good memory out of all of this?

54:19

Jasmine Bina:
I think like you, maybe I want to revise the question, it’s not so much a memory, but it’s more like a realization. I was on a call with somebody last week and I was late to the call and I apologized, and she said, “Oh, it’s okay. There’s no sorry in a quarantine.” And I thought, wow, I’m going to use that. I use it a lot to forgive myself for a lot of little things that I just can’t control because there’s so little that we can control in our lives right now.

Whether it’s work, or family, or home, or just keeping good mental hygiene, or sticking to your routines, all those things that take so much willpower during the day. But I like telling other people that. I’ve mentioned that to a few people now and people love hearing it. It’s a gift. It’s a really strong message that I think people actually package in their brains and pull out later. It’s like a tool that people have used.

55:17

It’s like a device or a vehicle, and that’s what I want to give to people listening. There are no sorries in a quarantine. You pull that out when you need it and you use it as often as you need to. It’s a magical phrase, it can only do good things.

If you liked this episode, share it with a friend. If you really like this episode, sign up for our newsletter at conceptbureau.com/insights. We share a lot more than just our podcast. I also publish articles on brand strategy. We have videos, a lot of great discussions. If you’re on Instagram or Twitter, follow me @triplejas, that’s T-R-I-P-L-E-J-A-S. I share my daily thoughts on brand strategy and culture.

56:04

Today, I did an AMA on brand strategy and answered a lot of people’s questions about their companies and what we’re seeing in the marketplace, so come join the discussion. And if you’d like to see all of my writing, I’m on Medium. Just find me under Jasmine Bina.

Interesting Links & More Reading

Categories
Podcast

8: How We Consume Fear in a Time of Crisis, and the Brands That Change the Stor‪y‬

Times of uncertainty have a way of revealing the mindset of a society, and today’s imminent threats - from COVID-19 to political instability and global warming - are revealing a mental shift that emotion-led brands are responding to. We speak with BBC and Vox journalist Colleen Hagerty, eschatologist and end-of-world expert Phil Torres, and founders Ryan Kuhlman and Lauren Tafuri of the popular disaster kit brand Preppi to ask one big question: How do you brand in a time of crisis?

Podcast Transcript

March 19, 2020

50 min read

Celebrity Culture, Platform Brands and Parasocial Relationship‪s‬

00:00

Jasmine Bina:
Welcome to Unseen Unknown, I’m Jasmine Bina. A quick programming note before we start our episode today, considering what an uncertain time it is in the world right now, in the added layer of complexity that comes with things like coronavirus and social distancing, and a volatile market, and an election year, we’re dedicating this episode, and the next few episodes of the show to business topics that can help us make sense of the current climate, both in branding, and perhaps even more importantly in our personal lives.

We’re going to explore topics like loneliness, the emergence of anxiety culture, optimism in times of chaos and survival stories, which applied to both business and to culture. Each episode will help you understand brand strategy and yourself on a deeper level. Jean Louis and I hope these discussions can provide some meaning as we navigate the future together.

00:47

Costco is one of the only retailers doing really, really well with millennials right now. And that’s largely for two reasons. One, they’re extremely smart and responsive in how they stock trending products that people are actually willing to buy. And two, Costco actually spends a lot of time and a lot of money to make their stores look like Bare Bones warehouses. That’s not by accident, those warehouses don’t just pop up like that. The warehouse feel is actually very much by design and it’s become a haven for people that are looking to stock up on vegan superfood creamers, and paleo pancake mix. The abundance of product which is just stacked on pallets that reach up to the ceiling, this has a framing effect.

It’s a carefully crafted environment that makes you see your impulse buys, not as superfluous purchases, which they may very well be, but rather as pantry staples. Buying premium products in large amounts makes you feel good and safe. But Costco has felt very different lately in the wake of the coronavirus and a stampede of people to shore up on items in the face of a very uncertain and unnerving period of social distancing, aisles have gone empty.

02:06

Jasmine Bina:
So I think it’s here.

Co-shopper (audio clip):
Yeah.

Jasmine Bina:
This is where it would have been.

Co-shopper (audio clip):
That’s creepy. It’s all gone.

02:14

Jasmine Bina:
So we’re literally in the toilet paper and water bottle aisle of Costco, which would usually go up to the ceiling and there’s absolutely nothing here. The crates are gone. It’s like five cases of water that people are taking up right now. And that’s it, there’s nothing else here. As we kept walking, we saw there were no frozen fruits, no frozen vegetables, door after door the cases were empty, empty boxes everywhere, no potatoes, no sweet potatoes, definitely nobody handing out samples. Costco felt like it had been ransacked. The sense of safety had been replaced with an uncomfortable reality that sometimes felt funny, but really most of the time felt alarming. We spoke with an employee who said, “Despite nightly restocking shelves would be emptied out by 9:30 AM.”

Store employee (audio clip):
So, I haven’t been here for before, like when they opened today, but just for the last couple of weeks or so. The lines have been going just basically around the whole lot. And then everyone’s just buying like before, there was no restrictions on water and toilet paper. So everyone’s just buying maybe like a full flatbed full of waters. And then once people figured out, there was no water, I think it starts slowly starts to die out and they go somewhere else.

03:31

Jasmine Bina:
Times of uncertainty, you have a way of revealing the mindset of a society. Costco, isn’t the only place running out of supplies. And they’re definitely not the only brand that’s tapped into the new mentality of the consumer.

Colleen Hagerty:
I think a lot of it is kind of been a buildup over the past two decades, of a lot of different events. So some of them being on the more natural side, obviously with the effects of climate change, we’ve been seeing a lot of disasters here in the U.S and abroad that are just called unprecedented. So it’s these once in a lifetime floods or once in a lifetime hurricanes, but they’ve happened a lot in our lifetimes, in the past five, 10, 20 years. But then we’ve also seen some political instability and that’s something that’s worldwide, certainly here in the United States. And I think there’s just kind of this underlying layer of anxiety that certainly has fed into a wellness industry, but also on maybe a deeper level people have that kind of primal fear of, what if the worst does happen to me? And these kids give you a way to address that fear, that’s really easy.

04:42

Jasmine Bina:
This is Colleen Hagerty, she’s a journalist for the BBC, Vox, The Washington Post and U.S. News & World Report, among others. Colleen is always thinking about global communities and how they’re reckoning with our changing climate, social dynamics, technologies and politics. She’s thinking about the big things. And lately she’s noticed that there’s a new class of premium disaster and emergency products on the market for consumers, brands like JUDY, Preppi, BioLite, these are beautifully designed emergency kits and survival products that don’t look like your regular Johnson & Johnson first aid box. JUDY interestingly is often hawked in celebrity unboxing videos on Instagram, like this one posted by Chloe Kardashian back in February.

Chloe Kardashian (audio clip):
I wanted to share something with you, this is a JUDY box. This is basically an emergency kit with everything and anything you could want in case of an emergency. This is a first aid kit with everything in it, a box of tools.

05:44

Jasmine Bina:
These products are chic, they’re bold and fun, they’re intuitive in their form, but don’t be misled by the design. Colleen there’s a much more profound and significant value to them than what meets the eye. Something going on in the subtext here that can help explain a shift in our cultural mindset.

Colleen Hagerty:
So it’s not creating a plan for the worst necessarily. It’s going online as you do, seeing an influencer or going on a website of a story you like, and kind of having this all in a nice box, really easily digestible box that you can put in the back of your closet, not think about, but it’s cute, it doesn’t look that different than something you’d be buying for your day-to-day life. And I think that can take the pressure off of a lot of people, of thinking, well, you know what? I bought this and so if something that does happen, I’m prepared. And I know it’s good because I’ve seen it on Instagram from my favorite influencers or it was in Oprah’s round of gift guides for Christmas. So that’s where they’ve really been able to find that specific niche of these kinds of growing fears that our generation has had is we’re seeing the world changing in ways that are as people say unprecedented.

06:57

Jasmine Bina:
I think it’s genius what you just described. These brands understood that before maybe the mentality was that you actually needed tools to help you survive in case there was a disaster. And while that need is still there, there’s like an even more important need, which is before the disaster, you need kind of these emotional tools to make you feel like you’re in control that you’re safe. And that’s where the beautiful design and Instagram worthiness of these products come in. It’s like an emotional benefit that they serve first, making you feel like protected and it’s something that you can understand, it’s designed in a way that it’s something that you can understand versus a huge toolkit of things that you would never know how to use in the wild. And then they serve the need of actually giving you what you need if that disaster comes. So it’s almost like a product that’s way more for right now. Well, okay, not today’s climate, but let’s say you were buying these products a month ago, these are way more products that make you feel better right now before the disaster even comes.

Colleen Hagerty:
Yes, definitely. And when I spoke with Simon Huck, who’s one of the founders of JUDY, that was exactly what he wanted to do. He wanted to create something that as he put, it would help take some of the fear out of this, because obviously there’s a lot of fear associated with disaster or with crisis of any sort, whether it’s a natural disaster, whether it’s the climate we’re in right now where there’s a pandemic, whatever it is, of course people are going to feel scared. And Simon’s point was that he wanted this to be something that kind of helped take that away from people so that there wasn’t the barrier of this is not just scary, but it’s overwhelming, because how in the world am I supposed to live if this terrible thing happens to me? He wanted it to be that, oh, okay, so at least I have a starting point.

08:42

And within the kits that he’s selling, he made sure to really clearly label the different items that are in there and everything like that, because if you look at a lot of the kits, if you just went on Amazon right now, which I maybe don’t suggest in this current climate, because there’s a lot of high prices for some of the items you might be looking for. But if you did go on there, you’d see a lot of disaster kits that are these big backpacks or these kind of bulky items and they’re just stuffed with things.

It’s a huge box and it’s filled to the brim with things, and if you’ve never opened it, and then something happens, you might be unfamiliar with a lot of what’s in there, because there’s water in there, but it doesn’t look like water, it’s in pouches. It’s all of these things that the average person might not open a box and be able to really find their way around it. So part of what he wanted to do with JUDY was create something that, aside from having those greatest aesthetics that were going to play really well on social media, do you have a purpose and do you have a function which is to help people look at it and think, okay, this, I can handle, this I understand.

09:46

And I love the way you described that. Because I was thinking to myself before this interview, even like, why is there even a market for premium disaster kits? It’s something that looks beautiful and sheek, it feels like a really well designed product, is almost superfluous to the fact that you just need these items to help you survive. And I see this all the time when we’re talking about brands too, like anything has to overcome an emotional barrier first before you can actually sell the utility of the product. And then that was what was missing in this space, and that’s what brands like JUDY are starting to understand.

So talking about the JUDY kit just to describe it a little bit, there are nested boxes within these beautiful orange bags or the kit, and they say things like, “Tools, warmth, safety.” You immediately know what need you need to take care of and there’s a box labeled for it right there. It’s very instinctive, you just have a gut reaction to the kit in a way that you wouldn’t have with another kit. I don’t feel that when I opened my Johnson & Johnson first aid kit under the sink.

10:49

Colleen Hagerty:
Right. And for anyone who does have a first aid kit like that, which I do as well. And if you open them up, things are usually bursting out of them, right? It’s like the band-aids are coming out. And again, if you don’t really know what you’re looking for, if you’re not familiar with that kit, I spoke with some experts in the past and they’ve said their fears with a lot of these kits is that people do buy them, and do put them under the sink in the back of their closet, and they don’t actually look at them. And then when something does happen, they do have that unfamiliarity. They do have a barrier that they need to get over, to actually start using it. And when you’re in that state of panic or fear already, that can be kind of difficult.

Jasmine Bina:
But you know what’s interesting about JUDY, they have that texting service. So for people who are listening, JUDY will let you plug in your phone number or your area code, and they’ll give you advice or answer questions that you have about whatever you need for your disaster preparedness. So I just tested it and I said, “I have two babies at home, what I need to do?” And I actually got a fantastic response that went beyond just what the CDC guidelines were, they talked about anything about what you need your kids for two weeks. It’s not just stuff to help them survive, but stuff to keep them comfortable, their foods, their medications, whatever, things like that. What was interesting about that was I realized, oh, wow, this is so much more than just a product. This is a brand that I feel like I can trust, that can guide me in gaining that sense of control well after I’ve gotten the bag, well before the crisis hits,

12:23

And it’s like this really interesting interaction point, and we’re seeing this more and more with brands that are offering this text layer. So on one of our previous episodes, there’s this new brand called Equal Parts, Emmett Shine, the founder, and it’s just housewares, but he was talking about how they have a texting service where, you can text and ask about, “What should I cook tonight? Or how do I make sure my chicken is done or whatever,” and people are actually using it. But the great thing about this added layer is, it’s not just you on your own, you’re part of a group that’s helping you. It’s a really incredible point of research for them.

They gather so much more anecdotal data about what people want, the way that they’re talking about these things, the way that they’re actually asking these questions, reveals a lot about how they’re thinking about disasters. And it’s an incredible source of information that they wouldn’t otherwise get through traditional forms of like, user interviews or even quantitative research, or anything like that. So the more you use that service, the stronger it becomes. And that’s what I thought was super interesting about that. So before we go on, I just want to get an idea. You mentioned that this is bleeding into wellness and what isn’t bleeding into wellness at this point? Everything is probably wellness.

13:31

Colleen Hagerty:
Yes.

Jasmine Bina:
So, how big is this market now?

Colleen Hagerty:
This market has grown a lot and I had done some research into these numbers, and it feels pretty crazy because these are numbers that are new, but of course we have to assume that the last few months have completely upended any research that had been done, any projections that had been done. Because the few numbers we do know from specific companies, point to the fact that this has obviously been a boon for companies that have any sort of disaster preparation products, but the numbers that were out there via allied research marketing was that in 2017, the market was $75.5 billion for incident and emergency management. And they were expecting that to jump up to $423,000,000,000, by 2025. So it’s something that’s clearly on an upward trajectory. And certainly I would imagine it’s completely changing at this moment in a way that this is going to be something that people really do start looking to integrate into their lives after the global experience we’re all having right now.

14:36

Jasmine Bina:
But there are some people that are already very survivalist minded. I want to talk about this a little bit because you’ve covered some of these people in the past, you had a 2018 BBC story about a small town in Washington called Joyce. And what they’re doing, I would love it if you could describe that and tell me what’s going on there.

Colleen Hagerty:
Yes. So I want to set the scene for you a bit that this community in Joyce, Washington, it’s all the way up at the tip of the state, you drive all the way out there through all these beautiful trees, it’s this incredible space. I mean, it’s trees, it’s mountains, it’s beautiful, it’s also incredibly remote. So in order to get to this town, you have to drive over a series of bridges. And there was a local official in the town, his name is Jim Buck, who years ago he was a state representative, he was participating in what was just kind of this routine briefing. And they were talking about the Cascadia earthquake, which is an earthquake that has the potential to cause some serious damage on the West Coast here up by Washington State.

15:41

And when he was listening to the plans that were in place, not just for his town, but for the state, he started to feel really concerned that, if something was to happen, his community really wouldn’t be prepared. And there wasn’t going to be the government response that I think a lot of people had anticipated before. It’s something that after Hurricane Katrina, I think a lot of people realized maybe if something really big does happen, there won’t be someone immediately at my door to help me. And maybe I do need to have some sort of preparation in place. And Jim definitely had that feeling at that time. So what Jim did is he decided to kind of take measures into his own hands and he created this group called JEPP, which is Joyce Emergency Planning and Preparation. And pretty much just kind of rallied his community around the idea that, okay, if something happens, our bridges are going to go down, people aren’t going to be able to get out to us.

If cell towers go down, we’re this small community kind of way far out here. So we need to really be there for each other and for ourselves. They pitched in a bunch of money. They’ve had bake sales, he hosts community preparedness courses, and they managed to buy themselves kind of like a little bunker, they filled up with supplies. And they’ve created a community-wide plan of, okay, if something goes wrong, we have these people who are planning on checking on these neighbors. We’re all going to try to rally at this place, which we chose because its infrastructure is likely to withstand the earthquake. We have cots here, we have this food. And a lot of people in the community have adopted their own individual roles based off of what they know, what supplies they have at home and what they can contribute. It’s a really kind of incredible model that you see there.

17:29

And I went with Jim as he was hosting some preparedness courses locally, maybe a 30 minute drive away. And I mean, he was packing local libraries and he’s like a small celebrity in this area, because people really trust him. And he’s really been able to get people together around this idea that maybe an earthquake will never happen in their lifetime, so hopefully it never does, but if it does, here’s how we’re going to make it through it and we’re going to do it together.

And like we were talking about earlier with getting rid of some fear. I mean, when you feel like your neighbor has your back and there’s a plan in place, that’s a huge relief. This isn’t you up against something that could happen at any moment and, oh my gosh, what do I do? This is you saying, “Okay, if this does happen, I’m going to call Jim and we’re going to put this plan in place, we know what we’re doing.”

18:17

Jasmine Bina:
What’s interesting about this is, it’s so common to see individual’s plan or family’s plan, but it’s really rare to see actual communities plan for a disaster together. Even though in a lot of cases, it’s the community that’s probably going to be what saves you? Why is Joyce rare? I’m assuming Joyce is rare. I haven’t seen anything like Joyce. Why doesn’t this happen more often?

Colleen Hagerty:
Yes. So it’s interesting because, I live here in Los Angeles and California as a whole, but I can speak specifically to this city, has been trying very hard to get communities to do this together. They’ve been trying very hard to get people to care. There’s a program through the city here where you can host preparedness classes together and try to meet your neighbors. And community centers all of the time are holding these sorts of events, but people just don’t do it. They just don’t care. And I think part of what worked out for Joyce, is it is a very small community, it’s already very remote. So it’s people who kind of already have that mindset of, I need to have some materials stockpile, because even if there’s a bad storm, we’re on our own here. So I think there’s some factors that play into that.

19:30

It’s also an older community. So it’s a lot of people who have retired and maybe do have some extra time to put towards these sorts of practices. So I think part of what’s really difficult and something that I know that kits to kind of go back to the products also have struggled with and are now trying to address, is that, when you’re thinking about something like an earthquake or even like a pandemic, it’s so hard to imagine that happening to you. You always see that on the news where people go, “I just can’t believe this happened here.” And it’s just human nature where it’s really hard to say, “I’m going to plan for this scenario that seems so wildly far-fetched to happen in my backyard.”

Jasmine Bina:
Something else that I was thinking about as you were describing Joyce that occurred to me was, Joyce is pretty homogenous. Everybody’s basically the same age, everybody basically looked like they probably have the same upbringing, all whites from what I could see in the video. And this is not a comment on them. It’s a larger comment on the fact that I’ve seen this in branding over and over again, that it’s a lot easier to plan for the future and band together as a community. When your neighbor looks like you, it’s a lot harder when your neighbor doesn’t look like you. And that’s just an internal human bias. And I think the brands that are successful at getting people to kind of bands together are the ones who draw attention to the fact that, maybe we’re more similar than we realize.

20:55

I think that’s why you’re starting to see a lot of rhetoric in Instagram posts and inspirational messages around now, we’re all in this together, and whatever. A lot of it is lip service, but I see this in community building, whether it’s in times of crisis or not in times of crisis, if you can convince people that their neighbor is one of them, people behave very, very differently and it’s a lot easier to mobilize a group that way.

Colleen Hagerty:
Definitely.

Jasmine Bina:
So speaking of mobilizing groups, can we talk about this subculture of survivalists? 

Colleen Hagerty:
Okay.

21:28

Jasmine Bina:
I don’t even know if I should…because these are the people that will probably outlive us all. But this is thriving in the U.S right now, I know you’re intimately familiar with them. So just for people who are listening, I’m talking about things like Prepper Camp, which is a three-day disaster preparedness and home setting expo in North Carolina, which has been described many times as a survivalist’s Burning Man. So it’s not just about learning to survive, it’s the excitement and the thrill of learning to survive, and being with like-minded people. You’ve got people like Bear Grylls, whose captivated our imaginations. You have shows like Alaskan Bush People, which PS, oh my God, that show.

But, which may or may not be scripted, but so much is suddenly in our daily pop culture about survival and not just regular survival, but this kind of really paranoid on the edge of a cliff kind of survival. And I can’t help it compare it to the images that we would see, in the 50s and 60s of nuclear families in their metal bunkers waiting for the nuclear bomb to go off.

22:32

Colleen Hagerty:
Sure.

Jasmine Bina:
And I wonder, are we more divorced from reality now than we were back then? Are we just as delusional? Are we more sober now? Generationally, what’s the difference? Has something changed or are we repeating the same thing?

22:49

Colleen Hagerty:
I think a lot of it does go back to our human instinct, which certainly hasn’t changed to a large degree in terms of how we feel fear and how we approach potential solutions to addressing the fear that we have. So a JUDY kit in the closet today is maybe the millennial way of having a bunker before for our parents.

There’s a lot that has changed though. Of course there is the financial situations that people find themselves in. I mean, I think it’s hard enough for a lot of people to afford a home, let alone an underground home at this moment. I think the threats themselves have also changed significantly. I think at the time when everyone kind of was on the same page about maybe we should be having these sort of cold war bunkers, there was a very clear enemy. There was a very clear, specific threat. Today, depending on who you talk to, of course, at this specific moment, there is an overarching concern over one specific problem. But on any given day, the people who you speak to you are going to have different concerns about why they’re going and purchasing one of these kits or some of these supplies.

24:05

For some people, it might be fears over the climate and what the future looks like for the environment, but other people it might be who was just elected and whatever election is happening. We know that sales for all of these items tend to spike and for guns and other ammo as well around elections, because people on one side or the other think, well, this was the worst case scenario because my person didn’t win and now everything’s going to fall apart. So I think that’s a really key part of it is that, we’re no longer quite as United on what our threat is.

We have different media we can consume, that maybe if I’m only reading this one outlet and you’re only reading another outlet, we have very different views of what our immediate risk is in the world. And to your point earlier about trusting your community, I think that definitely plays into it as well as the sort of anxiety we have around our neighbors and fellow Americans at this moment, is largely stoked by having different perceptions of what this reality that we’re in right now is. So I think that’s what really has had the most significant shift in that period of time.

25:16

We’re not all necessarily on the same page, so everyone’s taking a different approach to how to address this threat. And then you factor in things like the inequality and issues of finances that largely especially the millennial generation is having a tough time being able to put that deposit down on a home. It changes the way that the sort of playing field that we’re all approaching these problems from.

25:40

Jasmine Bina:
I would totally agree with you, before, you could find an objective consensus on one, what reality was and two who the enemy was, but today we don’t know who the enemy is, and we can’t agree on what the objective reality is. And it’s a very, very heavy, additional layer of uncertainty that didn’t exist before. So in some ways, perhaps we are a bit more divorced from reality because we don’t know which reality we should be subscribing to, at the same time we’re maybe a little closer to reality because we’re just closer to the deadline and I really liked the way you articulated that.

I’m going to jump to the other end of the spectrum when it comes to reality and ask you, what does it mean that things like Preppi, when Preppi specifically showed up on Oprah’s Favorite Things list and on the Goop Gift Guide last year, are we fetishizing our impending doom? Why would survival kits suddenly be the it product that’s hawked by these aspirational lifestyle figures? Why is this happening?

26:50

Colleen Hagerty:
Yeah, it’s definitely been an interesting shift to see, because I know when you speak with the founders of a brand like Preppi, they say, when they entered the landscape five, six years ago, largely, some people made fun of them. Some people were just like, “What is this?” And I’m sure it was difficult for them in the beginning, especially to find their way onto shelves. And now there’s a brand like JUDY, that’s pretty much a direct competitor in this very specific luxury survival sort of kits. So there has been that clear change where the pendulum swung from this is a subculture, maybe the idea of prepping our survivalism to, this is something that’s going mainstream. And I think this sort of surreal moment for me is certainly seeing brands like this on gift guides or lists.

But going onto Instagram and I first discovered JUDY because I saw it in influencer between doing a hair tutorial or something, was suddenly unboxing a survival kit. And that was a huge leap for me, that it went from being something that a lot of times, when you do see these listed on something like a gift guide, it is under the guise of this specific event happened. So maybe the wildfires in California, which I think largely put a lot of these items and concerns into the scope of celebrity mindset. So when we saw the wildfires out here in Malibu, in 2018, those directly threatened a lot of celebrities. And from there you saw some change in rhetoric around natural disaster. In 2012, with Hurricane Sandy, in New York city, same thing, you have these hubs where people who are very influential in the media space are personally impacted. And then from there, change their behaviors and maybe share those behaviors with their large audiences.

28:47

Colleen Hagerty:
But seeing someone like Kim Kardashian posting and unboxing of a JUDY kit was just really wild to me, because you have to imagine, her whole family posted this on Instagram and that is millions of people who are going to see it, millions of people who maybe aren’t reading the Oprah’s gift guide or other websites that aren’t aimed at their demographic, but this is Gen Z. This is millennials who are following the Kardashians, and this is going to be on their radar in a very real way. All of that said this under threat of survivalist fantasy as you put it, is something that we have had in our culture. It’s if you go to the movies, it’s how many dystopian movies and books are there out there? And I think everyone likes to believe that in those scenarios, they are the Katniss from the Hunger Games, that they’re the ones who are going to be able to pick up the bow and arrow and make the best of the situation, and rebuild society themselves.

And that’s very clearly reflected in the entertainment that we enjoy consuming both on a fantasy level. And as you’ve mentioned in the reality shows we watch, we like seeing the celebrities we love go out with Bear Grylls into the woods. We like to believe that we still have these essential nature skills that a lot of people think are core to humanity. That if we did end up out there in the wild, we could make the best of it and live like our ancestors and all of those skills would just kind of come back into our brains so they’re instinctual for us.

30:20

Jasmine Bina:
What Colleen points out is obvious. How can we not be preoccupied with our own demise when it’s everywhere around us, from film and TV to politics and just general society. But what I wanted to know is how people are actually consuming the products that will save us in the end. What are they thinking and feeling when they purchase a filter or a generator, or a disaster kit, can we find any clues in their behaviors that might explain the current mindset of our society? I decided to speak with the founders of Preppi myself, Ryan Kuhlman, and Lauren Tafuri founded the company in 2014, and since then have grown to serve people all over the world, and not just millennials, by the way, in fact, many of their early users were baby boomers or older.

It started as just a mock-up of an idea, but it spoke to something bigger. Like so many other founders I’ve met, they were tapping into a collective mentality that had an aunt reached the surface of our consciousness. They asked the question why don’t people prepare and how can we get them to care about something that seems so utilitarian on the surface, but is actually quite emotional underneath?

31:28

Ryan Kuhlman:
We started the company in 2014. And the moment that we had was Lauren and I both experienced a very small earthquake in Los Angeles. We had both lived in L.A for about 20 years and you heard people talking about earthquake kits, but we had never actually seen one in person. And we quickly realized that that was the trend amongst almost everyone that we knew including family. Basically the last major earthquake that had happened in L.A was 1994, the Northridge quake, and afterwards people got prepared, they got emergency kits, and kind of the guideline is about a five-year supply of things that you need. So basically everyone’s supplies ended around 2000 and for the past 14 years after that, everyone kind of just shrugged about emergency. They weren’t feeling earthquakes in L.A and-

Lauren Tafuri:
We saw a lot of complacency surrounding the matter.

32:24

Ryan Kuhlman:
… Completely. Yeah. And then we thought maybe that was just Southern California. But it tends to be, we’ve seen, it’s kind of everywhere, every kind of place in the United States or the world has some sort of emergency scenario that they’re facing and most people are not prepared for it. So it used to be California has earthquakes, maybe it had its mudslides, maybe it had it’s fires. The South and East had hurricanes, obviously there’s tornadoes and floods in the Midwest, and pandemic wasn’t necessarily something on people’s minds. And now it suddenly is. So things have definitely changed in a few years in the six years since we started.

Jasmine Bina:
And then the design. So the design is so intentional. I would love it if you could speak more to like how you guys decided to design it. I think you have an interesting story about, the original mock-up and how it came to be an actual product. I would love it if you could share that with us.

33:25

Lauren Tafuri:
I mean, going back to the origin story, we wanted to create something that would mitigate this complacency and help engage people in the preparedness process. And everything on the market at the time in 2014 was something that was designed to go into your garage or goes to be stored somewhere that you would forget about it, even forget about the expiration dates. So we wanted to use design as a tool to get people, both interested in the item and interested in keeping the item in their home. So it would sit in a room or they live in and they would be more cognizant of the expiration date and where their supply is for.

Jasmine Bina:
Okay. So I think this is the genius behind the product that is easy for people to kind of overlook. It looks like a really, really beautiful product, but that’s very much on purpose. If it’s a beautiful product that you kind of enjoy purchasing and going through, and familiarizing yourself with, and looking at, it’s going to stay top of mind, you’re going to take preparedness more seriously, you’re more likely to use it the way you’re supposed to use it. You guys were really solving a problem that other people hadn’t seen yet, which was that people understand that they should be prepared, but for some reason they just weren’t getting over the hump of actually doing it. This is the complacency that you were talking about. You were solving the complacency problem.

34:50

Ryan Kuhlman:
Complacency with preparedness. And I think that with a lot of things that has been complacency with design too, the old adage form follows function, sometimes with preparedness things became so utilitarian that they were so bare bones, that it was kind of the cheapest ugliest backpack or a PVC bucket. And technically, yeah, it was functional, right? But no one wanted to have that. No one wanted to shop for that, no one wanted to keep that in their living room. So we used design as the function, right? And the two functions were one getting it into the spaces that you actually interact with, including not just the home, but the office too. So we have a product called the Preppi GoBox, right? And it’s designed to be the size of a book, so you can put it with your binders, you can put it with your books to the office and it kind of blends in.

You can kind of forget about it, but you know that it’s there. If there ever is an emergency event, food, water, first aid, everything that you need is kind of in this book that you can just grab off the shelf. So that’s getting into the space that the people interact with. But the other thing was actually, the shopping element of it. And by bringing this design to it, people were able to buy preparedness supplies in places that you’d never would have thought was possible. We just had a big pop of it, Nordstrom’s, would you ever have thought it would happen at Nordstrom’s?

36:12

What we wanted to do was say, you’re busy nine to five on the weekend, you want to relax. You want to do a little shopping, walking around. Do you really want to go to an army surplus store and spend your afternoons sorting through bins of emergency gear? Or do you want to, like, while you’re walking down the mall, “Oh, look, there’s a emergency kit. Oh, we kind of need one of those because there’s earthquakes in our neighborhood,” and you just buy it and your family’s prepared, and it’s not so much of a big deal?

36:42

Jasmine Bina:
And what’s your most popular product right now, considering everything that’s going on. I’m sure some of your skews are probably sold out or on back order, or there’s a wait-list, but what are people really clamoring for?

Lauren Tafuri:
Right now because of the pandemic the GoBox is definitely the top, the top seller is compact and it really is a great value. So people are seeing that because they’re shopping for emergency, they’re not gifting it for holiday.

37:10

Ryan Kuhlman:
Yeah. Because I think the people are buying the full practicality of it, like actually for the utility of it right now. And so when something, basically our most inexpensive product is the hottest self-care for sure.

Jasmine Bina:
I see.

37:27

Ryan Kuhlman:
But that’s not necessarily the only thing it’s like we’re pretty much selling evenly across our line. So I think that’s kind of demonstrative of the wide kind of economy that we have here. And people have the money to spend a certain amount of money, they will spend that. And if you’re on a thriftier budget, you will spend whatever you can afford. But the one thing that we really tried to do with our product line is keep it as egalitarian as possible.

When anyone calls is a luxury company, like, I don’t understand that at all, because that’s for unattainable, but we have a line that starts no matter what your income is, we’re competitive with kind of the most inexpensive other preparedness companies out there, or anything-

38:07

Lauren Tafuri:
Sure.

Ryan Kuhlman:
… at army surplus store at a $100.

Lauren Tafuri:
Obviously it’s a challenge because our products are assembled here in Los Angeles.

Jasmine Bina:
Oh, I see.

Ryan Kuhlman:
Yeah. A lot of our competition there’s things that are trying to do some price cutting and stuff on Amazon, but almost all of those products or at least like the bags that they come in are made overseas. And they’re able to cut prices down a little bit, but were proudly made in the U.S and probably made in L.A.

38:37

Jasmine Bina:
Well I think when people call it a luxury product, it’s not necessarily just the price, you can indicate luxury with, and still be a really competitively priced product. It’s the fact that you guys have this really well designed experience. There’s a craftsmanship of being created here in L.A and like the quality that you guys are trying to ensure with the products too. I would imagine that’s where it comes from. I mean, that’s why I would call it. I wouldn’t necessarily call it luxury, but premium for sure, in that, it’s a premium product experience.

I’m going to ask you, you’re probably getting tons of emails from people and people are asking you a lot of questions about the products, and you probably have your finger on the pulse of the mentality right now. What kind of feedback are you getting from people? Is there anything interesting that’s coming up in your conversations? Do you get the sense that people are acting more with caution, more with fear? What is the feeling right now in the air?

39:30

Lauren Tafuri:
Well, we like to say preparing with caution is preparing before an emergency happens. Right? And so now here we are kind of past the point of no return on that department.

Ryan Kuhlman:
Yeah. People are preparing in fear. I think at this point-

Lauren Tafuri:
I think we crossed the line a few days ago.

Jasmine Bina:
And now I asked that because I feel like I also live in L.A and I always feel like we’re in such a bubble. Like things will be happening in L.A and I don’t see it happening in other parts of the country, are you seeing this across the country?

40:01

Lauren Tafuri:
We’re across the country, we’re getting heavy traffic and orders from the East Coast and urban areas, DC, New York, were obviously they’re denser urban areas. And they’re more concerned, especially about supplies. We’re also getting international orders, which is interesting. Spain, Saudi Arabia-

Ryan Kuhlman:
Yes, London, Hong Kong, more international orders in the past few days than usual. And usually our main spots are Seattle, San Francisco, L.A, New York, kind of DC, I’d say Chicago maybe, but now it’s every small town, no matter what state, the response that we’re seeing is, really is remarkable. And even though these places have always had their emergency situation, that they could be facing this one just, it’s a little bit bigger of a question mark. We’ve never seen this before and the thing that we’re always pushing as a company is to get people prepared before this happens.

41:09

So you shouldn’t have to be stressed out, you shouldn’t be having to stand in line, at the store trying to buy some food or some water or something like that. And so fortunately the customers that did buy this stuff are feeling more confident, they are feeling better that they have at least a three-day supply, which comes in our kit, which is a great starting point, depending on what the emergency is. But three days is kind of the international standard and what’s FEMA has always supported of what you should have in hand, just in case, you never know what the situation is, whether it’s a hurricane or an earthquake.

41:44

Jasmine Bina:
Right, now, do you get the sense that this is just like the same old pattern where people are reacting to a situation and when it passes, we’re going to go back to our same old habits of not really taking preparedness seriously, or do you get the sense that there’s something unique about what’s happening right now that’s going to create a bit more of a permanent shift in how people perceive these moments?

Ryan Kuhlman:
Everything’s changing day by day. But I think I can very strongly say this is a dramatic shift, maybe a watershed moment happening right now. The old example that I usually give of how people reset and quickly forget is hurricane season. So every year August comes around and every year the news report is the Walmart, bottled water shelves are drained. Yet no one right in Florida prepares so that they don’t have to drain the shelves, but this time-

42:37

Jasmine Bina:
It’s happening everywhere.

Ryan Kuhlman:
… it’s happening everywhere and it’s deeper, and I think there is a generational shift that’s happening, that this is going to stick with the youth for years to come in the same way that maybe some of our parents that went through a war or grandparents that went through a war, came out of it very conservative. I think that the younger people are going to come out of this more conservative about their lifestyle and how they live, and what their priorities are. I don’t think it’s going to be dramatically changed, but there’s going to be some deep seeds planted that I think will root. We need to look at history here, these things that we’re going through. This isn’t like the first time our world has gone through a scenario, but our older generations have experienced that. Or the first time anyone’s gone through even a pandemic, we’ve just been very spoiled for decades. And I think that, when you’re shaking a little bit, it sticks for a little while and the whole world is shaken, I think it’s going to stick a little bit longer.

43:39

Jasmine Bina:
I know that it’s like a crazy busy time for you guys and you’re just working to fulfill orders and kind of meet demands. But have you given any thought to what this means for the company? How you guys might expand or grow, or what your purpose as a brand is now that this space has kind of exploded and not just exploded in size, but the definition, I feel like brands like Preppi and others, they’ve created kind of a new category of planning that is not just purely utilitarian, but also somewhat emotional as well. Right? So what does that mean for you guys? Have you given thought to the road ahead for the brands?

Lauren Tafuri:
We’re always thinking about this and there have been some publications and there was even a book that Mark Penn wrote a few years ago called, Microtrends, where he credited Preppi for mainstreaming, prepping from being a doom and gloom apocalyptic thing to bring it into the more mainstream. So I think that we’re seeing that, especially in the stories that are carrying us, now being on Oprah’s gift list in 2019, that we’ve been on this trajectory since we started.

44:57

Ryan Kuhlman:
Yeah. Our approach is something that we really established hard and strong from day one. And we were like, “We have to get the doom and gloom out of this.” And I think that we’ve been fairly successful doing that. And I think it shows how the future direction that we’re going to take. And that is making this a standard item, it’s still not doom and gloom. It’s just sensible, preparedness like you would have a first aid kit. Most people have a first aid kit. Most people have a thermometer, underneath their sink or something like that. And we think that everyone should have a small supply of food, water in addition to that things that come into our kids in their home. And again, it’s nothing to be scared of, it’s just something that should be standard, it’s something that everyone should have. And there’s other places in the world that you expect preparedness a little bit more, like in-

Lauren Tafuri:
Yeah, let’s just say, it’s like a cultural-

Ryan Kuhlman:
… It’s very-

45:53

Lauren Tafuri:
… It’s a cultural difference of, we’ve been having a lot of short-term thinking, it’s the same reason that we don’t have enough, and then you find mass in our governments stockpile, or pandemic committee being understaffed, or non-existent and it’s kind of like, we need to set more standards looking into the future and I feel like that’s been missing.

Jasmine Bina:
So which cultures do you think respect the planning and preparedness a bit more I’m curious?

Ryan Kuhlman:
One example is in Turkey, earthquake insurance is required by every citizen as an example. And more people in Turkey have emergency kits than a lot of places I know. Also Denmark is known for preparedness and Japan also.

46:43

Jasmine Bina:
Interesting. Do you think there’s a cultural reason? I mean, obviously they probably may have actual very real reasons to be more prepared, but what do you see that is in the culture that maybe makes them more predisposed to taking these threats seriously?

Lauren Tafuri:
The vision that having the right preparedness plans in place protects national security in a country and the culture.

Ryan Kuhlman:
Yeah. I think culture and community might be the driving force there. And if the examples that I listed are kind of a bit more isolated, right? Japan is very insular and keep things within. And so that would include preparedness thing, I guess, with Denmark.

47:25

Jasmine Bina:
The fact that I’ll just speak about California. So right now, everybody’s scrambling and reacting, right? And you can’t find toilet paper anywhere and you can’t find a lot of essentials anywhere. And it’s kind of revealing this behavior where some people are really hoarding, where it’s not really a communal effort to stay safe, it’s a very individualistic effort. And I want to know your thoughts on that. In the best way that you could respond to this? Like, is that distinctly American? Is that just our natural response to fear? Why is that behavior emerging right now?

Lauren Tafuri:
I think that the hoarding that it’s going on, I haven’t been reading so much about it, but I think that it’s going to hit a breaking point where maybe the people that are hoarding are going to have to like break it down. They’re going to see, there’s going to be these human moments that come through and they’re going to have to be sharing with their community. Because that’s kind of a hallmark of what happens after a big disaster. That’s kind of like an earthquake or something, you usually see people coming together.

48:35

Ryan Kuhlman:
Yeah. We’re both hoping for that sort of coming together moment that happens while a lot of people are predicting the opposite. When there’s lines to buy guns and things like that, and civil unrest. We believe pretty seriously and we’re definitely hoping that there’s that moment of the community realizing we are all-

Lauren Tafuri:
We’re all in this together.

Ryan Kuhlman:
… All humans are the same, we’re all in this together. And the only way for this entire world to keep spinning is if we reach out with a hand and share what we have, and the smartest… When you start to get into preparedness and emergency scenarios, and [inaudible 00:49:14] people that you talk to always say, “It’s about community,” every single time. That’s the only way it works, because as much as you feel like you have everything, if you hoarded, at some point you need a doctor. At some point you need transportation is important, at some point you need someone to fix your car, you can’t do it all. And the only way this all works is if we all pitch in.

49:37

Jasmine Bina:
Would it be fair to call you guys cautiously optimistic?

Ryan Kuhlman:
Correct.

Lauren Tafuri:
Correct.

Jasmine Bina:
Okay. So how have you seen the Preppi story play out on Instagram? Because you were one of those brands that was born on Instagram and you have a product that really lends itself to visual consumption. How did that happen? What did Instagram do for the brand? How did the conversation around the company evolve on that platform?

50:03

Lauren Tafuri:
We posted our prototype before we really had a product and Fantastic Man, the magazine reached out to us to shoot it, just almost immediately. So it kind of turned from a concept to a prototype, to a real thing very quickly.

Jasmine Bina:
Somebody had an actual, immediate visceral response to seeing this, and it wasn’t even real yet?

50:35

Ryan Kuhlman:
Yeah. The first thing that was posted out into the world was just a Photoshop. And when an editor of a magazine asked to shoot it within a matter of days, it was like, “Wow! Instagram’s pretty powerful one.” Again, this is 2014, so it was like, everything was square and it wasn’t us. But, just the fact that someone had a response that quickly, I think we realized that maybe this was something. And then within this first six months of us launching this very tiny company, a bootstrapped, little boutique idea kind of company, we got into New York Times and the Goop Holiday Gift List. So there has been certain kind of people that have seen us and understood us immediately. And there’s some people that haven’t, but it seems like every year passes and kind of a bigger person that, this last year we were on Oprah’s gift list.

So it kind of keeps climbing up the chain of-

51:32

Lauren Tafuri:
Influence …

Ryan Kuhlman:
… taste makers. Yeah.

Lauren Tafuri:
We kind of stepped away a little bit from Instagram. It’s great one. We love when people post and do unboxings, but especially times like this, we’ve been a little silent, just because we’re not that kind of brand anymore.

51:52

Ryan Kuhlman:
I think that’s the lifestyle aspect of Preppi. I don’t think that we’re like the most lifestyle brands by any means. And it’s harder to make preparedness, to work in a brand of coffee or something like that. We’re a little bit dryer than I would say any other kind of Instagramming, storytelling brand right now. But, we want to have our Instagram channel be a little bit more informative, and that’s something that we’re working on for the future right now, for more relevant kind of emergency based messaging. Hopefully we’ll get that together for the next one.

52:31

Jasmine Bina:
So here’s what we know, community is a powerful emotional lever that stands in the face of our deep rooted American need for individuality and self-sufficiency. We also know that there’s a lot more emotion tied up in this kind of utility than we realized, and no utilitarian need can be properly met, if there’s an emotional barrier that has to be overcome first. But what about the bigger picture? You can’t help but sense that even though so much is uncertain right now, and so much is unknown, there’s actually a pattern here. There’s an expectation or belief about how this will play out, whether it’s the coronavirus and natural disaster or a manmade phenomenon, we have scripts in our society and rules that we abide by. The missing piece is an understanding of what this all means to us.

Phil Torres:
Yeah. So my name is Phil Torres and I study what are called existential risks. These are potential disaster scenarios that could either result in human extinction or some kind of civilizational collapse event. And I’ve written quite a bit on this topic. My most recent book is called, Morality, Foresight, and Human Flourishing in introduction to existential risks.

Jasmine Bina:
I talked to Phil about the macro-context around all of this and how, even though the threats we’re experiencing today maybe novel, our perception and the way we make sense of them or don’t make sense of them is actually deeply ingrained across centuries.

 

53:59

Phil Torres:
Beliefs about the end times, really do pervade cultures across space and time going back millennia. So, one of the very first linear apocalyptic views came from Zoroastrianism that has influenced the Abrahamic traditions, which have very, very similar end times narratives, both Christianity and Islam may themselves have begun as apocalyptic movements and just throughout history there are… History is just replete with one example after another, the Millerites, more recently there was Harold Camping, there was Y2K. Historians have suggested even that Marxism and Nazi-ism both borrowed heavily from the Christian end times narrative, and Hitler promised 1,000 year Reich that parallels almost exactly the millennium idea that comes from Christianity.

And as I’ve written before, the two most catastrophic conflicts in human history were both almost certainly driven by these millenarian ideas. And by millenarian, I just mean this view that there is some catastrophe that is going to happen in the future, followed by utopia. And those two conflicts, one was the Taiping Rebellion, in the 18th century that happened in China and resulted in perhaps 35,000,000 deaths. And the second was what I had just hinted at a moment ago, World War II, where Hitler thought, as soon as we win this battle and the other side of this grand conflict, there lies 1,000 year period that will be utopian.

55:36

Jasmine Bina:
So I want to switch gears a little bit and ask you something that’s just, I think top of mind for a lot of people that are actually looking at what’s happening critically right now. And it’s the fact that if you look back, we used to have this idea of what a survivalist used to look like. Right? He was always that crazy guy, the loner, the guy that was always a little off the grid that had crazy conspiracy ideas, they were on the fringe. But now we’re finding that some of the biggest survivalists are actually Silicon Valley elite or hedge fund managers in New York, and these are people that are buying things $1,000,000 survival condos. And they’re not just condos that help you survive, they’re not old bunkers, these are things that have and movie theaters, and swimming pools inside of them.

A lot of people are buying property in New Zealand. I mean, the joke is that it’s called apocalypse insurance, because New Zealand is expected to be one of the last safe havens. You see people buying and investing significant resources in survivalist things across every socioeconomic background at this point. My question is, why has this captivated everybody? I know that we feel more social unrest in our culture, but I get the sense that there’s a little bit of like, almost an excitement underneath it all. And I don’t want to at all, diminish the seriousness of what’s happening, but people seem to… There’s a bit of a glee in preparing for what’s coming. Why is that happening? I mean, the fact that there’s a luxury market for these things, I think proves that. Why do you think this new mindset around it is setting in, or maybe it was always there, but why do people revel in this?

57:17

Phil Torres:
Well, I think first of all, what is more exciting than the apocalypse? It’s kind of hard to think of an event that’s more exciting in the sense that it’s a massively significant history, rupturing moment. And to be a part of that can be potentially very thrilling frankly, to certain people. I think it’s also probably tied up with notion of renewal. Historically there are many apocalyptic, eschatological narratives, according to which there’s some massive catastrophe at the end of time, Armageddon in the Christian faith, there’s a Armageddon like battle in the Islamic tradition as well. And what comes after that is eternal paradise. So, I think, on the one hand, as I was sort of mentioning before, there is an appeal to thinking that we’re living in the end of days, because that really means that heaven on earth is sort of right around the corner.

But more recently, because of the secularization of Western society and a shift to more scientific modes of thinking about the apocalypse, you do get an increasing number of individuals who have that same kind of psychologically deep rooted millenarian impulse, they’re thinking there’s going to be this, some kind of major global scale catastrophe, but on the other side, there is a kind of secular utopia that is going to emerge.

58:55

Phil Torres:
So you might have, Silicon Valley individuals who foresee a libertarian paradise on the other side, once all the governments collapse. Peter Thiel himself has said, he finds the idea of colonizing space most appealing because there are no laws on other planets. But then on the other hand a lot of these fairly well-educated individuals, do you take seriously this growing body of scientific and philosophical literature focused around existential risk, which is much more solidly grounded than past religious beliefs, but also propose similar disasters right around the corner, within the next two decades. You’re having to do with artificial intelligence, that’s a particularly popular idea among tech nerds, but there are various other potential risks associated the nanotechnology and synthetic biology as mentioned before.

Jasmine Bina:
Here’s what I’m hearing that, yeah, these are people who see the science and they’re acting on the science, but for some reason they’re still acting within this paradigm. A very religious paradigm of, after the end comes in new beginning, after the worst comes the dawn of a wonderful new day.

01:00:19

Phil Torres:
Yeah.

Jasmine Bina:
The fact that Peter Thiel even describes it like that, it has kind of a religious connotation to it doesn’t it?

01:00:27

Phil Torres:
I think that’s absolutely right. Historically speaking, the prepper movement was very much imbued with religious ideas. You still find this, a lot of the most popular books out there right now on Amazon, which have 1000s and 1000s of reviews, they’re hugely popular books, but a lot of these individuals are Christians dispensationalist who expect the rapture to happen imminently. And so maybe one way to think about this is that there are these psychological tendencies to wish desperately for a better world, to see a better world within one’s lifetime. And for most of the past, there have been various layers of religious dogma that have accumulated on top of these deeper impulses that we have. And so over the past couple of centuries and particularly the past few decades, these layers have sort of been peeled back and what’s left is just this millenarian kind of urge or vision about the future that ends up being, cloaked in kind of secular or scientific ideas.

But fundamentally it comes from the same place of a desperate desire for a better world within one’s lifetime. There are a lot of people out there who are very worried about an end of the world type scenario, but who aren’t motivated by this kind of millenarian impulse, but there are plenty, I mean, there’s a guy named Ray Kurzwell who believes that the technological singularity, which is this point of…. Because of exponential technological developments and the creation of artificial intelligence, in the year 2045, there’s going to be this massive, completely unprecedented transition to what will ultimately be a cosmic paradise. We’ll go out and we’ll colonize the stars and we’ll use technology to radically enhance our bodies. We’ll merge with machines, we’ll upload our minds, all sorts of stuff like that.

01:02:42

And that strikes me as a really deeply religious view. The parallels between that view and the Christian narrative, for example, are pretty striking. In fact, some people have referred to the technological singularity as the techno-rapture, but on the other hand there are some perhaps more serious thinkers who don’t believe that things will necessarily turn out well. And who are really motivated to sort of understand various secular apocalypses to avoid a situation where huge numbers, billions and billions of people suffer in a way that in some event that has never before occurred in human history.

Jasmine Bina:
I get the sense of you’re one of those.

Phil Torres:
Yes. Yeah. Very much so. Yeah.

01:03:29

Jasmine Bina:
I do think you’re one of those people, I did see somewhere that you had written that you felt that Steven Pinker, a futurist, who I look to for hope-

Phil Torres:
Oh, where is this going?

Jasmine Bina:
… in this world, that you feel that he’s actually quite overoptimistic.

Phil Torres:
Mm-hmm (affirmative).

Jasmine Bina:
Okay. That’s a major bummer to people like me.

01:03:49

Phil Torres:
Yeah. So basically, there are two issues with a lot of Pinker’s work, which is, I think laid out most comprehensively in, Better Angels of Our Nature, 2011 book. And on the one hand some of the trends are not quite as solid as he presents them, but nonetheless, I actually very much do agree that there has been moral progress, especially since the 1950s, which is when the rights revolutions began, gay rights, animal rights, second wave feminism. And I think that all of that is it should be celebrated, and it entails that we’re in a situation right now that is better morally speaking than the situation before the 1930s, or going back even further when things like cat burning was perfectly acceptable and in Paris, as a form of entertainment. So that’s appalling to too many of us these days.

So more or less, I think those trends are worth paying attention to, but there’s this whole other set of trends out there that he completely ignores. And these are the trends of humanity developing increasingly powerful technologies that are referred to as dual-use, because the very same artifact or information, theory, whatever that can be used to greatly benefit humanity can also be used to harm humanity in some historically novel way. And these technologies are not only dual-use, increasingly powerful, but much more accessible than ever before. So it took thousands of scientists to come together and build an atomic weapon. And these days a single individual or even just small group would struggle to actually manufacture a nuclear weapon in part, because you require uranium or plutonium. And that has to be enriched, that’s a very, very difficult to do. But that contrasts greatly with something like synthetic biology, already the past decades or more, there’s been a biohacking movement, where individuals spend maybe just a couple $100, they set up a laboratory in their garage or basement or whatever.

01:05:55

And they can manipulate the building blocks of life, manipulate genes in ways that only highly trained individuals in very expensive labs could just two decades ago. So this technology is becoming easy to use, you don’t need a lot of skills. You don’t really need to know what exactly you’re doing, because a lot of it’s just black boxed and indeed terrorists have taken note of this. When ISIS was at its peak, there were some members, including some educated members, I think who had PhDs, who had talked about biotechnology and synthetic biology being the ideal tool to inflict mass casualties are around the world. So this is all part of a second cluster of trends that I think is really, really worrisome and has led a number of experts who study this issue, study existential risk, to suggest that the probability of human extinction today or the century is almost certainly way higher than it’s ever been before in our 300,000 year history.

So, most figures tend to be around 20% or so, which is incredibly high. If you tell someone who’s about to board an airplane, that there’s a 20% chance of the plane crashing, no sane person is going to get on that plane, but that’s… Humanity right now is flying in a plane that at least according to the best conjectures of these experts has a 20% chance of failing the century.

01:07:30

Jasmine Bina:
Okay. That was very heavy. Okay. I have to ask you something a bit more personal.

Phil Torres:
Sure.

Jasmine Bina:
This must be hard work. Isn’t it hard to constantly be looking at all this stuff straight in the face?

Phil Torres:
It is, but the psychology of researching end of the world apocalyptic scenarios, is really interesting. There’s been almost nothing published on it, but certainly some individuals in the field have suggested that one reason, the idea of human extinction has been so incredibly neglected by academics and scientists, and philosophers, and so on over time, is that it tends to be a rather topic. You’re thinking about universal death all the time. And thinking about death itself can be difficult in terms of mental health. But here you’re thinking about the death of the entire species, 7.8 billion humans right now. And then if humanity were to disappear, you lose all of the potential goods that we could create in the future. Further advances in science that could potentially improve the human condition, furthermore progress and so on. So there’s a huge amount at stake with the human extinction and consequently thinking about it all the time constantly can be a drag.

01:08:46

Jasmine Bina:
That does seem like quite a burden to bear, but it makes me think that perhaps the reason that we upgrade our fears to be so apocalyptic, is because it helps create meaning. And I’d imagine in your work, studying all this stuff objectively, or non-religious really can be really difficult to kind of accept, even for the best of us. And so maybe for the masses, seeing things in this kind of context of the traditional story arc of the apocalypse, gives meaning to it all. It makes it seem a little less dire in its own way.

01:09:28

Phil Torres:
I think that’s absolutely right. And I feel like that is consistent with what I was saying before about this hope for a better world, or when you’re confronted by the vagaries and the vicissitudes of life and surrounded by suffering, and so on, the thought that at some point God’s will swoop down from the heavens, and make everything all right, can be just a huge source of [inaudible 01:09:53] or psychological comfort and can help individuals sort of make it through life. From the more secular or scientific perspective, there is no guarantee of utopia on the other side. So you’re confronting a scenario that really is about as devastating as it can possibly be. And so I do think a lot of people struggle with coming to grips with that.

And there are also various other cognitive biases that I think prevent individuals from taking seriously, something like human extinction. For example, there is a cognitive bias called psychic numbing, and that refers to the fact that as the number of deaths exceeds one in a single disaster or compassion, for those extra deaths declines very significantly. So, somewhat famously, not that I make a habit of quoting Joseph Stalin, but he… And this may be apocryphal, but it’s often attributed to him, that one death is a tragedy and 1,000,000 deaths is just a statistic.

01:11:03

So it’s really hard for people to wrap their minds around what exactly a global scale catastrophe would entail, what the loss of 7,000,000,000 or 8,000,000,000 people would involve. So that results in people tending to embrace a more dismissive attitude about human extinction, whereas I think if they reflected a bit more on what exactly it would entail, the true human costs, then they probably would have a slightly different view.

Jasmine Bina:
I think everybody can relate to the fact that it’s a lot easier to feel compelled to donate to somebody’s GoFundMe page, versus sending money to a cause that will help an entire group of immigrants that are fleeing their homes because of a war torn country.

01:11:52

Phil Torres:
I think that’s exactly right. A concrete rather than abstract cause is, it’s much easier to be motivated by this moral disposition of sympathy, when you have a face or a name in mind as opposed to just a number.

Jasmine Bina:
A week before we even heard the word Corona virus, Jean Louis and I hosted a dinner party in our home. And that evening, someone asked a question of the table, and it went something like this. “Imagine the apocalypse happened and in order to be led into the one remaining community, you had to provide one talent of value. What service would you provide as a member of the community?”

01:12:28

Jasmine Bina:
For me, it was to be the town historian. One of our friends said she’d be the town comedian, another said, she’d be the therapist. Somebody even joked about running a specialty avocado toast bar, the answers ranged from serious to humorous, but it revealed ultimately what we felt would be of value. I asked Colleen this same question and her answer I think echoes what most of us would say. We would find a way to add meaning to it all.

Colleen Hagerty:
If the world was ending tomorrow and I had to use my one special gift to enter into society, to pass through the gates, to be allowed in, I do think it would be. And I so apologize if this is boring, given my job, but I do think it would be the documentarian that I would want to be creating this record kind of the hieroglyphs of years past for this new society, where someday when people were looking back and viewing all of us as the founding mothers and fathers, as you have it, of this new society, and creating the next Hamilton musical about this specific moment that they could look back on the notes, and the records, and the videos and the photos that I was creating.

01:13:41

Jasmine Bina:
Thanks for listening to this episode of Unseen Unknown. If you liked it, share it with someone else who you think would appreciate it. And a friendly reminder that you can always sign up for our newsletter while you’ll get all of our latest brand strategy thinking, articles, videos, podcasts, a whole bunch of stuff, two to three times a month. Just go to, conceptbureau.com and click on the insights tab to sign up. And if you’re an Instagram addict like me, you can follow me, @triplejas, that’s triple, J-A-S where I often talk about brand strategy in the news, in between moments of my life. You can also find me, @triplejas on Twitter and Medium.

Interesting Links & More Reading

Categories
Podcast

7: Cultural Constructs Are The Real Brand Opportunit‪y

Brands like Ring and Billie leverage the uncertainty of our changing value systems to create new interest in old paradigms. In other words, they play with cultural constructs: arbitrary systems determined by our culture or our community, rather than a truth that stems from an immovable aspect of human nature. They prove that when constructs start to change, real brand opportunities start to emerge.

Podcast Transcript

Feb 27, 2020

50 min read

Cultural Constructs Are The Real Brand Opportunit‪y

00:00

Jasmine Bina:
This is Unseen Unknown, I’m Jasmine Bina. A little housekeeping before we get started on today’s episode. We have a lot of new listeners that are part of the Unseen Unknown community. And I wanted to let that we also have a newsletter run by our company Concept Bureau, that is everything brand strategy. So in the spirit of what we have here on the podcast, it is about connecting cultural insights to brand and business insights. You’re going to find articles. You’re going to find video content. You’re going to find the events that we host. And it’s a really great way of amplifying the knowledge that you get here with really smart insights and actionable ideas that you can use in your business day to day. In order to get on that list, just go to conceptbureau.com and click on the insights tab.

No matter who you are, you’ve likely washed one of the viral front porch videos published on YouTube by the smart home security company Ring. One of their more salient videos was published on November 22nd of last year. And in it, a young brother and sister leave daily messages for their dad who was deployed in the Middle East. It’s a super cut of their morning and afternoon passings as each kid pauses on their way to school to tell their dad they love him or comes up running to the camera at the end of the school day to tell their dad something that happened. This is a very specific scene. It’s the front porch of a seemingly suburban middle-class home an American flag waves in the background. There’s some greenery across the street that looks a park and the children look happy, thriving. And most importantly, they’re unintended by an adult, they are safe.

01:49

Child 1 (audio clip):
Hi dad, we got a new hair cut.

Child 2 (audio clip):
Dad I love so much, come home soon. I love you.

Child 1 (audio clip):
Dad, riding a bike now. All I need for help is to push then am going by myself, with no training wheels dad. How cool is that?

Child 2 (audio clip):
I hope you come back home.

Child 1 (audio clip):
Bye dad.

Child 2 (audio clip):
Bye dad… We have to learn a lot.

02:29

Jasmine Bina:
Ring is an incredible example of a company that has used a number of cultural constructs to blast their brand into millions of homes across the US. They understood how the unspoken rules and cores of our society could be used to retell an old story. The best definition of a cultural construct that we found was this, it’s anything that is determined arbitrarily by one’s cultural background rather than something universally rooted in biology or some other unyielding aspect of human nature.

So sexual reproduction is biological in origin. On the other hand, the gendered idea that male babies have blue toys and female babies have pink toys is actually a cultural construct. And we have other cultural constructs to, diamond rings for an engagement or a tipping culture, or perhaps even the whole notion of money itself.

03:20

The difference between a norm and a cultural construct is that constructs add a layer of meaning that wasn’t there before. Death and mortality are unyielding, but the fact that you wear black to a funeral in America versus white to a funeral in Japan is based on cultural constructs. And those constructs give us a way to sanctify and memorialized life and death. These constructs matter for branding because nearly all brands are playing within them. Some brands exploit them or strengthen them and others pick up on a sea change coming up within society and work to change them. Either way they can’t be ignored, constructs create the rules that brands either have to play along with or work to consciously break down.

Constructs are everywhere but I think one of the most interesting places to look for them right now is in the home. If you think about all of this startup capital and new companies and products, and the frontier of brand storytelling, a lot of stuff is happening at our doorstep. It’s about these brands trying to get into our home. A lot of the big breakout brands of the last few years and the whole wellness economy and the lifestyle brands that brought DTC to us, they were all targeting you in your bedroom, your bathroom, your kitchen, your living room, your home office. And the home is an interesting space because it comes kind of packaged with another cultural construct, which is privacy. I don’t think you can talk about one without the other. The home is a new war zone for the privacy topic.

05:02

Jean-Louis:
Yeah. That’s something interesting from an outside perspective. So I grew up in the UK and UK has always been considered the nanny state, right? There are more sort of CCT cameras per capita than anywhere else. And so everyone is kind of quite used to that, but it’s a cultural conversation in the UK, your privacy and how we’re being watched all over the place. In the US it hasn’t been historically, but now what’s strange is that people are opting into this. We are opting into having cameras in our homes, around us. And so it’s not the government that’s doing it. It’s the private sector and the consumers are choosing to do that. It’s a strange phenomenon.

05:35

Jasmine Bina:
And let’s just be clear. It’s not just cameras. It’s your Wi-Fi, it’s the personal technology that you use. It’s your personal assistance in the home. It’s letting the Amazon package come to your doorstep and take a picture of the package being there, even little innocuous things like that are always little encroachments on the privacy factor.

So in the US like you were saying, I don’t think you can talk about the home or about privacy without talking about a company like Ring, who has been such a breakout success, who has had some really interesting/questionable practices about how they’re not just branding the product, but also creating alliances with local law enforcement and local governments to kind of create this nanny state that you’re talking about and bring the technology into the homes where we are now actually surveilling ourselves. So here’s the interesting thing about Ring.

06:29

I asked some of my friends what is Ring, everybody thinks the doorbell camera, but what a lot of people don’t realize is that Ring is a whole suite of cameras that actually look inside of your home. So people may start with the doorbell camera, but then they get the camera that’s in their living room or in their bedroom watching their kids cribs or in the kitchen which is maybe as a sliding door to the outside. So maybe it’s an easy break in point, but Ring doesn’t just look at our neighbors, it allows us to look at ourselves.

There’s an interesting article I just want to mention by Caroline Haskins for Vice’s Motherboard, she wrote a three-part series called How Ring Transmits Fear to American Suburbs. It’s an amazing article, but here in this piece is where she talks about the fact that they’ve kind of positioned themselves as this omniscient, maybe almost benevolent third eye that’s watching over your family and keeping you safe.

07:25

Jean-Louis:
Yeah, I think when we’re talking about privacy it’s worth putting it in context, sort of privacy has always been a sliding scale, right? You can go all the way back to the printing press. And literally they thought that books were the under privacy because suddenly anyone can get ahold of your ideas. And so this is not in any way a new concept, but you can sort of see how it’s been sliding for a long time.

We wouldn’t have had smart home assistants in our home. We wouldn’t have allowed microphones in our home 10, 15 years ago. That just would be kind of unheard of, it would be culturally taboo or kind of very questionable at the least. And now I don’t know, with a camera and a microphone in your home really what’s left as far as privacy is concerned. And the same is in the digital realm, the point is that our construct, our perception of what it means to have privacy has been shifting for a long time. And so I think in that guys, if you could sort of see that happen, you could almost predict that this is where we would end up.

08:18

Jasmine Bina:
Why do you think it’s been shifting? Has it just been a gradual change where we’re just are a little more apathetic each time one of these new things weasels its way into our homes and into our private spaces? Or do you think there was a tipping point?

Jean-Louis:
Well, I think there’s sort of two forces definitely on the one hand look at where we’ve given up major privacy, right? So when Facebook became a big thing, we signed up, we liked all the things that we wanted to like.

Jasmine Bina:
Uploaded pictures of our babies.

08:44

Jean-Louis:
Right. We put our lives online and we knew to some extent that these were being monitored. We knew the news that came out about how it was all being tracked.

We were aware of this, but we gave it up. We chose to make the discretionary choice to give up that privacy and our digital lives so that we could have that utility of connecting with our friends, having the convenience of consolidating so much information in one place. So that’s the case there. And I think it’s the same kind of rules that apply with Alexa or Google Home. It’s the same sort of thing where there is a convenience factor and we’ve given up the privacy of not being listened to on our homes or certain rooms. And from a consumer point of view, it has been under the guise of utility.

09:25

Jasmine Bina:
Yeah. I think maybe there’s another layer to it. I just feel it has to be more complicated than that. I don’t think it was just a matter of convenience. Although convenience was kind of the trojan horse that made this all happen. But do you remember in 2017 when Mark Zuckerberg made that pledge to visit all 50 States? Okay, so I’ll just take us back there. So he had had a pretty tumultuous year. There were a lot of questions around privacy and the way that Facebook was using our data at that time. And he went on this road show where he was going to visit all 50 States. And at the time he had also just announced that he was no longer an atheist and that he was going to work on himself more personally. And everybody in the media thought, oh, this is clearly him showing his ambitions to run for office.

But I don’t think it was that, I think what we were missing at the time was the fact that he knew that as a huge influential public figure, running one of the largest companies in the world, he was no longer just a CEO. He was acting more like a government leader. It was a signal of the fact that power had shifted from our governments to private citizens or people who are running big corporations, public or private corporations.

10:48

That’s one of the bellwethers I think of when privacy started to shift. I think because we decided that our governments were no longer our authorities and companies like Facebook and Apple and Amazon, these were the new authorities. And we had given them that authority willingly, that shift had started to happen but we didn’t have a chance to realize that we were also shifting the responsibility of privacy to private companies. So we still expected our governments to protect our privacy, but we were expecting these companies to act as our governments and that didn’t work. And I think this was the most visible when you would see Mark Zuckerberg at congressional hearings at the time, Scott Galloway talks about this. When you hear the line of questioning, you see how impotent our Congress was in protecting our privacy in the face of a behemoth like Facebook.

11:40

Jean-Louis:
Yeah. I think what you have to kind of take out of that whole narrative is that if the private company is now our new governments who is defining what privacy is anymore? Right. It’s these companies, these companies that tell you that privacy has nothing to do with having a speaker or a smart assistant in your home. It’s kind of they are shaping that narrative. Maybe it’s very subversive, but it’s happening. And the bedrock was laid for this a long time ago.

I think going all the way back to 9/11 and the Patriot act, we got this message from the government that we were going to give up a bit of our privacy for the collective security. And at the time we were kind of comfortable with that deal. And I think it made it very complex as a consumer to understand where does privacy sort of begin and end, right? Because the government with all these NSA leaks, that the government was listening to your phone, it was listening to your messages. It was reading your emails. It kind of became very confusing and so sort of going back to the story of how we chose convenience of a privacy, a lot of it was just the fact that that was a deal that we understood the terms of.

12:40

Jasmine Bina:
Well, I think it goes even further back. I think the reason we understood the terms of that deal was because of what was happening in the 90s, Faith Popcorn. I don’t know if people remember her still. She was an amazing futurist and thinker. And I mean, she would put out a huge report every year. I remember the tech industry was always waiting for it with bated breath. I’m sure she still writes, I don’t see her stuff surfaces often, but she said in the 90s, there was this phenomenon that was going to start to occur called cocooning. And I’m going to quote here, the internet, home entertainment, mobile phones, alarm systems, self-checkout, filters for our personal air and water, and all fair paraphernalia of cocooning are about a tendency towards more lonely solitary experiences in the last 30 years. So it’s interesting. The lonely and solitary piece is that could be a whole episode on its own, but in the 90s she was starting to see the trends that would make it possible for something like 9/11 and the Patriot Act to actually come into effect.

That would make it possible now today, for something like Ring to actually exist. You and I were talking earlier about what is privacy? Why is it construct and why do we care about it so much? I think you have to remember that everything always comes back to the American dream and the American ideal. When America was founded it was founded by people leaving what they felt were governments that were persecuting them. And it was all about finding your land and owning your land and it was between you and God. And nobody could interfere with that relationship between you God and your physical property. It’s kind of which you have in Texas, the whole shoot first ask later law. I don’t even know if that’s the law, but whatever that is, this idea that your rights are completely inalienable.

14:33

And if you think that that idea is dying, don’t be fooled because think of every immigrant that’s still comes to this country. I think of my own parents. They are escaping governments that are persecuting them. That gives them no sense of autonomy and no sense of privacy. Privacy and autonomy are kind of one in the same. There’s a huge overlap there. This idea of America owes you privacy in this sense is so deeply rooted, it’s not dying anytime soon. And any time you have a disconnect between the truth and what’s actually happening, you have a brand opportunity. And I think that’s where Ring comes in. So let’s talk about Ring a little bit, Ring was before called Door Bolt and it was positioned as a smart home device. And then in 2014, they repositioned it as Ring. And then it went from a smart home device to a security product. And that was a very, very significant move.

15:34

Jean-Louis:
Yeah. I think you can see how that took place and sort of how they present themselves, right? And so there’s this sort of powerful juxtaposition. A lot of their marketing footages is kids at home on the front yard playing. It’s very joyful. It’s celebrating these happy moments and it’s the same camera footage. You understand it’s a Ring footage because it’s kind of warped. It’s very wide angle. You see people robbing packages, breaking into homes, you see very insidious and uncomfortable and really unpleasant things.

And I think part of what’s happening there is that’s sort of taking advantage of the availability heuristic, right? This idea that we as human beings we’re very hard at understanding kind of the rule of averages and statistics. And so we tend to set our expectations based on past experiences. So when we see a lot of this footage, we feel that it can happen all the time, it could happen anywhere. And we just over-index maybe on how often this could happen. And it creates this powerful friction between the idea of this perfect family, this perfect home, and then these terrible things that happen. And it’s all in the same camera footage. And so it feels it’s all happening in the same place. That’s very powerful because it sets a lot of emotional triggers that make you feel good and then they make you feel very afraid. And they’re part of the same narrative.

16:47

Jasmine Bina:
Yeah. Nancy Duarte talks about this. When you tell a story, if you compare what is versus what could be, so the scary world versus this idyllic world, and you go back and forth, you create momentum in a story. And the world’s greatest speeches actually have this pattern of, this is what it is, this is what could be, this is what it is, this is what could be. And that’s effectively what’s happening in these videos. Nancy Duarte is an incredible speech writer that’s worked with the top minds in the world and has been the person behind some of the best presentations and the most famous talks that have ever been given. And that’s what she sees over and over again in actual, very formal straightforward storytelling. But let’s not forget that these brands are in the storytelling business. Now, what you described, it’s interesting.

If you compare it to a company like ADT, we all grew up with ADT commercials. Who can forget in the 90s of it was always in a darkened living room and it was a single white blonde woman. I mean, obviously a mother not single, but alone in a living room, reading a book. And then you hear a rock being thrown through a window and the alarm go off and she’s terrified. And there’s these two dark intruders. And by dark, I mean literally dark, probably minority intruders who hear the alarm and they’re scared away. And it’s all about they just show one half of this sensationalized story of protecting the vulnerable woman. But Ring knew that that wasn’t enough. And there was a cultural construct here at play that they could really mold and it was the idea of the nuclear family.

18:26

You know what’s interesting? The nuclear family is truly a construct. So historically the family has been multi-generational. It has a lot of close ties and distant ties, but then when our economics and our culture started changing in the 50s and 60s, we got this new picture painted of the nuclear family, which was two parents and two kids. And that was very different, although it was the truth. And for a while, that really worked from 1950 to 1965, according to a really amazing article in the Atlantic that just came out recently by David Brooks called The Nuclear Family. It was a mistake which we’ll also put in the show notes. It was a very stable kind of family. They call him is growing and that family worked. But soon after that, it started to fall apart. The nuclear family itself is a cultural construct, but let’s talk about what the nuclear family really points to.

And it’s this idea of the children, protecting the children. I’m going to go so far as to say that childhood is even a cultural construct. And this is why. So before the 17th and 18th centuries the word childhood, the concept of childhood didn’t even exist. And the only reason we started thinking about what childhood is in this span of time where you’re a child and you’re growing and going through certain developmental processes that don’t happen in adulthood is because of people like John Locke and John Jacques Rousseau philosophers who started talking about this stuff. But before that, as a society around the world even we’ve thought that children were just tiny adults, they were just half formed adults. Even if you look back at Renaissance paintings, the kids have adult faces, they’re just tiny bodies. And that just shows you how profound a construct can be.

20:11

It can literally change the way you see yourself and your offspring. Can you imagine being of the mindset where childhood wasn’t a thing? Can you imagine being a parent and you don’t see your child as a child, you see them as a small adult that is just on their way to becoming an adult, that childhood is not a phase that they’re going through? So because there was no sense of childhood, there were no norms or rules or beliefs about this newly segmented time in your life. And that begs the bigger question, what makes a good childhood? And that’s where you started to see a whole flourishing of theories and ideas, and then later products and brands that would help you figure out what a good childhood is.

20:53

Jean-Louis:
Yeah. And I think especially now, because the world around these kids is changing so rapidly, the roles of what it means to have a childhood and really what that is, is the roles of parenthood. Those roles themselves are changing so aggressively. And it’s quite incredible to see, there is this very powerful rhetoric and Ring absolutely plays into this, that you as a parent need to protect your child. It’s something that so many companies do. It is the exact same thing that honest company does, right? They tell you that there are these scary chemicals, they’re going to harm your kids. And so you need to do everything to protect them. It’s the same reason why SUV sales are skyrocketing in the US because parents, they want to feel safe, they want to feel like they’re protecting their kids. They want to be higher in the road. And this comes at the actual literal cost of pedestrian safety. It’s much more lethal when there were more SUV’s on the road, but it’s this mindset as a parent that I must protect my child.

Jasmine Bina:
It’s a whole flood of brands, again, because this is a construct that they’re playing within. And there’s so much uncertainty here. What actually makes a good childhood happen? You have food brands like Yumi and Cerebelly, both of which I have used and bought for my kids. You have organic clothing and toys like the Tod. You have toys that come from a whole theory about how to create a beneficial and educational childhood like the Montessori method, they use only natural colors and natural materials because they feel like artificial colors and materials don’t set the kid up for a good relationship with their physical world. There’s a whole resurgence of natural birth and breastfeeding. And if you live in LA like we do, it’s almost embarrassing to tell people that you had a C-section or that your kid is on formula.

22:37

Jean-Louis:
I think kind of the subtext of this, and again, kind of going back to this idea of this is the cultural construct of parenting, right? It comes down to how the social interactions play out. They play out on largely on social media. That’s how people get that norms, right? That’s how people discover, oh, this is what I should do. And what’s interesting about parenthood is it’s all learned, right?

When you become a parent, you have to suddenly learn this entire new world, an entirely new language. And so, because it’s so quickly acquired and kind of, you have that interesting process. Unlike things like gender, which is something, it’s a construct that you’re exposed to from birth parenthood is a very new thing. I think because of that, it’s able to change maybe quicker in terms of the social dynamics, but it creates these powerful echo chambers because you hear the loudest voices. You don’t hear the average again, it’s the availability heuristic. You hear the people screaming that this is dangerous, and this is going to harm your child. That’s kind of what you’re exposed to. And I think we have a kind of a tendency to over skew and kind of that’s the norm. And so we’ve kind of over time, thanks mostly to social media gone into this very, almost frightened norm about parenthood.

23:48

Jasmine Bina:
You know what’s interesting about these brands that’s just occurring to me too, is that there’s no gray area with these brands. If you look at the Tot or Cerebelly or Montessori, or Ring even, there’s a right way to do it and a wrong way, there’s no in between, you’re not given a choice, either do it, or you’re a good parent, or you don’t do it or you’re bad parent.

Jean-Louis:
And the irony is I was reading Steven Pinker’s Enlightenment Now, and he was talking all these statistics about how the world is getting better. There was one that really surprised me is that if you look at a stay-at-home mother from the 1950s and compare them to a single working mother today, that single working mother actually on average spends more time with her kids than the stay at home mother did.

23:40

There’s a lot of reasons, chores were more labor intensive. A lot of things took more time. But the fact of the matter is what we perceive as normal is not in any way, it’s very much a cultural construct. And it’s just these perceptions of what defines this, not the material objective reality. So I think something that we touched on how parenting is very new and we mentioned gender, right?

Gender is a huge cultural construct, which society to society. And you go through history, they’re perceived in such different ways. I was really surprised when I found out about how native Americans, some tribes had people who were considered too spirit and they would actively switch between identifying as one gender than the other. And they were in some societies deemed as sort of shams as wise people that you would go to for advice and that was revered. That was culturally a very respected role in society.

25:19

Now juxtapose that against today and it’s very different. And so the point is that gender has also been shifting and what’s fascinating is that what we’ve seen with parenting, and we’ve seen with privacy when a cultural norm starts to shift, it creates an incredible amount of white space for new brands to come in and sort of own that conversation.

I mean, very meaningfully the brand that’s really interesting from my point of view and that’s the company Billy. So it’s a women’s razor brand and Georgina Gooley, the founder her story, her position on the brand is that the brand is really all about inviting the idea of choice that women shaving their bodies is a choice. Now you compare that to the fact that in 1915, before then body hair was normal. And then suddenly Gillette came along in 1915, and they told all these women that you have to be shaved, to be a proper woman you have to shave your armpits. Right?

26:11

Jasmine Bina:
And this was through ad campaigns.

Jean-Louis:
Yes. They really created this story. And it’s interesting, a lot of these myths around the same time. Debaters coming out with a diamond engagement ring before then you would get engaged with a bouquet of flowers, right? And so a lot of these things were because of marketing campaigns that they created these social norms everyone was expected to adhere to. And so here you have a company coming along and they have advertisements, imagery, that’s very specific. You have women wearing bikinis and you can see pubic hair on the sides. You can see women with hairy armpits.

Jasmine Bina:
You’re talking about Billy now.

26:43

Jean-Louis:
Billy. Yeah. Even they were supporting Movember for women, right? The women could grow mustaches. And the point wasn’t that every woman should do this. The point was it was a choice. And you can see how we’re now at a point where that is a comfortable for most people, a comfortable conversation to have. 20 years ago they might’ve had a very hard time telling the same story and that the audience is mostly, they do really, really well with gen Z. That’s the bulk of that audience. And it’s a very specific aesthetic, but make no mistake they exist because the definitions in the binary around gender is starting to dissolve.

Jasmine Bina:
So it’s worth seeing how Ring was actually playing into a very cemented construct. So they were taking the construct that already existed and created a lot more gravity around it. Whereas Billy took a construct and realized that maybe it was starting to erode from underneath. So they created a brand that was working to change or fly in the face of a construct, two totally different approaches. What made them both successful was the fact that they identified what it was and they used it to their advantage.

Jean-Louis:
They were having a very specific conversation and it was crafted that way.

27:48

Jasmine Bina:
We always say that the brands that win are the ones that are willing to have a very specific point of view and that’s what’s happening here. The thing about gender too is it’s not too hard to read the tea leaves and see that this is happening and that it’s been happening for at least the last decade. So the growth of streetwear and the sneaker market, the fact that men’s sneakers were projected, I think last year to have surpassed woman’s shoe sales this year. The fact that men have a very unique and pronounced form of impulse shopping that women don’t have, even though women are believed to be impulse shoppers. Also the fact that men buy to collect, women buy to actually use and wear. But a lot of times, if you think about streetwear brands, especially men buy to collect, and when you collect something, you have a lot less price sensitivity, you’re willing to pay more and more of a premium as you become more invested in the collection and there’s always a new reason to buy.

It’s not that you need to wait until you have a special occasion or the shoes you’re wearing need to be replaced. The reason to buy never goes away. I mean, that is a huge shift in how men are shopping that I think is another indicator of how the gender binary is becoming less and less relevant at least the way that we know it. Also not just through streetwear, but through a lot of different trends in men’s fashion. I think men have been given a lot more permission to kind of express themselves through their style. So a lot more bright colors, a lot more flamboyant, a lot more statement pieces. I see a lot of men wearing jewelry now, or wearing hats, things that I definitely didn’t see 10 or 15 years ago, but that’s because the gender norm is shifting.

29:33

Jean-Louis:
Yeah. That gap between sort of women’s consumption really and men’s consumption is starting to shrink and they’re becoming much closer. And you can see this across sort of if you just imagine this cultural construct, right. Gender and how it’s moved it should be unsurprising that you have milk makeup and cosmetics kind of defining a whole new landscape of sort of gender neutral cosmetics that largely can reach men in a way that they haven’t before.

You have gender neutral clothing too good. And a lot of companies that exist around the periphery, there’s a new sort of style language. You have toys even, Mattel have come out with a gender neutral doll now, and you’re starting to get even the toy landscape at a very young age is starting to be affected by the changing cultural construct here. And then even pharmaceuticals. So going back to hymns that we love to use as an example, they are very successful because they’re repackaging pharmaceuticals that have existed for a long time, hair loss and ed medication. These things, but they’re wrapping it into this new conversation around. In that case what then this sort of new form of masculinity is, but that exists because this binary is starting to dissolve.

30:44

Jasmine Bina:
I think it’s easy for people to look at this stuff and say, ah, it’s just PC. It’s just people at the fringes kind of creating the mainstream, it’s easy to point to extreme communities like LGBT communities and maybe even some minority communities that are forcing this story, but that’s absolutely untrue. This is people electing with their dollars a new format for understanding their gender identity. And then it’s the longer spectrum. And why wouldn’t they, it’s so freeing to be able to do that. And I think women have been limited in a lot of ways, but in a lot of ways men have been extremely limited as well.

Jean-Louis:
I think an interesting way to look at this is that if you look at the cultural constructs of sort of, let’s say, 50 to 100 years ago, and then you look at how the new cultural constructs around gender are changing. You see that it used to be these authorities that would define it. These big companies would tell you, this is how you get engaged, right? These are the colors that you buy for your child. This is how you should do things. Whereas now it’s bottom up. It’s the consumers that are really defining this. And even going back to privacy, the government doesn’t tell you what privacy is anymore. The consumer is electing to define what it means for themselves. And so I think just this radical shift in who the stakeholder is, and the consumers becoming much more in control and empowered. And I think you kind of underestimate the power of social media to create a bed for that conversation to evolve and move, it’s very powerful.

32:14

Jasmine Bina:
I don’t know if I would call it power in terms of what’s in the consumer’s hands, but let’s just say they have more choice.

Jean-Louis:
Yeah. Well control. But I think when you look at gender and you look at how it’s evolving, you kind of look at where it is today. You have to look at sort of where it’s going to, because this is the thing. These constructs are constantly moving. They’re constantly evolving, kind of every construct that we interface with is in itself dynamic.

32:37

And so the real question is if you’re a brand, what is it going to look like in the future, the near future? What can you target? And so a lot of these things are starting to shift and around gender was starting to get to a point we’re talking about masculinity more. I think it wouldn’t be unsurprising in the next five to 10 years for aspects of toxic masculinity or the kind of the social components of what it means to be male specifically start to radically shift. We maybe we’ll see companies that are normalizing much more intimate friendships. And this may be on media too, but I would imagine that we should start seeing these kinds of things, whether it’s new formats for male social connections and the kind of new norms.

Jasmine Bina:
You said friendships. So I think what you’re trying to say is that women are afforded the kind of fluidity and freedom in moving between spaces with their friendships and their relationships with other women that men don’t have. Men are oftentimes siloed. And again, that’s not our opinion. We’ve talked about this in previous podcasts, there’s plenty of studies behind this, but you think those welds are starting to break down and give men more room to relate to one another in a free intimate way.

33:47

Jean-Louis:
And it shouldn’t be surprising because men have started to fall into types of consumption that have historically been kind of defined by women’s consumption. And so this is a trend that you should expect if gender really is a cultural construct that is shifting, it should be absolutely unsurprising that that’s the trajectory we’re headed on. And we’re starting to see early signals of this. And so in your industry, wherever you work, you can probably start to kind of build up a picture of what is the cultural construct at play here. What is sort of defining behavior and perception and start to make a prediction on where it’s going and that white space, that leading edge, that’s where the conversation is up for grabs.

34:25

Jasmine Bina:
I want to say something here about execution too this isn’t just about good words and a good website and a product that facilitates whatever statement you’re trying to make about gender. Billy, every little thing they did was a private signal to people, even in one of their more viral video campaigns or video ads, they had Princess Nokia, one of her songs in the background. If you know Princess Nokia you know exactly what she stands for, you know that she stands for a very specific kind of subculture. And if you know her you know that for a long time until recently she was partnered with the poet Hood Profet. I think he’s renamed himself to Mike Davis. A man who since the beginning of his poetry has constantly been exploring gender and going further and further in that conversation, not just by what he observed but by his own life experience.

If you don’t follow him, I’ve talked about him in the past. One of my absolute all time favorite poets ever, who I think is doing important work here in LA, I’ve gone to some of his porch poetry shows, his handle is @theyDavis. But I was able to infer three levels of meaning, just because of song choice that they had in that ad. That shows you that they’re here weaving all the different elements of this subculture into their brand, not just giving it lip service. That’s not an easy thing to do. That’s why more and more, I’m starting to become with a mindset that if you’re not of the culture that you’re trying to sell to, I don’t think you can effectively sell to that culture. We’ll talk about that in another podcast, it’s an important topic to cover, but I’m starting to grapple with what the rules are with who gets to tell a story.

36:10

And I think gender is one of those spaces where maybe the stories you get to tell are the ones that you’ve lived, compare that to historically where every major woman’s fashion houses is founded by a man, let’s say, or run by a man. Anyways, I’m getting a little off topic. But another thing I wanted to add here is that I feel personal hygiene is a hotbed for cultural constructs. The fact that I don’t know if people remember it, but I would say maybe seven or eight years ago, hyperhidrosis, which is a disorder of sweating too much. It wasn’t really on people’s minds. I don’t know if it was even really named, but it certainly wasn’t classified as a problem. If you went to your doc and you’re like, I sweat a lot, he wouldn’t give you a prescription.

It wasn’t seen as an issue. It’s just your body, until some medical brands started creating actual products for hyperhidrosis. And it just shows you the power of framing something. If a condition, a normal non constructs part of the part of your human condition is repackaged as a problem let’s say, that’s how brands create opportunities. That’s how Gillette created the opportunity for shaving. It’s still happening today. So if you heard John [inaudible 00:37:34] give that example and think man, people are so unsophisticated. No, people are still pretty unsophisticated. It’s very subversive when brands tell you there’s a right way and a wrong way, or they create a black and a white. You either have it, or you don’t, you’re either a good parent or not parent. You’re either sweat too much, or you don’t sweat too much. You either protect your family and surveil them or you don’t. It’s really hard to say you’re somewhere in between the two.

38:01

Jean-Louis:
Yeah. It’s incredible how you can very easily and almost cheaply try and create the perception of a new social norm that sweating is this huge-

Jasmine Bina:
Let’s just be clear, not norms because norms are different. We were talking about constructs, right?

Jean-Louis:
Yeah. I think norms are sort of the consequence of constructs, right? Is that you have this kind of bigger idea and the norms is sort of how they’re expressed in behavior.

So I think talking about how cultural constructs is shifting, I think one of the very powerful conversations that is very core, especially in Americans [inaudible 00:38:32] is this idea of success and what defines success. I think in the United States, it’s very, very strongly correlated with wealth, but there’s a lot of subtext to that. And it’s very important to understand. And so when we were traveling, I went to Vasai and you saw this palace and you have to understand kind of the context of old wealth, right? Old wealth existed in a time before capitalism, before stock market, before the idea that wealth was something that could be invested. And so the more money that you had, essentially the more things got covered in gold, the more you embellished your home, you had a large amount with more sevens and more beautiful things from imported from around the world.

39:12

That truly wasn’t anything to do with your wealth, other than really in some way or another embellish your life, right? You had more properties and it was very material because that’s all that you could do. And so success in that regard was a very different phenomenon. And then you had the emergence of capitalism, right? Where suddenly success, you could invest your money. So success became much more correlated with wealth and assets. And with that sort of became influence and power, right? You had, I think for a long time, the East India trading company had one of the largest armies in the world. It was a private company, they could take over entire islands in the Philippines and Indonesia because they had that kind of muscle. And that was a company, that was private wealth that did that. And so success has gone through a lot of transitions just like a lot of these constructs. It is very much a modern phenomenon.

So you can look at 100 to 150 years ago, these big figures like Henry Ford and Andrew Carnegie, when they were wealthy, they did a lot of philanthropy. They envisioned the idea of public libraries and public utilities in these services. Henry Ford tried to create utopian society is in South America for their rubber farms. And so there was a mindset that they were sort of custodians of society, that they were benefactors and they were trying to kind of shape how the world works. And sure there was a very decent amount of ego involved in that. But the idea was that there was a role that they had to play as a consequence of their success. And then you compare that to today, right?

40:45

Or let’s say yesterday with the app boom, and the internet boom, you had a lot of these people that became billionaires overnight. Mark Zuckerberg is the prototypical example there and you had all this wealth. And for a long time, we sort of revered these people, these mavericks that could create the new world, that could really define what a billion plus people did every single day. And we look to these people like gods, right? And now we’re starting to enter this new cultural rhetoric where we don’t like the billionaires, where they are sort of dragons sitting on a pile of gold where they’re sort of villains of society that are taking away our autonomy and that are defining our lives unfairly.

And so you can see how success has started to shift. And so if we’re sort of vilifying these billionaires, like where is this new definition of success going? I think there’s a few different things there. One of them has to be time. This is something I think we’ve touched on in the past that these influences who have these incredible lives that everyone aspires to have, what they have in abundance is time. Whether it’s showing themselves, traveling at these resorts, doing these experiences the luxury of time really is becoming, I think, synonymous with success.

41:58

Jasmine Bina:
Can I just throw something in here? So there’s something really interesting about the connection between time and money and by relationship success as well, that’s specific to American culture or probably most of Western cultures. There’s a great book that I’m looking at right now called Metaphors We Live By, by George Lakoff and Mark Johnson, which I’ll also link to in the show notes. One of my favorite books that talks about how a lot of our cultural values are actually hidden in the language that we use. So he explains how time in our culture is a valuable commodity. And if you just look at the phrases we use, it kind of reveals that such as I don’t have the time to give you, how do you spend your time these days? That flat tire costs me an hour. I’ve invested a lot of time in her. I don’t have enough time to spare for that.

You’re running out of time. These are all phrases that we use in one way or another that show that the idea of spending or like some sort of currency is the vehicle through which we express whether we have time, whether we don’t have time, how much time is left and inevitably what time means to us. I don’t think you necessarily see this in all cultures. And there’s a reason why this happened. He says, in our culture, time is money in many ways. Telephone messages, units, hourly wages, hotel room rates, yearly budgets, interest on loans, paying your debt to society by “serving your time.” These practices are relatively new in the history of the human race and by no means they exist in all cultures. They have arisen in modern industrialized societies and structure our basic everyday activities in a very profound way, corresponding to the fact that we act as if time is a valuable commodity and we conceive of time that way. So it’s because we have basically monetized time in America. We speak about time in terms of like an asset that’s being spent.

43:53

Jean-Louis:
Yeah, I think that’s profoundly insightful. And it shows that this raising of the perception of value of time, how suddenly we’ve always had time. We’ve always kind of spoken in this way, but we’ve had a mindset that time has a correlation there. Yeah, I think it kind of proves that there is a foundation for this, that the time is at least a part of this new definition of success. I think another aspect of this is health and wellbeing, right? They say, what is it? Health is a new handbag. I think we spoke about that before that health and wellbeing is becoming a big part of what success is and status. There was a lot of status to be had at being healthy in the perception of healthy. The reason why people will spend so much money on all these fitness, athleisure brands, and kind of go to all these classes and things you can’t mistake that a big part of that is the signal, right?

You send the sig in a way that… Back in the day you might have rented a sports car, today you will show that you have the time and the health that you can really kind of do these fitness activities. And you can be part of that world, that is becoming a new part of the success.

44:59

And part of this is that if we talk about work being the new religion, right, then I think the question is like, where is this going? Why do we work? And you can see this, how there are a lot of statistics that show millennials are choosing lower paying jobs that have a higher degree of meaning in their lives. They are literally choosing that. If work is the new religion than what successes because success and work are very closely aligned. Success is different. And success they’re saying is in part due to meaning, right. And how they create kind of an impact in the world. And so I don’t think we have a kind of concrete summary of what success is becoming, but we can see that the language and the vehicles that we define it by a starting to shift significantly.

Jasmine Bina:
I think I disagree. I think if wellness is really just a display of the time that you have, if being healthy takes time, if people are trying to find jobs that give them meaning because they want to spend their time wisely. I think that’s no different than this story that we’ve always told ourselves, which is time equals success. If you have time, if you have a space for time, that’s the ultimate indicator of success. Maybe not back to like the Carnegie and Ford days, but the fact that we’ve been talking about time in terms of currency shows that maybe this is a new iteration or a new interpretation of it, but this has always been the same story.

46:28

Jean-Louis:
Yeah. Well, I mean, I think you’re right that it is becoming that key currency and you can see that we used to show off things that were expensive and now we show things that were expensive in time. And that’s kind of the new metric that maybe we display this by, but this is incredibly powerful. And I think we’re just starting to enter this new zeitgeist around success. And you can very clearly imagine a lot of companies starting to build off the back of that, of adding value and giving you vehicles to express your time in different ways. It’s a very powerful thing.

And I think it shows that cultural constructs are incredibly powerful at capturing our attention and leading a lot of behavior. So success is just one of many cultural constructs that affect us. We’ve touched on a few, but it’s an incredibly powerful device to sort of understand the world around you and really kind of build up a model of where it might be headed. And it really is definitive of where we see a lot of new brands finding success is following the trajectory of those cultural constructs.

47:35

Jasmine Bina:
Or working against them.

Jean-Louis:
Yeah. So in the tradition of our podcast, I want to ask a slightly more personal question, Jasmine, what’s a cultural construct that has personally affected you?

47:46

Jasmine Bina:
Many constructs come to mind that I think I’ve fallen victim to and kind of had to rise out of, but there was one that I think about all the time that I think many people will argue with me on. But a few years ago I went on a five day silent retreat to just meditate in the Ohio Valley for the better part of a week. And during that time we got some kind of discussions and lectures from the groups that were there to talk to us. And I remember somebody introducing the notion that unworthiness is a cultural construct and that’s for two reasons, one unworthiness isn’t really an emotion. It’s a label that’s applied to us by our society, our media, our religion, our peers, our parents. And when it’s applied to us, then we feel things like guilt or shame or fear. But in and of itself it’s not an inalienable feeling, it’s a constructed identity.

And then two, if we didn’t have these frameworks and these norms to tell us that unworthiness is a thing, we may never experience it. If you were a child that grew up without a notion of unworthiness, would it ever cross your mind, would you ever feel it as an identity? And that kind of blew my mind open. I realized on the spectrum of what you can feel as an individual, all the things that come along with this idea of being unworthy, which I think many of us feel if you really dig deep down into our histories or the things that hold us back today, I’m willing to bet unworthiness is underneath a lot of that. It is truly the most useless, the most constructed meaningless thing that we’ve created for ourselves, and the most destructive.

49:48

And maybe it’s not even really a thing. And when I realized that it just kind of freed me up, like even to this day, sometimes when I’m feeling bad, I ask myself is there a sense of unworthiness underneath all of this? And when I realized that, and when I can kind of, now that I’m out of that paradigm mentally, it’s a lot easier for me to springboard out of those feelings and just move forward with whatever it is I’m doing or wherever I am in life. That was a big one for me that I think I fell victim to in a lot of different places. And that that was an important moment.

Interesting Links & More Reading

Categories
Podcast

6: Burnout Brands and the Burden of Potentia‪l‬

We speak with Pattern Brands co-founder Emmett Shine and psychotherapist Abby Krom about the undercurrent of burnout in American society and how it has opened the doors to a whole new breed of D2C branding. From analyses to antidotes, our obsession with burnout (and how to heal it) is changing the way we consider products and consider ourselves.

Podcast Transcript

Feb 13, 2020

50 min read

Burnout Brands and the Burden of Potentia‪l‬

00:00

Jasmine Bina:
This is Unseen Unknown. I’m Jasmine Bina. In today’s episode, we’re going to be talking about an interesting concept and that is the concept of burnout. It has become a story and idea that has captivated almost everybody that I speak with. In fact, one of the most widely read and widely circulated articles of 2019 was a Buzzfeed piece, which you may or may not have read, talking about how millennials have become the burnout generation. It has come to define who we are and how we see the world in many ways. It’s also created a whole new league of wellness and D2C brands that are responding to the burnout that people are feeling.

It’s an important trend, and it’s something that probably affects all of us as strategists and founders and I wanted to dig into it more. There was one really important person that I need to talk to in order to start this conversation and his name is Emmett Shine. Emmett’s name should ring a bell. He is the chief creative officer and co-founder of Pattern, which is a family of brands that includes Equal Parts and Open Spaces, amazing lifestyle brands but before Pattern, Emmett was the co-founder of Gin Lane. Gin Lane was one of a few creative agencies in the US that worked with the seminal brands that launched the D2C movement.

01:27

Brands like Hims, Hers, Harry’s, Sweetgreen, Recess, the list goes on and on, but he and his team were part of creating the storytelling and the aesthetic and the values and belief systems around the brands that really took over our lives. His work is important because it surfaced the trends that have come to define what burnout means for us today. He’s the person that is responsible for a lot of the stories that we’re hearing in the marketplace. My conversation with him started with his own story. It was important to understand where Emmett comes from to really understand how he was able to create what he’s created and where he thinks the future of the space is going.

02:09

Emmett Shine:
I think I’m always just exploring and looking for more white space where stuff is less defined. If you go back about half a decade or a little bit longer in New York city, this emerging class of entrepreneurs that were thinking digital first around consumer commerce to start, then consumer packaged goods and now it’s gone into healthcare and insurance and everything, it felt really new and really exciting. I think I was really happy to be a part of what felt like a novel chapter in, I don’t know, American business history, being someone I’m not really a business person.

I feel like creativity was really valued and design was really valued and user experience and design thinking became seen as something really valuable. So it was cool to be a part of that. I think for Gin Lane, we really dialed into that pretty deep over the next five to seven years and I don’t know, I think some of us just felt like either we were going to just burn out doing the same thing over and over to some extent, or if we wanted to stay within this world that we really loved and do more challenging work, which we tried a few times that also ran the risks of getting us out of our comfort zone, how we could balance our work and our personal lives.

03:41

So I just think Pattern felt like … It’s something that we thought on for years. It didn’t just happen overnight. We just always were thinking, what could be this next chapter, where we could take what we’re good at and stay together as a team, bring on some people that had been around us that we admired, but what could we do that was different, that would be the next kind of white space without having to completely reinvent ourselves and in our adult careers?

So I think just thinking, could we make our own brands and our own businesses, but do them in like a unified way around a topic that felt important to us, which was when we did go through those more stressful or trying times, it didn’t really seem like there was a brand or a business or a signal in the market that was talking on this information. This is a few years ago. This is before Anne Helen Petersen wrote her article on burnout. This is before Jia Tolentino’s book or How to Do Nothing, Jenny Odell. I feel like a lot of this stuff has been pretty cool. Zeitgeist, the last 18 months, which is awesome. I think for any of those people, they were probably thinking about it on their own 24 months ago, just like we were 24 months ago, thinking about this on our own and it all came out around 2019.

04:56

So I think a lot of people in America were feeling, millennials, especially the same way that we’ve been working really hard in high school and college. Then you get out and it’s the great recession or post great recession, and it’s hard to get a normal job and rent’s high and you have student loan debt and you’re trying to get a good job, but so is everyone else. It just feels a little bit like the rat race all over again, even if you are working in “the creative sector” or an information knowledge economy. I don’t know, it just didn’t feel like there was a lot of places you could go on, on your off where people were talking on this information in a first person relatable way.

So we thought, hey, here’s an interesting convergence, can we try to do something again, white space and open, which is like, try to build a new 21st century family of brands or a house of brands that are all related and working together versus just being an agency and pumping stuff out over and over. Let’s stay with these brands a little bit longer and can we marry it with the subject matter and topic that is personal to us and doesn’t really feel like there’s something in the market as much talking around it.

06:06

Jasmine Bina:
I want to go back to what you were saying before, about how you were starting to feel this, before it became part of the Zeitgeist. You started to feel, you say 24 months, but I also heard you said it was even longer before that, that you were starting to see that the tide was changing. What’s interesting is if you look back like four or five years ago, which is probably, I’m guessing when you guys were starting to really understand and feel this and the subtext, culturally, people weren’t talking about it. We were still kind of idolizing what I think was probably born in Silicon Valley. This idea of overwork, wearing your exhaustion like a badge of honor, the way we were kind of romanticizing the whole startup life.

It was bleeding into all other sectors. A lot of cultural stuff is seeping into the rest of the country through Silicon Valley. What I want to know is, because I know how we do it in our agency, but I want to hear how you do it in your agency. How do you pick up the signals that people can’t see yet? Because there wasn’t really a retaliation yet. I think the loudest thing I was hearing at the time was Arianna Huffington of the Huffington Post started her whole sleep movement, but even then I think people thought it was kind of hokey. I wasn’t taking it seriously in the beginning.

07:16

Emmett Shine:
Well, it also felt like executive performance-based or something.

Jasmine Bina:
Right. It was a business. It was hard to see the authentic conversation behind it, but how do you guys pick up on these signals before we even know they’re there?

07:29

Emmett Shine:
Yeah. I think I’m a voracious consumer of information. I think for myself, when I say working in the knowledge sector, the information sector, working in technology, whatever, my dad’s a landscaper. I grew up landscaping for him. A lot of my friends back home, they do the awesome jobs you do when you live in a small town. So I think that the blessing in this curse or whatever, when I’m like, “Yeah, I moved to the big city and I work with computers and do all that stuff,” is that it can really offer you so much. You can connect with people all over the world. You can maybe earn more money. You can create stuff that hasn’t been created before. The downside is that like, it moves really fast and you can get really caught up on something and then the market moves right by you because you got caught up on the wrong thing.

So for every great success story of someone doubling down on something ahead of everyone else, there’s a lot of people who have doubled down on the wrong thing. It’s like everyone trying to race to this GPS location and you ways go off the main road and think this back road is going to get you there, but then there’s a tree down and you got to go all the way back. So I think for the way that I’ve always tried doing this for, I don’t know, since the early, mid 2000s is to just try to read a lot of information and look for people who I trust their specificity within a certain area and listen to what they’re seeing and what they’re saying and then try to pull out, look at other people that have nothing to do with that individual and what are they seeing or thinking in a totally different part of culture or business.

09:12

Then I also try to just keep some good people around me that usually they don’t agree with most of the stuff I think or my hypotheses, but I like that because they’re very constructively critical in terms of thinking about culture. I’m always just trying to keep my gate open for ideas and information. Then it’s just always like, I love in, for Equal Parts, our first brand, the cooking brand. Again, I guess it’s synesthesia-esque is the scene in Ratatouille where Remy is showing his fellow rat when you combine strawberries and cheese, how explosive that taste is, how much stronger it is than if you just had a strawberry alone or a piece of cheese alone, and I feel like that’s ideas. It’s like a good idea is cool on its own, but a great idea is when you have two converging thoughts or inspirations from different places. That’s where I think it’s really fun.

10:10

Jasmine Bina:
I’m really excited that you said that. I feel that a lot of the biggest value that’s being created in brands today is things that are happening at the edges of spaces between spaces and it relates to your work. I think people have labeled Pattern as this response to burn out, so like burnout brands. But before that it was wellness and wellness is interesting because it’s like wellness, isn’t a space anymore. It’s this layer that’s being applied to every vertical. Wellness, obviously in beauty, wellness in self care. I see wellness now in all kinds of service sectors. I see wellness even in real estate, wellness in obviously medicine, stuff like that.

But what’s also interesting about you is when you were leading Gin Lane, you guys were working with a lot of brands that were starting … I think maybe even before we were using that word so much, they were playing in the wellness space. So Hims and Hers, two of my favorite case studies ever, Sweetgreen, Harry’s, Recess, certainly. I wanted to get your take on the wellness space because it blew up synonymously with D2C. Why has this idea captivated our generation, and more than that, a follow-on question, is how does it different for this generation and by this, I mean, millennials, versus baby boomers versus Gen Z?

11:35

Emmett Shine:
I think this is like the crux of it all. I guess let’s go specific and then I’ll zoom out. I think a lot of the recent trends in the market or brands or whatever, it’s been like micro wellness. I think what is cool to see emerging and I would categorize Pattern in that camp is like macro wellness. So it’s like, even some of the wellness stuff it’s like beauty or health care or self care or yoga or whatever. They’re just all these like sub sects. When you think of wellness, it’s coming out of the late 90s, early 2000s, like health and wellness stores. They have vitamins and smoothies and topical creams and then there’s the studios that come out of it for yoga and meditation, et cetera.

I think what we’re focused on is what is wellness at a homeostasis or a whole-ism level? Like how do you feel well? Not just like you don’t need medicine or something, because you feel bad. It’s like existentially when you’re bumping your head against the ceiling of what you’re capable of thinking on, how do you want to get out of bed and deal with money and family and stress and pain and feel like it’s worth it? It’s not like something you just have to do. It’s actually like you feel present, you feel enjoyment.

13:01

Pattern’s mission is enjoyed daily life. It’s like, how do we help people embrace the nuances and the grooves of daily life? Getting up in the morning, going to work or doing work, dealing with significant others or children or family, the responsibilities of being an adult and also existing in a society, that there’s so much information now that I think it’s really hard.

I don’t think our brains have evolved to deal with the amount of information we have and I think we have societally, structures that also don’t know how to deal with this much information. I think technology is just continuing to increase faster and faster. So then stepping back a little bit, why I think this is, I’ll take one step back and then we’ll take a few more back. I think you see it associatively with the direct to consumer cohort because direct to consumer, which really to me is just businesses that are digital first. That’s the language of consumer culture of our generation. That’s how our generation has basically grown up as let’s say, like purchasing adults as our native model for communication has been social platforms and then websites. It’s just a byproduct of our generation’s default way of doing business.

14:20

So if you look at our generation and you go back, you go maybe to the 70s where you can start seeing some of the laws and regulations and stuff, changing around businesses around capitalism. You have wages that have been more or less, when you account for inflation, stagnant since like 1974. I think the actual word, burnout first comes into like popular culture in 1974. There’s a lot of correlations between that and you look at how we’ve been basically, people who were born in the 80s into the 90s, when you have globalization really starting to take effect, when automation is stuff that you can hear Andrew Yang talking about now and it sounds crazy, but it’s been stuff that happened in America in the rust belt or the big industrial cities in the 70s. I think we’ve been generationally trained to work so hard and I think what I felt when I turned 30, which is just over five years ago, was, what’s the point?

Why are we running so fast and working so hard when it feels like the winners, if this is like a game of life, they’re not winning? They’re stressed out and they’re not happy. So I just feel like the matrix, the game is off a little bit. So if I’m getting super heady, I don’t selling cookware and home organizational goods is the silver bullet. I’m not delusional. It’s just, we know how to market stuff and brands and I just wanted to keep doing what we’re good at about stuff that I felt myself and our team needed. We wanted to spend more time in our homes. We wanted to spend less time with clutter, more time doing mundane activities that we could just lose ourselves and not be stressed about work or the world around us and find little flow state moments.

16:07

I think if you go back to the last few years of Gin Lane and we were searching for those types of brands. So it’s working with therapists businesses like Alma or working with brands like Recess at our antidote for modern times, or dealing with Hims and Hers or working with Make-A-Wish, just trying to explore and figure out a little bit like where does the market need to go for our generation who are seeking and searching for more than I think people were maybe looking for in the 90s or early 2000s? I think it was just a different time.

16:37

Jasmine Bina:
So there’s so much to unpack here. What you’re describing is brands that carry a lot more emotion, or I guess you would say emotional triggers. I think where Pattern’s brands play and the companies that you’ve created for your clients, a lot of this is about using emotional triggers in a premium space to get people to not just buy the product, but also the story and the ethos behind it and wellness, self care, all these concepts, they command a premium. It’s not just about getting the product. Either you pay a premium in price or you pay a premium in education or the time it takes to use the product. What you guys are talking about with Equal Parts and Open Spaces, like slowing down, taking your time, which can be luxuries for some people.

I don’t want to paraphrase too much what you’re saying. What I want to get at is my next question, which is how are people purchasing differently? You’re talking about a lot of emotional purchase decisions. How do you see people behaving and buying differently in these spaces that you’re operating in?

17:44

Emmett Shine:
I think there’s a few trends or answers. I think post 2008, the cohort of what is dictating consumer culture in America is continuing shift to be more millennials, and it’s also fast approaching that Gen Z are an emerging bloc of Americans. I think the sensibilities are for both of them, but I’ll talk on what I think is a difference. I think millennials, that we feel burned by the government, by businesses and I think people want more insights into the businesses and leadership. They want transparency, they want responsibility. They want to hear about what it’s made of. Is there the charitable component or the responsibility of the materials or just a brand that looks like them.

I think there are more businesses that are more diverse in terms of how they’re marketed, who their leadership is, the values they have than ever before. I think there should be, I think businesses should be more a reflection of society and America is a very diverse society. So I think millennials are more of wanting to trust businesses and have an affinity for businesses and they will support those businesses by voting with their wallet.

19:03

Jasmine Bina:
When you say people are looking for brands and businesses and leaders that look like them, is this in contrast to more aspirational brands that are creating an image of what we should look like? Could we oppose these two or is this like a counter trend?

19:18

Emmett Shine:
I think a few things. Let’s go back to like the 90s and early 2000s. This is before “influencer culture.” So basically, how do you market a brand? You get celebrities or you do zany marketing or you talk about crazy … Like Nike is interesting. They would have crazy product details. It’s like the new Air Max 3000 with this cushion that does this thing. Then they would also have a famous athlete and then they also would do a crazy marketing stunt. Those things don’t not work, but that was the default of the day. Then when you move forward into social media, which more democratize, people having voices and a pedestal to speak from, you get into a little bit of what I think you’re talking on, which is this aspirational culture, which is it’s actually like aspirationally attainable.

So like a celebrity is pure aspiration, an influencer is like, “Hey, look, I’m just like you,” but it’s still kind of aspirational. That’s a new trend that’s only like 10 years old. It’s just, if you’re growing up in it, 10 years is a long time to be inundated when everyone else starts to follow that format. I think what’s emerging now amongst other things that bifurcate continuously as this stuff works is people wanting even more authenticity and they think they can just sniff test and know when something is formulaic. When it’s that a business is just hiring a bunch of influencers, paying them money, the influencers don’t really care about the product. They just know that they can get money for it and convince people to buy it. I think people are smarter than they think.

20:56

I think politicians, sometimes you think people are stupid. I think businesses sometimes think people are stupid and I think brands that are doing well and emerging of the past few years, they are authentic and they have a mission. Their promise sounds like they really mean it and people feel and can sense that. Whether you like Donald Trump or not, I think he capitalized on being someone who is very different than the politicians. I think on the left, you have Bernie Sanders doing something similar. I think for businesses, whether it’s Warby Parker or The Wing or Glossier or Everlane or Fenty or Savage from Rihanna, these are just modern, different businesses that feel like they were made by people that share the similar values from a similar time, than a Procter & Gamble or a Unilever or big faceless businesses from the 20th century.

Jasmine Bina:
Right. Then going back to how people purchase differently. So obviously what you’re describing is people have … They’re more sophisticated it seems. They have a gut reaction to what it is they feel aligns with their values and what they purchase. Is there anything else you’re seeing in the way people are behaving and purchasing in this new context around how we operate in the world, the way that you’ve described it?

22:13

Emmett Shine:
I was going to say on like Gen Z and younger people, I feel like that’s even more flat and I feel like that is actually even more weirdly relatable, where if you look at the emerging platforms of like TikTok, it just feels like there are bands working on TikTok and stuff and it’s just, I guess, the next class of how people use voices and channels and platforms to communicate within market. I think there’s also something that feels more decentralized and more, I don’t know, even another click into, like authentic of some of the services and brands that are doing a good job of communicating on that. I would say also in E-comm, if there’s people listening of that, it’s now that stuff has coalesced around the Shopify ecosystem, the cottage industry.

I think what’s cool is looking at where people are selling stuff through Instagram or they’re selling stuff through different applications and they’re more decentralizing or they’re using some of the no-code stacks that are popping up. So I think the playbook of having this fancy website that’s integrated with Shopify and running paid campaigns with influencers on social channels and doing some out of home, it still makes sense and stuff, but we’re going through the new start of another cycle, which I think is going to be a bit leaner, a bit faster and a bit more decentralized. I don’t know if you’ll even really need a website to run a business off of in a few years. I think the younger generation in America, or maybe millennials, we’re still laptop-based in a lot of ways.

23:52

We browse stuff on our phones, but then you go home and you go on to Amazon or your social channels or your favorite sites, and you mark it or whatever and you pull it up on your laptop and you open “different tabs” and comparatively shop. I think that the younger generation is just way more mobile native, and I think you’re going to start seeing … Look at SMS as an emerging channel. It’s like, think about the open rates of texting versus an email, or think about the continuing rich media or integrations with like SMS, MMS.

You think about, again in Asia, you have these platforms that are for chatting and communication, but also commerce. So you don’t need traditional, standalone websites, just like of our generations, you would’ve obviously located traditional standalone retail stores. So I think things are just becoming more decentralized, more lean, more about communication in asynchronous way versus old-school was broadcast and then it was like direct digital broadcast. I feel like it’s more mobile now and just conversational, which I think is cool.

24:59

Jasmine Bina:
Yeah. So I’m like, while you’re describing this, thinking of, am I seeing this in any of Pattern’s brands? You have a lot of great insights and I love that you have an opinion on where things are going. I know people listening are going to want to hear a bit more either about Equal Parts or Open Spaces, because I know you guys are super thoughtful in the way you create brands. There’s so much that goes probably unsaid that is behind the way you guys design the brands that you create. I would love it if you could take either of the brands right now and maybe describe some of the deeper thinking and decisions behind them that maybe as consumers, we just don’t see. Decode the brand for us a little bit.

25:44

Emmett Shine:
Yeah, for sure. I’ll give a shout out to @ginlane who headed up our brand department and has helped architect for Pattern, our brands, Camille Baldwin. So she loves pyramids and triangles and bases that ladder up to stuff. I think for Pattern, our mission is enjoy daily life and then for Equal Parts, it’s enjoy home cooking and for Open Spaces it’s create space to enjoy. So the common theme is enjoyment for our family brand, as well as the sub-brands. Then they’re all centered around essentially domestic activities within the home. So we were really thoughtful in terms of how we set up Pattern. At first, when we were stressed out by work, we didn’t just try to go tackle, I don’t know, your anti-productivity apps or services within the workplace.

We thought of like, why don’t we just rethink home and rethink it as a little bit of a sanctuary where you can put your phone down. Equal Parts was our first beachhead brand, because, well, for a few reasons. I think home cooking was a remedy that a lot of our team were using to deal with the stress of work when it got intense. They would come home and get lost and not think about email or Slack or some Asana board or whatever it is while they’re focusing on the heat and simmering and putting stuff in the pot. Putting some music on, pouring a glass of wine or some whatever, nice ginger ale.

27:21

We also saw it as a nice beachhead into the home and tying back to the earlier conversation, we have this notion where we have like a hotline. We have like, you can text professional coaches who we have on staff and we saw that and cooking as a great beachhead into the home to better understand our audience. We did consumer interviews and research, but we ran a half year beta of just trying to understand the behaviors of potential customers in America, in their late 20s, early to mid 30s, whatever, when were they cooking? We found out that people were doing a lot of meal preparation and meal planning on weekends, and that they would then cook based on that stuff Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, but no one was really cooking on Thursdays and Fridays and sometimes Saturdays.

So we understood the rhythm and flow of our audience through SMS, and that also helped inform then how Open Spaces came in, which is more of like a multi-zone brand. So Equal Parts is focused on helping people rethink their relationship in the kitchen and the dining room and Open Spaces is really for every room in your apartment.

28:28

We wanted to have a little bit more information on the behaviors of our customer, which the texting service allowed us to just talk to hundreds, if not thousands of customers, before we rolled out Open Spaces to get a better picture of what their days were looking like and where there were pain points. So we’re always testing, we’re building websites with fake brands and running ads. We’re always doing focus groups and consumer interviews, and it’s not like that dictates what to do. We’re just trying to get as much information as possible and then just try to push where we think the space of the industry is in an adjacent way.

We’re never trying to be revolutionary. We’re always just trying to evolve things to feel a little bit new and different, but they’re not so far away that they’re hard to grasp or see, or make that cognitive leap. We’re very fortunate enough that we can try to do something we’re passionate about, and I just hope for entrepreneurs today or coming up that are younger or people within the organizations that those entrepreneurs will build, that people feel more confident to be vulnerable and more confident to talk around topics for business that maybe are harder to do or say.

29:42

I’m just trying to break, I think a lot of what became the normal culture out of Silicon Valley, as you said. We did an interview for Open Spaces, our brand that just launched and it’s awesome. I’m excited and Equal Parts is doing great, but in the interview I said, “We went to creative with Equal Parts.” I don’t think we were as disciplined as we were when we were doing Gin Lane projects because we wanted to be undisciplined and I think Pattern has wacky watercolors and it’s all painted and the website loads in and you can’t click anything for 10 seconds. It just breaks every best practice and it worked really well.

I think we tried that for Equal Parts and some of it didn’t work. It was hard to see the products. I think some of the brand storytelling was just all in the way of the actual product details. The websites were full of crazy progressive graphic animations and we had to really listen to market and pull back and fix a lot of stuff. I think being honest about that is important, whereas we’re still in market, we’re still learning, but I’m not going to lie and just say like we had everything figured out and hopefully that makes it easier for other people to talk about the challenges of trying to run a business or working in a business. I’m not saying that our business is also run perfect.

30:59

I think sometimes people do work late and do get burnt out and we’re trying to be better about, unmarried, secondary caregiver time off. So we’re trying to push that. So I don’t know. I think it’s just talking about stuff as you’re working through things is healthy. It’s like what therapy is all about. I just feel like in business culture, you just have to be all 20th century alpha, I have it all figured out and pardon my French, it’s just bullshit ad it’s not healthy

31:23

Jasmine Bina:
Listening to Emmett makes you realize that there are two stories happening around burnout. There’s the surface level story around the burnout that we feel as consumers and as individuals and how that affects our purchasing behaviors, how we move throughout the world, how we relate to brands and the kinds of solutions that brands are trying to create for us, either through their products or through their storytelling. But there is a different narrative around burnout that is a bit more internal. The burnout that we feel in our interpersonal relationships, the burnout that we feel and the lack of satisfaction that we have, the burnout that’s harder to articulate and harder to name and something that I thought was worth exploring.

I spoke with Abby Crumb, who’s a licensed therapist who has explored the subject of burnout extensively, not just with millennials, but Gen Z people in her practice as well. She’s explored the idea of the burden of potential, which is one of the precursors or causes of burnout. It’s an interesting concept that maybe can start to explain where the lion’s share of our burnout is coming from and how we can deal with it.

32:30

Abby Krom:
So the burnout potential is essentially the pressure we feel around potential. So you can think of it as if you think of the phrase, a waste of potential. Like we have a fear of that. So the burden of potential is that pressure to manifest or reach the height of your potential and we just get so many messages in this culture that you need to be almost like started at age zero with that, that it becomes this shackle on you from a really early age. So it starts to feel like a burden.

Jasmine Bina:
So how did you come across this in your own work? What was the genesis of this thing? Because I think we all feel it, I just don’t know that we’ve ever named it.

33:19

Abby Krom:
Yeah, and it’s funny. So I spontaneously said it, but then I looked it up and I wasn’t the first one to say it, but I was actually working with a high school student who was the hope for her community because she was really smart and she had talent. So everyone in her community would kind of say, “You’ve so much potentially,” and she was just like, “I don’t want to hear that one more time.” I said, “Oh, it feels like it’s a burden,” and she was like, “Exactly,” because she knew not did she have the potential, but it was being witnessed by other people. Once it’s witnessed, then it’s like, oh, I really have to act on this or people will really know that I haven’t gotten to the height of my potential.

Out of evolutionary biological psychology, there’s this thing about status that we’re actually wired not to lose status. What will happen is, so they give this example, like, let’s say there’s a guy in Indiana and he’s the smartest guy in his town. Then everyone’s excited for him to take the SATs and see what college he gets into. So the night before the SATs, he’ll get drunk and fail it because then he can say, “Well, it’s because I got drunk.” He never has to actually show that, what if I can’t actually get into Harvard or something like that.

34:30

So we do that because if you lost status or some kind of talent in the tribe, you would get kicked out. So that’s just wired into us that if you ever hit a height, like let’s say you’re an Olympian. I imagine the day after the Olympics, if you can’t qualify again is really scary because it’s like, how will I ever hit that height again? So even hitting our potential can almost be depressing in a way, because it’s like, where do I go from here? That was my whole sense of worth.

34:56

Jasmine Bina:
This is fascinating because I feel like you touched on a lot of things. One, I feel like I hear a little bit of imposter syndrome in this. People feel like once they’ve reached a certain height, they have to keep proving that they are that person. So they feel a bit of imposter syndrome, which reminds me of Carol Dweck’s work, where she talks about the fixed mindset versus the growth mindset. I have a personal story here even. So my sister is a high school teacher and when we were kids, I was in the gifted and talented education program. You’re familiar with that? Right, okay.

So I was in GATE and I even had to be bused to a different school from my school and there were only 10 of us and it was like this little tribe, but my sister was telling me years later, while I was in college, that now that they’ve had time to do long-term studies on these kids, they see that these kids really feel a sense of imposter syndrome. They have a fixed mindset because GATE taught them that this is how good you are at an early age and it didn’t give them room to fail. I still am deprogramming myself from having such a tremendous fear of failure. The burden of potential you’re talking about truly, there’s no other word. It is a burden because it takes up so much mind space. You feel the heavy weight of having to prove that you are capable of what people see in you. That’s super heavy.

36:19

We have systems in our culture like GATE that actually, and now that things are so public, now that you can peak in high school when everybody sees it, now that you can be an entrepreneur that has a super early win and does tremendously, and then fails the next time, have you seen this a lot in your millennial patients? Have you seen this burden pop up over and over again?

36:46

Abby Krom:
All the time. It’s constant because it is almost embedded in our culture that you are supposed to be, and it’s from parents. So parents feel this pressure to also manifest their kid’s potential. So there’s kind of this message. I remember when I was a kid, if I made a peanut butter and jelly sandwich, my mom was like, “You should do a cookbook.” There was just like the encouragement, which was meant to be encouraging and helping me find my path. I do think paths are more meandering than we like to pretend they are. So if you’re good at football at an early age, that path is just set from like, it’s just like, oh, you know what that’s to look like. The high school and the clubs sports and the all that, and there’s not like, “This year I don’t want to do football.”

Parents are scared to do that. “Well, why don’t you just stay in football and then we’ll see how it goes when you’re 40.” They just can’t because they’re scared. So there’s all this stuff, “Oh, millennials are so…” All this stuff people say about millennials. That they’re entitled and lazy and all this stuff. It’s not really bad. It’s that everyone’s forced to find in what way they’re special and then we get to points like we can’t all be special all the time. So you get into a workforce where, when you’re doing unspecial work, which is what we’re required to do sometimes, you actually feel shame.

38:08

So I think there’s a way in which it does get avoided, but not because people are just lazy. I just don’t even believe in laziness. I believe we are a product of the culture in a reward and consequence system. So there’s very little reward for being the person to do unspecial work.

Jasmine Bina:
So unspecial work is, this is important for us to talk about here because it relates to burnout a little bit, which is the larger topic of this discussion. It seems that there’s different definitions of burnout, but the definition that I’ve seen, which I think was on the Vlogbrothers. Hank was talking about this, is that when you are doing something and the treadmill keeps running, but the dopamine hit stops coming, meaning you’ve stopped doing something that’s passionate for you. That’s one way I’m interpreting it. This pressure to constantly do what makes you feel passionate about it, I feel like it’s caused us to muddy the waters. Maybe we don’t even know what we’re passionate about because so much of that is signaling to the world like, I am doing this special work, like you said, but maybe the thing I’m passionate about is super mundane. Do you see that? What are your thoughts on that?

39:23

Abby Krom:
So what I think it’s that, yeah. What I think is important is everything’s going to include menial days, mundane days, but you have to be okay with that at least a little bit. If you don’t like the practices in football, I don’t know why I keep using some metaphor, but if you don’t like practicing and all that other stuff in between, you only like making touchdowns, that is going to be a miserable life for you. The people who really, I think do well and mentally well in these sports are people who like practice, even when it sucks where they can still have a bad day. They can still not love it all the time, but they have an affinity for it.

They don’t mind the middle parts. So a lot of people get so pressured into picking something they think they’re good at, or maybe you’re talented at, but you hate every aspect of it except when you excel. Then I think you get stuck in this cycle where you’re just going to be unhappy most of the time, unless you’re “winning” or succeeding at whatever it is.

40:23

Jasmine Bina:
Do you feel like a lot of our burnout as a culture now is coming from this disconnect that you’re describing and the burden of potential?

Abby Krom:
I think where it’s coming from is more the treadmill. Treadmill is a metaphor that just comes forward for me all the time, which is I’m not allowed to get off the treadmill and if I do, something bad is going to happen. I was just listening to somebody and they talked about this thing. Let’s say your work says, “Hey, you can take mental health days whenever you want.” Well, there’s still going to be this thing where you feel like, oh, I don’t want to be the person that looks like they need that because I don’t see anyone else doing it, versus if you were required to have mental health days. Then people would actually take them or they would be forced into taking them and get the benefits of them.

41:05

Jasmine Bina:
Do you feel for some reason, as a culture we’re idolizing overwork?

Abby Krom:
Absolutely. It really has become, not to get too much into the religious and spiritual, but it has become the replacement, I think for that. I’m not someone who’s attached to a particular religion or that you need spirituality, but I do think we need something beyond our lives and right now that is work for so many people, but the belief system is like, you give everything to this, you know what I mean? And that that is how you’re going to prove your worth. Especially when you hear the criticism about millennials, how could we not? Everything’s about them being lazy and entitled. Part of me wonders, so when someone sets a boundary with you, does that make them lazy?

Because there have been times when I’ve had to set boundaries and the people of older generations hate it. Because it’s like, “How come you get to do that? I didn’t set boundaries. I was, you say yes to everything and I don’t believe in that,” but that is part of work culture. Like just be a yes man and I just don’t buy into that.

42:11

Jasmine Bina:
I do want to get into the religion as well.

Abby Krom:
Sure.

Jasmine Bina:
So let’s assume, which I think for some people, this will feel very personal, but even though it sounds so cliche and we don’t want to believe it, we have many new religions. Work is one of them and I’ve talked about this. It’s because our other institutions are failing, religion itself for a lot of people is failing. A lot of people are moving out of religion and more into a spiritual realm where they’re deciding what their connection to the universe or themselves is. The thing about religion though is that it has clear rules, clear boundaries, and it delivers.

That’s why it’s so hard for atheist groups to create a substitute for religion, which they’ve tried and we’ve done work with atheist organizations and when people leave religion, there’s just this gaping hole where yeah, we’re all looking for meaning and it’s hard to have that without religion. So when we look to work to give that to us, is there ever a context that you see where work could actually give us enough meaning to bring us happiness the way like a religious system might have?

43:19

Abby Krom:
Absolutely. I do think that, and that’s like when we talk about getting into flow states, when we talk about when your work and your joy merge, and it doesn’t mean you’re happy every day. Happiness is not like an end point, but even in the work I do, I feel like I’m really close to that and especially because I’m in private practice and I can work for myself, I do feel like I’m closer to that. Work is a very fulfilling purpose for me. So I do think it can be that. I think corporate culture and capitalism make it really difficult. I don’t want to get rid of work. I think there is something to work that’s really meaningful to people’s lives. It’s more the systems that are the organizers of work right now.

Jasmine Bina:
So did you have an experience with the burden of potential?

44:13

Abby Krom:
Yeah. So for me well, so it’s interesting that I mentioned the story about my mom. I think from a young age, I did already have kind of, no one ever sat me down and said you should make something of yourself. I didn’t have one of those high pressure. I was almost like the opposite. Like if I got a C, my parents were like, “Okay,” but there was something of, do something important. I don’t know where that quite came from, but many people in my family did go on to do big, important things. So I think there’s growing up in the shadow of giants. So if you’re somebody who your family member did something important, I think that adds to the burden.

So then I moved out to LA and I was doing standup and improv, and I remember specifically telling my own therapist that I was like, “I’m never really happy because if I have a great show and everyone loves me, I feel like anxiety. How am I going to produce that again, and if I have a terrible show, obviously I don’t feel great about that and if it’s neutral, then again, that’s ordinary. That’s average. That’s not good enough.”

45:23

Jasmine Bina:
I don’t want to gloss over this. You said it like it was nothing. You moved to LA to do standup and improv. That’s huge. I don’t meet too many people that do that. People move to LA to be actors, but standup and improv, which sound like my personal nightmares. You wanted to make a life out of this before you were even thinking of therapy, like that’s who you were.

Abby Krom:
Well, and I am more of a risk … Whenever I say that and I’m always, I’m very fearful of risk and people look at me and go, “You did stand up.” So I totally get that and I don’t know exactly what came together to allow me to overcome my fears to do it. It’s a thread in my family too. A lot of like funny, and we’re Jewish. It’s very much like humor is how you get status. I was at a training and I have a mentor and I was just talking about myself and she said something like, “So in your family, applause was love,” and it just hit me like a ton of bricks. I was like, “Oh yeah,” that was it. That’s how you got status in my family, was being the funniest one at the table.

46:34

So I think a lot of my journey into standup and my mom did put me into my second grade talent show doing standup, wrote me an act, which I don’t know what it was about. Like the school chicken nuggets. I can’t imagine what that act was, but I remember when they called my name to audition and I had what my mom had prepared for me, they were like, “Abby?” And I just sat there. I didn’t raise my hand. I just pretended there was no Abby there. So I think it just started there where I needed to prove something, and the things I love about stand up is you do get to talk about larger cultural issues. I do like to challenge things.

I do have opinions. I like ultimately what standup is, and it provided a lot for me watching standup comedians when I felt on the outside, like in high school and things like that. The world of standup though, is a little different, and I definitely felt that burden. So I just realized I was never going to be happy in that world.

47:34

Jasmine Bina:
So how did you come to therapy, then?

Abby Krom:
So I was in therapy and then I realized, and then also a good friend of mine was in graduate school and I realized that’s what I really … I was at the time also volunteering at a hotline. So I was already doing counseling. So when she told me about her graduate school program, I just said, “That’s exactly what I want to do.” I remember saying to my therapist though, “I don’t see how these are going to merge. I have to kind of kill one to do the other.”

She was like, “You’ll be surprised. I’m sure they’ll come together at some point.” I kind of like, okay but the truth is, now I do workshops. I’m speaking and this feels so much better, just what I’m doing today with you to be able to talk about meaningful things and my humor is in there, but not have to be the funniest person in the world and make it onto a certain stage or something like that. I’m just allowing, if I have the opportunity to speak, I take it and that’s how I use it now.

48:35

Jasmine Bina:
What you just described, it sounds like that was your way of dealing with the burden of potential. Like you found something else that still gave you the same outlets that you wanted, but it seemed like it was your openness that allowed you to get out from under that burden. What’s the antidote to this burden that we all feel?

Abby Krom:
I think it’s like baby steps. Whenever I’m guiding a client through this process, you don’t have to do anything impulsively. If you’re like, I really feel burned out at my job and it really isn’t what I want to be doing, it’s just starting to figure out … And the thing is, it’s really hard to ask, like if I was to give your listeners some generic questions to ask themselves, it sounds so generic. That’s why I love being with somebody one-on-one because I can really dig into people’s stuff, but to really think about again, when we talk about flow state, what could you do all day every day and enjoy it? What gets you into that place where you can let go of the rest of the world. These are at least going to start to create baby steps into something.

49:40

For me, that was graduate school. I was like, “Let me try this,” and the more I did it, the more possibility showed up because if anyone had told me, all you hear when you’re in graduate school for psychology is there’s too many therapists. It’s saturated. You will never make private practice. You’re going to have to work in an agency. It’s going to be miserable. So that’s why so many people, again, have trouble getting off the treadmill because all you’re going to hear is messages like, “Not a good idea. You have a good job.”

So it’s really overcoming the fear and actually stepping into the unknown, seeing if you actually die off the edge, which rarely happens. So that’s why so many people need support to do it because I think it’s really hard to do on your own because you will get a lot of messages that it’s not possible to do anything else, but what you’re doing.

50:26

Jasmine Bina:
That’s really good. I’m going to jump in here and say like, from a cultural perspective, a lot of our listeners are our founders and brand strategists. These things matter to us because they give us a touchstone into what people are thinking, but more importantly, how they’ll probably behave. So how does a fear of reaching our potential affect the way that we behave, the way that we plan our lives, even the ways that we buy and consume, the ways that we relate to each other? How does this manifest into our every day?

50:57

Abby Krom:
I think it just makes us really fearful. I do think there’s this other way, besides fear. So this is Kristin Neff’s research, but she researched why we self criticize and the number one reason we do is motivation. We think self-criticism is the only way to motivate ourselves, but there’s really a lot of other ways to motivate without such a cost. So if you criticize somebody or yourself, it will motivate you, but there’s so many costs at the end of the day. We can actually encourage people into doing good work. We can actually inspire people into doing good work, and I would love to see that.

I see it a little bit, like I just saw this commercial for LeBron James doing a calm for the Calm app. That’s great. Athletes should be paying attention to their mental health. I think Michael Phelps did BetterHelp. So just to start saying, we don’t have to criticize ourselves into success, that there are other ways, because we don’t act like that in this culture. We say, “No pain, no gain.” You have to berate yourself and I just don’t think that’s true.

52:07

Jasmine Bina:
So self-criticism is like a script, and scripts kind of become our identities. The burden of potential, or even just this potential that you have, I know for me, it’s been my identity since I can remember and I know how destructive that is. Do you find that people are often, their identities are really, really deeply intertwined with whatever their potential is, or is there a gap? Is there some breathing room that we can create space in where we can start to change that story?

52:36

Abby Krom:
Yeah, there’s definitely a gap, but I do think for most people, it’s my potential is my identity. So whatever I’m going to become, this future self, that becomes what everything’s about. So the way I’ve reframed it is not that I have to become this particular thing and get attached to a really, again, fixed idea of what the best future for myself is because we’re terrible predictors of what will make us happy. So I think when you think of potential as an unfolding, and if I do … So this actually comes from recovery community like AA, but they always say next right step. So that’s where I’m always going with people. So they go, “Oh, well I do want to go and get my MBA, and I want to change careers and I want to do this,” but like 50 years and they get way too overwhelmed by the enormity of it all.

I go, “What’s the next right step for you, if you want to move in that direction?” I trust there’s an unfolding that may look different than your idea of it and for me personally, I’m like, “I have an idea of where I want to go,” but right, for instance, just how this came about, this whole talk. This was just because we got introduced in a way that I couldn’t have predicted. So when we think of potential as something we don’t have to control, but that unfolds naturally when we take the next right step, that to me is so much more freeing than I have to create this reality in which I’m a superstar.

53:57

Jasmine Bina:
When you say that, it makes perfect sense and it takes a lot of that pressure off. And I feel like people are waiting for that permission. There’s something else you talked about reminded me of a study that I read about how we love to shop because it’s actually a very imaginative act, especially when we’re shopping for clothes, because you’re imagining your future self. A lot of us even buy clothes that we don’t have an immediate use case for them right now. Like we’re not going on vacation, so we’re not going to wear this bikini or we don’t fit into these jeans right now, but you imagine how you’re going to feel in that future state and you imagine what people will think of you and how you will be perceived in that future state as well. It’s also sounds like, this example and what you’re talking about too is a burden is that like, it also prevents us from being present in the moment. It’s always pushing our mindsets to the future.

54:52

Abby Krom:
Exactly. That’s what it is. It’s all future-focused and you’ll be happy in the future and you have to suffer this now. So it will be better in the future, and how many people have gotten to that thing? Maybe you did get the NFL contract and you’re depressed. So then you don’t get the promise either. You know what I mean? I think it’s terrible what we do to kids in high school. What I hear from my adolescent clients is like, the school counselor come in, “You need to know what you’re doing. You guys are sophomores. Get on it.” The truth is, you don’t, you just don’t know.

So why are we forcing people? Someone’s going to give you an answer because they feel pressure to, but it’s not really how things work. So we’re always focused on this future that’s going to be better versus what’s working for you right now. That’s where I think the best data is.

55:43

Jasmine Bina:
I think, not to persist too far, but that’s what we’re seeing with the brands that we talk about on this podcast. A lot of brands that are trying to bring us back to the present, because it’s almost like this recoiling against whatever you might want to call it, aspirational or this future sense of who you can become. There’s this new narrative that brands are employing that forces us to come back to today and just be very engrossed and present in what you’re doing now. We were just speaking with Emmett Shine in this conversation. He was talking about how they decide to start in cookware because when you cook, it’s really hard to do anything else or think about anything else. When he said that I felt it because I can do anything.

I can even, I hate to admit this. I can even be feeding my kids and be thinking about work or thinking about things I need to do, or resisting the temptation to look at my phone, but not when I’m doing things like cooking. I think that’s why I love it because it’s so much of an escape and that just occurred to me. I think I’ve always said I just like cooking because I’m good at it, but that’s probably not the truth. So in your research, there was a line that stood out to me and you said, “It can be hard to believe there might be more than one way to reach our potential and live a satisfying life.” Why is that? Why is it so hard for us to see alternatives?

57:03

Abby Krom:
Because again, we get this message, again, from very early that you need to get on your path and hang out on it for 30 years. So it’s like, if you miss this boat, that’s what they’re saying to the high school kids. If you miss this boat and don’t get in the right college, well, that’s a real problem and it’s not true. How many people didn’t get into the college they want or didn’t even go to college and they’re fine? So it’s, again, a fear-based thought. It’s not accurate. So I think this idea that there is mystery in the world and nobody gets an insurance policy.

We are all going to have joy and excitement and thrills, and we’re going to have failures and sickness and decay. That is part of the whole human experience. Nobody gets to avoid that. So instead of setting it up that there’s this one way to happiness, get on that treadmill or homelessness. Bye, and everyone’s successful is just waving bye in your loser canoe. So it just doesn’t happen. It’s not true. So if you look at anyone’s story that is successful, there will be many detours. Nobody has a straight line.

58:23

Jasmine Bina:
Yeah. That’s probably one of the greatest lies we tell ourselves generationally. I can’t speak to other generations. As a very, very late stage millennials, I feel like … It’s easy to understand and internalize, we have this burden of potential. We’re all feeling burnout because there’s a huge disconnect between who we think we should be and who we are, which by the way, is the same definition of shame. Who we think we should be or what the world expects of us, versus who we actually are, which is interesting. There’s a lot of shame tied up in this, but it’s hard to accept that if you know you are capable of great things, that that can be more than one thing and you can be happy by just choosing one of those at the expense of another.

59:08

Abby Krom:
That’s the thing is like, and that’s why I do believe all paths come together. I love this quote. “We often reach our destination on the road we took to avoid it.” So I think that even if you get on a path that you think you’re avoiding, or if you get on a path that you’re like, “Well, I’m going to community college. My life is over,” we will reach where we need to get to, if we can stay on the path, which is very painful when we don’t know.

So the detour some people take sometimes is into addiction or substances or just things that really do take you so far off the path. It’s hard to get to your destination, but again, those things, I know so many people who are in recovery, that that was the best thing that could have happened to them. They’ve learned skills for life that get them to where they are now, but what I see of people who really do realize their potential, they have a lot of support.

01:00:00

Jasmine Bina:
It reminds me of, I don’t know if you’ve seen that Netflix documentary called Losers.

Abby Krom:
Exactly. That’s in my article because I-

Jasmine Bina:
Oh, was it? That’s probably how I’m remembering it. We’ll link to that in the show notes too, because that is an incredible series about people who were at the height of their careers and then they lost somehow. It’s just unapologetically, honest stories of people who really, they talk about the disappointment and they talk about the loss, but then you start to see that that’s not the end of the story for a lot of these people. The other thing that I’m hearing when you’re talking about the burden of potential is that there’s this undercurrent of uncertainty and we’re living in a world that is so incredibly uncertain already as it is. It feels like a lot to ask us to also embrace uncertainty in the tiny things that we can control, or that we feel like we can control in our life path. What role does uncertainty play here? Because it feels like a lot of this is about giving up control.

01:01:03

Abby Krom:
It really is. You don’t have to embrace uncertainty, but we do have to accept it as a fact of life. We spend a lot of time trying to deny just universal realities and like I said, we’re giving people the illusion that you can go through life without uncertainty. If you want to become a doctor, you know what? Uncertainty is gone. No, I speak to people who are in medical school. I have a lot of doctors in my family. It does not get rid of uncertainty. So again, this is one of the lies we tell ourselves. So you don’t have to embrace it. Maybe it’s more pleasant if you do, but we do have to accept it as a reality. That even when, if you pick a really steady course, that we will get detoured. So if we can say … I really liked something a mentor told me, which is, “We’re limited by the feelings we’re willing to experience.”

So if we are not willing to experience uncertainty, we will have a limited life because we will only choose safe things that we think we know, which again, even if you choose the safest thing, you can get blindsided. We limit our experience by saying, “You know what? I’m not going to even take that risk because I can’t tolerate.” There is that moment when you like, let’s say you send out a job application and you have to wait for the response. That is unbearable.

01:02:19

That we’re just like, “Well, that was unpleasant. So I’m going to avoid that at all cost,” but if we can actually tolerate that experience and in a way accept it and not try and make it different than what it is, we can have a more expansive experience. So if you’re unwilling to feel disappointment or loss, you will live a limited life and it will provide less opportunities for joy.

Jasmine Bina:
So this is just an exercise in being willing to feel the full spectrum of emotions and accepting them for what they are?

Abby Krom:
Yes, exactly.

01:02:54

Emmett Shine:
We’re part of that, 20th century hustle culture, work by any stretch means, whatever and I didn’t like how I think it had designed my life. I didn’t have balance. I didn’t have as good of a relationship with my parents who, as I got older, I was more able to understand what they had gone through. I think it was hard for me to be present in relationships. I think a lot of, when I turned 30, I didn’t want to be like that as much. I think that is probably one of the personal inspirations for Pattern was trying to make a culture of business and all that, that I’d grown up in that was more supportive of just reframing goals and balance. It’s not all about money and making money. I understand maybe it sounds easier if you can have a little bit of money, but I do think that’s our goal in America, but it doesn’t make you more fulfilled.

Interesting Links & More Reading

Categories
Podcast

5: The Emerging Languages and Symbols of Social Medi‪a‬

We speak with Sony Pictures Television executive Erin Weinger and clinical psychologist Dr. Therese Mascardo about the passing of the current age of social media and the beginning of another. Any time a new age is born, the rules get harder, the audience becomes more discerning, and all of us - people, brands, identities - are separated into those that move ahead and those that are left behind. The question now is, what is this new age that we’re walking into?

Podcast Transcript

Jan 16, 2020

50 min read

The Emerging Languages and Symbols of Social Medi‪a‬

00:00

Jasmine Bina:
Welcome to Unseen Unknown. I’m Jasmine Bina. Something is happening in social media. Let me ask you a few questions. Have you ever tried to explain Instagram to somebody of an older generation, maybe a parent or a co-worker? And you found that even if you could get them to create an account, that they only passively consume content, they never actually create it and become a part of the community? Do you find that now, maybe you’re that person on TikTok? You can enjoy the content and get a good laugh, but you just don’t know what you’re supposed to upload? Have you on social media found your own subgroups, your niche communities, your subcultures? Have you become literate in the specific languages and aesthetics of those tribes? Do you somehow just know to read between the lines of a post? Or when you see a post that you don’t fully understand, do you know that there’s something more there that you’re not privy too? As a brand, are you tapped into all the secret languages and symbols of your space that have started to evolve past their beginnings?

We are living the current age of social media and entering a new one. Our symbols and our languages are changing. And anytime a new age is born, the rules get harder. The audience becomes more discerning. And all of us, people, brands, identities, we’re separated into those that move ahead and those that are left behind. The question here is, what is this new age that we’re walking into?

01:41

Erin Weinger:
There’s always been certain symbols and certain things in society that you just kind of look at and you immediately know who you’re dealing with.

01:50

Jasmine Bina:
This is Erin Weinger. She’s a journalist, an author and a strategist who’s worked at places like The LA Times, The Hollywood Reporter, and Vogue Australia. She’s also company-authored some pretty influential books with huge online influencers like Aimee Song, and she has a new book coming out with Tracey Cunningham. She’s currently Vice President of Social Editorial at Sony Pictures television, where she’s in charge of the overall brand story and communicating it to the Sony Pictures global audience. I talked to her about the symbols we see everywhere on social. Symbols like millennial pink, and Gen Z yellow, the VSCO girl which I just recently learned is not pronounced V-S-C-O. Normcore, the hypebeast, the basic bitch, hotdog legs, wellness shots in bathtubs or saunas. Whether there’s flash or not, using native filters or filter apps, our camera angles. Certainly emoji is their own languages. All the signals that can be caught in a subtext of the decisions that we make on social. These symbols, where do they come from, and how do we know them?

02:55

Erin Weinger:
It’s a really interesting question. I think that there’s always been certain symbols and certain things in society that you just look at and you immediately know who you’re dealing with, why you’re dealing with it, the brand associated with it. But I think on social media, it’s been super interesting to watch these things, because you have nine squares to show who you are. That’s your business. So I think that if you are building a brand, or you are building your own brand, or your own persona, that flash is going to show people, “Hey, I’m kind of cool. I know how to wash out a photo.”

I was explaining to somebody who’s not on social media the difference if you had two restaurants. And you have your nine squares to truly communicate whether or not this is a place that is going to give you socially currency if you tag it or not. So I think that all of these symbols, I don’t even think that they’ve come up purposely, quite honestly. I think that just by nature of Instagram and social media, a lot of things kind of bleed into each other. We don’t even really know why we post the things we do and where they come from. They’ve just started to become symbols unwittingly because an influencer might post using a certain look, a certain pose, a certain washed out background. And now you have 100,000 other people doing it. And then their followers are doing it. And so it just snowballs into something that is meaningful without trying.

So I think that trends are being formed by influencers, by media companies, by brands, by restaurants, by all of these people without really even trying. And they become a symbol of this is cool or this is not.

04:44

Jasmine Bina:
Yeah. You know what’s really interesting too is I feel like those nine squares have become real effective shorthand.

Erin Weinger:
Absolutely.

Jasmine Bina:
… for what a brand is about. Because we do so much brand research for competitors, for our clients, even user research. And the fastest, most effective way for me to understand what a brand or a person is about is to just follow their Instagram. That’s just the first thing I do. I learn more by reading between the lines with those images than I do with anything else.

Erin Weinger:
Absolutely.

Jasmine Bina:
Yeah.

05:13

Erin Weinger:
Because I think it really is a curated glimpse into somebody’s mind. How are they thinking? What are they choosing to portray to the world? What message do they want to send? I think it goes that way whether you’re a brand, whether you’re an individual, whether you’re a media company, a publication. You have to constantly be thinking about … even if you’re not thinking about it, you are thinking about it. What am I portraying in my grid? What is the first thing people are going to think about me when they look at those squares?

05:42

Jasmine Bina:
Yeah. So you come from the world of media, right? So you come from traditional publishing, big publishers. What you’re describing in terms of how the language evolves in social versus the language that has evolved let’s say in fashion, which some of the publications you’ve worked at is really different. Because in fashion, you have gatekeepers, you have people who set trends. I remember being in grad school, and this woman came in to give a talk about being a trend forecaster. I was like, “Damn, I want that job.” And it became irrelevant by the time I graduated. Grad school was two years by the way. That’s how quickly trend forecasting meant nothing. And people still write about how there’s no point, because trends come and go so fast. It’s hard to even tell if things are trends. They can spread like wild fire and then just dire. And then there are things that spread, that are trends that have way more lasting power, that reflect something deeper, and the cultural zeitgeist, or whatever people are talking about, or feeling, or ready to embrace.

But what you’re saying is happening on social, because it’s not gatekeepers and a select few that are making these decisions. It’s almost by accident it seems and these patterns emerge over time.

06:52

Erin Weinger:
And I think that is a lot of it. And I think that there are still of traditional checks and balances in place, where there are gatekeepers trying to be gatekeepers, and it’s not working. I think the nature of social media, and I have found this very much just by nature of some of the places I’ve worked. The red tape that traditional organizations try to hold their social media to, it doesn’t really work. Because you can’t plan for trends on social media, you don’t know what’s going to catch on. Who would thought that an egg would cause a worldwide phenomenon? I mean, there are things that happen, there’s no rhyme or reason for a lot of the stuff that happens. On the flip side, there is a ton of rhyme and reason for so many of these things that happen. So I think that it really is about finding that balance of how do you be fast and loose and let go a little bit, and have that intimate connection with your audience, and your mission, and your goal, to be able to just relax and put your authenticity forward in a way that just lets people who are meant to find you, find you and connect with you.

07:58

Jasmine Bina:
I don’t know where I’m going with this, but authenticity I feel like-

Erin Weinger:
I hate that word.

Jasmine Bina:
We all hate that word.

Erin Weinger:
We all hate that word.

Jasmine Bina:
Why do we hate it?

08:08

Erin Weinger:
Because the sheer nature of the overuse of it I think has become unauthentic. Inauthentic. I said the wrong word. Inauthentic. I think that it used to a lot of the things, and this is another kind of I don’t want to say a downfall of social media. But this idea of everyone has to be authentic. People are trying so hard to be authentic that they’re not actually asking themselves the questions of well, who am I? What is my brand?

08:38

Jasmine Bina:
Okay. You’ve hit on something really, really smart here. So yeah, I would argue that authenticity isn’t enough. Because I don’t even know that people are interested in the entirety of a brand on social, or the entirety of a person’s life on social. They come to you to meet specific needs. If they need to be inspired, if they need to be educated, if they need to be directed, if they need to tap into something, into some subculture and to understanding something that’s otherwise inaccessible to them.

People come to social, looking for these kinds of not currency, but this is a deliverable on social. This is what people need from you. I find that a lot of influencers or brands fail to understand that this isn’t about what it is that you want to project. But a good place to start is what do you think people are thirsting after? What is your audience looking for specifically?

09:34

Erin Weinger:
I am actually surprised by how many people I encounter day-to-day. I work at Sony. Within Sony, outside of Sony brands, clients I’ve had, the publications I’ve worked for. I am shocked at the number of people that do not start with what is my goal. And I think that people just kind of go. And that’s great, but you have to start with a goal. And I think that within that goal, one of the things you have to account for is what am I giving to my audience? Who is my audience? Who specifically are these people? And doesn’t have to be one audience, but I don’t think people really start with asking the questions to get the answers to allow them to actually cut through the noise on social. So I think that’s a big part of being authentic Again, it’s going back to knowing who you are. Who am I, what am I doing, and why am I here?

10:29

Jasmine Bina:
The other thing while we’re talking about authenticity that this is making me think of is authenticity requires you to take risks, right? So it’s not enough to just reflect to people what they actually want on social. But you have to give them a vision of the future. I described this example in the past, I don’t know which podcast episode it was on. But Chriselle Lim for example, she has this whole future vision about what the future of being a working parent looks like, right? She’s launching this coworking space. She comes from the world of fashion. She’s a self-made fashion influencer. One of the OGs, huge, has amazing collaborations. I’m going to get this wrong, but I think she just had a capsule collection with Nordstrom. She is taking a risk. I think she’s looked at her audience. She understands that they have matured with her over time. This is an older group. I mean older by millennial standards, whatever you want to say. They’re having kids for the first time, and they’re navigating this space. And they’re trying to negotiate what it means to be a working mother, but also wanting to have the life that they had before they became a parent.

And I might be projecting too much onto what this brand that she’s creating is about. But the fact that I can make so many assumptions about what this new co-working space will be shows that she is in a really good job of creating an authentic brand that has taken a risk in painting a picture of the future. And that’s the only risk that matters is risk that pushes us into the future. I think that she’s really done that.

11:51

Erin Weinger:
Yeah. I think it’s really what you just hit on for me talking about that is also modern brands move. They evolve, and they move, and they’re fluid, and they don’t stay the same. And I think if you think about a working mom in the ’80s, you go on maternity leave, you go back to your corporate office. You’re not evolving with the people around you. It’s just a very interesting concept of how everybody does kind of have an audience now. And they become you. You become them. And you move together, and you grow together, and you create this living thing that is always evolving and always changing. And I don’t that that is something that we’ve ever seen really happened before. Even with Coca-Cola, and Nintendo. It’s like you kind of stay the same, and then your core group ages out. And then a new group comes in. And that’s not how we think about it anymore. We don’t think about the next generation. We think about our current audience and how we move with them.

And I think that that’s a really interesting thing that social has given to us. And that’s allowed people to really stay true to who they are because you see all of these Chriselle Lims of the world, the Lauren Conrads of the world, the Whitney Ports of the world. All of these women who do really, they’re just them. They’re just kind of living their life. And they trust and take that risk that their audience comes to them because they too are living their life. And I think that that in itself is a new kind of risk that we haven’t really seen probably since the rise of Instagram I think has really allowed us to have brands that evolve with us.

13:28

Jasmine Bina:
Right. Okay. So you mentioned something interesting about your audience aging in and aging out, and thinking about new audiences, or catering to your old audience. The thing about symbolism and new languages emerging in a space or in a platform is that you start to have multiple languages and multiple sets of symbols. So I barely understood the VSCO girl. I think I only came across that because I was doing research. But I don’t think I would have seen her, or understood her, or realized that she was sending secret signals in her look. I don’t even use VSCO. And there’s a whole tribe of young girls that do.

14:05

Erin Weinger:
I never know. Is it VSCO or VSCO?

Jasmine Bina:
Oh gosh. That just shows you …

Erin Weinger:
I feel like it’s VSCO.

Jasmine Bina:
Sorry.

Erin Weinger:
No it’s fine. I don’t know.

Jasmine Bina:
All right. So we just made our point by me embarrassing myself.

Erin Weinger:
Well I could be wrong too.

14:21

Jasmine Bina:
No, you’re probably right. Jesus. Anyway. So she has a very specific look. And then you have other things like Ana Andjelic. She was one of our interviewees on a previous podcast. She wrote an excellent piece about how if wellness and health are the new luxury. It’s about having the resources to be able to take time out and unplug. But then you still have to prove that you’re able to do that. So you still have to document it and show it somehow. And that’s the weird tension in those things. You can’t just go to a spa and unplug. You still have to demonstrate it. It’s the whole picture or it didn’t happen thing. That’s why there’s such a rash of hot dog legs everywhere. Right? Which I’m guilty of having taken those photos myself.

Erin Weinger:
Have a lot of hotdog legs. Yeah.

Jasmine Bina:
Right? But you show hot dog legs to our parents, they’re not going to understand all of the subtext that comes along with that. So the bigger question here is how do we come to understand all this subtext? Is it because we’re just around in the ether, so we absorb these subtle cues? Or is it because somehow, there’s a codified way of understanding these things?

15:31

Erin Weinger:
I think yes. I think we understand these things because if you are on Instagram scrolling through a feed, you are just getting images all day long. You are inundated with messaging, and images, and videos. And again, it’s these trends that emerge. The more you see millennial pink, it wasn’t millennial pink when it started, it was pink. Pink was having a moment. So one decor blogger posted it. Another blogger took a picture of it at a coffee shop. Architectural Digest picked it up, and declared it a trend, and posted all the photos of it. Then all the designers who wish that they were featured at Architectural Digest reposted what Arch Digest posted, and now it’s millennial pink. So it’s the anatomy of a trend and how trends kind of bubble up. So I think the subtext comes, a lot of it still comes from it being anointed a thing.

So I think that again, we are inundated with images. And I’ve had this conversation with a best friend of mine who’s an interior decorator. And she’s an architectural designer. And she works at a very, very prestigious firm that is featured in Architectural Digest, and Elle Decor, and Vogue Living. And all the shelter mags, all the bloggers want to pay attention to what is going on at this firm.

16:49

She and I talk about where do interior trends come from. Because we all see the same things on Instagram. So are we making trends in the real world because we’re seeing our inspiration kind of mashed together, and we don’t even know where it’s coming from? Or are we getting trends from outside and bringing them to our social media because that is what we like? And I think the lines are a bit blurred. And I think especially when it comes in the fashion, the interior, the art, any creative space right now, the lines are kind of blurred. And I almost think that when I think of the future of social media and the future of creativity, I almost think we’re going to have to … and we’re starting to see this where a luxury as you’ve mentioned is unplugging. It is a luxury to be able to take a step away.

And I think that that’s something that is very much going to be vital to the future of creativity, where you really do take a step away because you are on vacation in Greece, and you are genuinely interested in the architecture, and the color of the terracotta, and the food that you are eating. Not because you need to document it, which obviously you will when you get home or go back to your hotel that night. But because you have to absorb it, because otherwise you have no creativity to give to what you do for a living.

18:11

And I think about this a lot. I have a term that I have coined, Silver Lake beige. Because everything feels very, and I know colors, and there’s a lot of color and texture, and interiors right now. It’s a very creative process obviously, designing an interior. But thinking about Silver Lake beige, I say that because you walk down the street in Atwater Village, in Silver Lake, in Culver City, in any of the creative little hubs around LA. And every storefront kind of looks the same. They have the same aesthetic. They have this kind of beigey, sophisticate, plain, minimal wood and macrame luck that feels like it was birthed from Instagram. So my question is kind of always chicken or egg, where did it come from? So I think it’s really interesting to think about the inspiration that we get from our feeds. And how do you balance and reconcile your true passion, and creativity, and ideas? Are you getting them from Instagram? Are they starting on Instagram? Is everything we’re doing all looking the same because we’re all posting the same thing without even realizing it?

19:28

Jasmine Bina:
So you mentioned something about Arch Digest that I think, I want to print it out because it’s a real device that you can use in brand strategy. And this idea of the fact that pink always existed, but when Arch Digest named it millennial pink, the act of naming something gives you ownership over it. And then it becomes a lot easier for the idea to travel, because so much is encapsulated in those words.

Millennial pink holds a lot of meaning. There’s a lot of subtexts about feminism, and a returning to innocence, and recoiling from the ills of modern society and all that stuff. Silver Lake beige I think is even more profound. Bravo. Because honestly, if you’re on the West Coast, you understand all of the layers of meaning in what you just described. It’s like you can watch Arrested Development and enjoy it. Or you can watch Arrested Development as somebody who grew up in Orange County and really feel it in your blood. Again, just layers of meaning.

20:27

But that’s something we talk to brands about sometimes is a lot of founders will come to us, and they won’t even realize that they have subconsciously created an idea, or a brand, or a company around something that’s happening culturally that hasn’t really been brought to the surface yet. They just have an intuition about it. And what’s great about our job is a lot of times we just bring that to the surface, and we name it, or we package it, or we put a bow on it. And then it becomes a thing that is easily identifiable. It carries all that subtext. So it does this huge, heavy lifting culturally, and then to be the one brand that brings that entire story to the collective consciousness, that’s adding value to culture. Right? And that’s pushing us forward. That’s a lot of what branding is. And I think your Arch Digest example is a perfect demonstration of that. So do you see any other symbols or languages coming up? I mean, there are so many subcultures. I mean, I didn’t even mention basic bitch and stuff like that. What are the things that you’re seeing that are kind of top of mind for you that are interesting right now?

21:34

Erin Weinger:
Top of mind that are interesting. That’s a very good question. I still think when I really think about the future of storytelling on social media, I do think that we’re going to have to do a little bit better. I think that the public and the general audience is getting really bored. I think that there’s a lot of noise to cut through. And I think about this every day at my job at Sony. How do we cut through noise to allow people to understand what the Sony brand is? And that Sony is a creator of premium television. Do I think that that can be done with low brow viral videos? Quite frankly, I don’t. I think that the era of being able to trick your audience into consuming is over. I think you have to do better.

I still think when I think of how do you tell an actual story on social media? I look at things. For example, The New Yorker just did an amazing, amazing collaboration with an agency in New York, where they built out user generated caption contest platform on Instagram. The New York Public Library, they partnered with Mother, another agency in New York and they-

Jasmine Bina:
I know Mother. They’ve done great stuff.

22:48

Erin Weinger:
Yeah. And I love what they did. They did this Instagram story novels come to life activation. And that’s something I think is incredibly, incredibly interesting. I look at last year, there was a really incredible, and I know that this can be a little bit polarizing, because there are a lot of people who actually did not like this. I thought it was absolutely brilliant. But an Israeli tech investor, biotech investor I believe. I could be wrong, but an Israeli billionaire and his daughter basically financed a feature film that they then spliced up into an Instagram story series about a Holocaust survivor, or a Holocaust victim I should say, that they asked the question, “What would it be like if somebody had social media during the Holocaust?” They essentially created a late-1930 set. They showed what it would be like if this girl, very much in the vein of Anne Frank. She was a real girl who sadly did not survive the Holocaust. They took her diaries. They took her story. They showed her life. They showed her life before. She was with her phone. She was with her friends. She was hanging out at home. She was going to go food. They showed what happens when the Nazis started to come through town, and people didn’t think it would happen to them. And they just kind of watched. And it progressed to the end obviously.

I thought it was brilliant. I thought it was brilliant because what’s so wonderful about Instagram, you have all of these things that there that are pretty putrid. But then you have this mechanism where there are seven or 800 million people who are potentially a captive audience to a message and a story. And something like that for me when you’re reading reports in the newspapers of children who don’t know what the Holocaust is. And every year, that number only grows because it’s not being taught. And here is a way to modernize a story and make it accessible for a different audience who knows how to consume content on this medium. So I think that it’s almost like you have to be platform-agnostic and think about what’s the story? Splice it up, cut it up, figure out what’s my story? Where’s the audience?

25:00

Jasmine Bina:
So you feel starting with the story is the most important?

25:02

Erin Weinger:
I think it’s absolutely vital. You cannot do anything without starting with a story. And I think that is what, when I think about where I see the future of social media going, especially in an election year, especially when there is a lot of stuff going on and a lot of anger surrounding the platforms on kind of where the world has ended up, largely because of what the platforms have allowed us to do. I think that we have to do better.

So I look at premium storytelling. The kind of storytelling that we’ve all been used to, and our parents were used to, and their parents were used to sitting and listening around the radio. Look at the golden age of podcasting. Look at long form and some of the beautiful stories that are coming out in the documentary space. I just think that people are going to hold themselves and brands are going to start holding themselves to a higher standard.

Even with content marketing, when you look at I think what REI, the outdoor company just did, they got rid of their catalog, and they launched a magazine. It is an awesome magazine. They have interviews, they have celebrity profiles, they have hiking guides, they have gear guides. And you can shop it obviously. But it so resonates with their consumer, and it’s so on-brand for their consumer. I think translating strategy like that into social media and portraying storytelling that connects to your consumer, brands are going to I think invest more heavily in that. And there will be more thought given into how you use that across all of your platforms across your site, across your social, across your newsletter. So you get the investment out of it. Because it’s not always cheap to create premium storytelling. That’s not to say I think the TikToks of the world are going away. I think there’s still room for viral dance videos, and throwing American cheese slices at the wall, and having it become a cultural moment. But maybe this is more wishful thinking than a trend I think we’re going to see. But I don’t think it’s important for every brand to jump on every bandwagon. I think it’s really important for brands to think about what’s the story, what’s the goal, and what’s actually the right thing to do here?

27:12

Jasmine Bina:
And speaking of the goal, I think the thing that a lot of companies, especially larger companies kind of, it’s a vital mistake that they make consistently. It’s that they see social as a sales channel or as a profit center. It’s none of those things. If you’re talking about storytelling, you really have to commit to the idea. This is a longterm investment in creating a halo effect over the brand that will encourage loyalty, encourage recall, recognition.

Erin Weinger:
That’s a very, very interesting point. I think for me and my work, I encounter executives all day long where I have to kind of explain how a brand story is exactly that, what you just said. It is an investment. It is investing in the future of your business. It is investing in the future of your audience. It is showing that you believe in your audience enough that they will evolve with you and they will continue to consume your product or convert into whatever metric you need them to convert into. And I think that I have a different perspective obviously because I don’t work in a startup and I am not around a lot of people who are making purchasing decisions, shall we say. Who maybe have been as immersed in all of this as we are currently. So there’s a lot of education, and there’s a lot of explaining, and there’s a lot of talking about why investing, or why this is an investment. I don’t like really the term content marketing. It’s really communities of interest. How do you build a community of interest, and how is that an investment for your business?

28:47

Jasmine Bina:
Wow. Even just using those words, exchanging those words immediately makes you think of approaching it very different.

Erin Weinger:
Absolutely. But that’s it. And it doesn’t have to be one group. It’s who are my tribes. And I think thinking back to symbolism, that’s really what it is. It’s tribes. It’s figuring out who are my people. And social media communicates that with a visual language. And I think that’s kind of the heart and soul of the story. How do I visually communicate who my people are and who I am so my people find me?

Jasmine Bina:
Yeah, absolutely.

Erin Weinger:
Building a brand story is like just making an online dating profile. It’s easy.

29:29

Jasmine Bina:
Right. Okay. So you have a really interesting history in the influencer space. You’ve actually worked with some amazing influencers as a coauthor coming from your publishing world. Tell me a little bit about that.

Erin Weinger:
Yeah. So I co-wrote Aimee Songs, both of her books. Capture Your Style, which really was all about Instagram.

Jasmine Bina:
That was the first real Instagram book that just blew up.

Erin Weinger:
It did well. We were very happy with that. It did very well. And she has such an interesting perspective. Her blog is 11 years old, so ancient as far as bloggers go and influencers go. And she’s somebody who very much fell into it accidentally, truly. And working with her, and learning about her story, and her journey. And how she’s built, to say that she has built a following does not do what she’s done justice. We would be in a coffee shop in LA working on the book. She would post a picture of something. And the next day we’d come back, and there would be a line of people waiting to see her. So how she has done it. And again, I know we don’t like this word, but authenticity. Thinking about, she is somebody who she’s just herself. She’s eating her food. She loves her fancy clothes.

30:49

Jasmine Bina:
She talks about her anxieties, her fears of her body image.

Erin Weinger:
I always equate when you get to just kind of be, and just be you. She’s just breathing. She’s breathing and documenting it along the way. And I think she does it in a way that I don’t want to say she does it without trying, because it’s a lot of work. And it takes a big team of people to keep her running. But she really does it in a way that it’s her, she breathes. She enjoys it to the point where she keeps it going. And I think that it was a really good education for me to get a glimpse into the whole influencer ecosystem. Because quite frankly, she’s the best. She’s the biggest and the best. So I learned kind of from the biggest. And the best and working with her, DBA, with her management company. When I was at Vogue Australia, working very closely with our, we had our own in-house influencer team essentially. So we had a blogger cohort that we worked with, and we worked on branded content with them. So very interesting glimpse into very different sides of the coin from the management aspect, to the talent aspect, to the brand aspect, and how brands want to work with influencers. So it’s been really interesting for me to kind of see all sides of the industry.

32:03

Jasmine Bina:
Okay. So you have a leg in all worlds. Publishing, social media, influencing, now in actual, straight traditional media as well. So all these things that we’ve discussed, if we consider how influencers have been a part of and actually created this social media frontier, if we describe this as social media and influencing 1.0, what does influencer 2.0 look like?

32:30

Erin Weinger:
Influencer 1.0 feels very billboard-ey. I think influencer 2.0 again, when you about kind of what we were talking about, what we’ve talked about throughout this conversation about brands have to do better, influencers have to do better. It’s not going to be enough anymore to just hold a package of diet tea and make $500,000. I mean, for some people it will. Listen, that’s always going to be there. But I think if you really are thinking about again, what is my goal? If you are trying to sell something, how do you actually connect? How do you get your product into the lexicon of millennial pink, into the lexicon of Away luggage? Where you take a picture of your luggage, and you just got yourself into an exclusive little coven of people who are travelers. And that in itself is social currency because you can hop on a plane and see the world.

So I think that really again, thinking about doing better. To me, thinking about some of the things that are air quotes I’m giving right now, trending in the world. I think that intelligence is really the direction that I see things going. Maybe that’s just wishful thinking, maybe that’s me praying every night. But you think about poetry, and how poetry is so big right now and-

33:56

Jasmine Bina:
Well poetry is big now because of Instagram.

Erin Weinger:
Poetry. Poetry has been big since-

Jasmine Bina:
No, but poetry has had a huge revival among young millennials and Gen Z because of Instagram. And that’s why you have people like Rupi Kaur Gill, and R. H. Sin, and a whole number of other people that if you look at it, you kind of wonder are they creating poetry for Instagram? It’s very readable on Instagram.

Erin Weinger:
The answer is probably us. There’s probably all kinds of academics rolling over somewhere right now.

Jasmine Bina:
I truly don’t think that’s a bad thing. Or it’s very possible that these ones surface to the top because they wrote poetry that works really well on Instagram. I mean, it’s amazing poetry. I mean Rupi Gill, she’s selling out amphitheaters around the world and doing these spoken word performances that are just changing people’s lives. If you want to do the tattoo test, people are getting tattoos of these writers’ poems on their bodies. That’s the brand pinnacle, right?

34:55

Erin Weinger:
Poetry coming back into popularity, independent bookstores having such an amazing, it’s a golden age of independent bookstores because of Instagram. For me, that’s something that I think is beautiful. When I first moved to Australia, that was something that I noticed in 2015. I was like there are people buying books here, because there is no Amazon. And coming home now a few years later I’m like oh, people are buying books here too.

35:25

Jasmine Bina:
Part of that too is because, also, there’s been writing about this. Books are having a resurgence because it’s another part of that wellness and social currency that shows that I have the time to read a book. Also, books are being repackaged for social … we already know that makeup brands, and even R&D for makeup, and food, and even real estate is all being repackaged for social. Books are another one. So book designers have this new directive where they have to create Instagramable cover art in order for a book to sell.

And it was I believe, they had a designer who said that they are specifically creating for Instagram. A great example of this was Sally Rooney’s book Normal People, which went through the roof. Ironically, I read somewhere her characters would hate the fact that they were even part of, I’ll do the air quotes now, of an Instagram cool culture. But this was all pretty deliberate. Influencing 1.0 is pretty sophisticated. And what you’re talking about, from what I’m hearing is the next level has to kind of evoke some sort of when you say connection, that to me sounds like emotional response.

36:34

Erin Weinger:
Absolutely. And I think emotional response, that’s almost a given. You have to do something that will make somebody feel. And that’s something that in our day and age is not always the easiest thing to do. But I think bringing it back to kind of this concept of intelligence being a social currency, that to me feels very real. And it feels very yes, you want to take a picture of Sally Rooney’s books because look, you’re a reader. You’re a reader. You’re intelligent, you know what’s going on. And if you look at some of the book jackets that are really making waves right now, they’re all throwbacks. I feel like the fonts even that you look at remind me of a first edition Catcher in the Rye. They’re all vintage inspired fonts from a different time.

So I do think there are these trends emerging of we’re going back in time a little bit to when there was no Instagram. So it’s almost bringing this intelligence and this analog look and feel to life, and displaying it digitally. And I think that to me feels like a very big direction that influencing is going. How do you almost bring your persona offline? How do you build a following online to allow you to convert into something offline? Whether that be product, or conferences, talks, books. That to me feels like the future. And I mean it’s not the future. It’s happening. But I think the intelligence thing, reading, and poetry, and going back to school for another degree, and learning financial literacy, I think these are all the trends that we’re going to just start seeing more and more of. Instead of an influencer selling lipstick, we’re going to see the beauty brand trying to hit up the financial advisor who happens to have a big following on Instagram because she’s teaching women how to do their taxes. So I think that that to me feels like a big direction that things are moving.

38:29

Jasmine Bina:
This new intelligence, this new marker of status that people are looking to project about themselves, is a luxury in and of itself. It’s clear to someone in this space like Erin that influence and the very act of influencing others is evolving into something a lot more sophisticated. And this in turn will propagate the next generation of trends that every brand needs to be paying attention to. What I wanted to know now was what does this look like for influencers themselves and the consumers that they’re touching?

39:03

Dr. Therese Mascardo:
Freedom is the new wealth and in the spaces that I’m in, which I’m kind of in two. So I’m in wellness. And then I’m also in the travel exploration space. You see that more and more.

Jasmine Bina:
This is Dr. Therese Mascardo. She’s a licensed clinical psychologist here in LA and founder of the wellness community Exploring Therapy. She’s also an influencer. And if you follow her on Instagram, you’ll see that Dr. Mascardo has a very specific brand. She’s in a unique position to talk about the cultural shifts happening in social because she’s both in the practice of mental health, and in the practice of building a social media brand

39:41

Dr. Therese Mascardo:
I’m fascinated by what choices people are making now compared to generations before us. One of the things I recently read in an article is that millennials are choosing more and more to pick jobs that have personal fulfillment and meaning to them compared to jobs that pay them a lot of money. And I feel like our parents’ generation would have never done that.

Jasmine Bina:
Yeah. We actually talked about this recently where that’s something that employers have to start thinking about. Because all of these benefits packages and compensation, all the things that were the levers that you would push and pull to attract a workforce don’t really work anymore. People are looking for meaning in the companies that they work for. Which I would argue actually makes the case for branding for a company. Because you have to convey that your brand is more than a job. It’s really about some ideal, or some belief, or some value. The things I talk about all the time when it comes to brand strategy, that people are willing to kind of, they understand that their job is, they’re giving their lives to their jobs.

40:38

Dr. Therese Mascardo:
Yes, it’s so much less transactional that it used to be. And it’s so much more nuanced. Because people don’t just want a company that pays them well and has great benefits. They want a company that they get a sense cares about them, cares about their wellbeing. And in the digital nomad world, right, where people are increasingly going into remote work, they want to know that their company offers them that type of flexibility. So that’s one of the things companies are offering is more opportunities to work outside of the office because they know that those workers are happier, and healthier, and more productive.

Jasmine Bina:
Right. So you’re a digital nomad. You have your own business. Businesses, I should say. So describe Exploring Therapy to me, because it’s growing and it encompasses so many things. But tell me, how would you describe it?

41:23

Dr. Therese Mascardo:
Exploring Therapy is a wellness community designed to help people build a life they don’t need a vacation from. So we have conversations that cover a wide range of things. It’s not just about wellness. It’s not just about mental health and therapy in a box. But we really talk about lifestyle. We talk about how you spend your time, who you spend your time with, building community, things that are fulfilling and personally meaningful. And our goal is that we would help people live lives that are more healthy, free, and connected.

Jasmine Bina:
So would you call this a lifestyle brand?

Dr. Therese Mascardo:
I guess you can say that it is, although I didn’t intentionally start it that way.

Jasmine Bina:
Why do you hesitate?

41:58

Dr. Therese Mascardo:
When I think of lifestyle brands, a lot of times I think of an individual, and an individual who is showing off those kind of old school ideas about wealth, right? So they’ve got the Gucci belts, they’re in the bathroom taking pictures of themselves at a Shangri-La Hotel somewhere. And that’s definitely not what Exploring Therapy is about. And we have a whole manifesto where we talk about who we are. We’re warm people over cool people. Right? We think that kindness is the most important thing. So it’s really about character more so than just what you’re achieving that people can see.

Jasmine Bina:
So it’s interesting. Lifestyle is kind of a dirty word to you.

Dr. Therese Mascardo:
I didn’t realize until you asked me that, but I think it’s about the heart behind it, you know?

42:51

Jasmine Bina:
Okay. Cool. So you’re a therapist, and therapy is one of those definitely undisrupted spaces. I don’t care if there’s Talkspace or any other number of those startups, which I’ve researched for our clients in the past. They’re not really disrupting anything. Therapy is still therapy. They’re just creating little marketplaces for them. But you are creating a social media brand around being a bonafide therapist. And here’s how I would describe your brand, just on Instagram, let’s say. You go super deep sometimes. And then there’s a lot of levity in some of the things that you post as well. And then there’s a lot of you in the things that you post. And it’s an interesting trifecta of content.

What’s interesting to me is that you have a really engaged audience that really value that I’ve seen, they really value what you have to say. And I don’t think that the masses would have been ready for this kind of brand even 10 years ago. Something’s changed.

43:50

Dr. Therese Mascardo:
I don’t think I was ready for this brand two years ago when I started it. Yeah. You’re so right. Mental health, therapy has been the same for about 100 years. And the stereotype was these old, usually white men with beards and glasses in cardigans, sitting on a leather sofa going [inaudible 00:44:08]. Yes. That whole idea. And I wanted to do something a little bit different.

And what I found back when I started Exploring Therapy in April of 2018 was I was looking for other mental health professionals and could barely find any. And it was because I think if I could speak for some of us-

Jasmine Bina:
You were looking for them on social media?

Dr. Therese Mascardo:
Yes, on social media. So I was looking for other mental health professionals on social media. And I found that there weren’t very many. And my guess was that-

Jasmine Bina:
Two years ago? You’re just talking just two years?

44:40

Dr. Therese Mascardo:
Oh yeah. Oh yeah. There were very few. And I knew because I was looking for colleagues to create community with on Instagram. And I found I don’t know, less than 10 psychologists that were on at the time that seemed to be putting any effort or energy into their social media accounts.

And I think it’s because a lot of us traditionally are trained to be the blank slate, and to basically be a non-presence. You’re just a white piece of paper for the client to project everything onto. So that was what we were taught as professional. And we were basically almost shamed for bringing any of ourselves into the room.

One of the topics of mental health as a professional that we learn about is self-disclosure. And basically, you’re only really supposed to self-disclose when it’s absolutely helpful for the client. Other than that, it was very frowned upon. So social media seemed like a thing we could just never do.

And I felt like we were missing this opportunity to connect with potential people in the world because we were completely silent on social media. So it’s been such an interesting adventure. Because for me, Exploring Therapy was about realizing that the therapy brand was antiquated and irrelevant to a lot of people. And my first intention was I wanted to rebrand therapy. I wanted it to look fun, engaging, fresh. I wanted to demonstrate that smart people, self-aware people are interested in mental health. And I could have never expected where things would go when I look at how it is today. There are so many mental health influencers. So many articles have come out in major publications that therapists are the new poets, Instagram therapists are the new poets. So it’s really made mental health conversations very democratized. Now everybody’s talking about mental health. And two years ago, I can tell you it was barely talked about.

46:33

Jasmine Bina:
Wow. Okay. So this sounds like it went from being a non-space to being a real space. Not just in social, but just the idea of what therapy actually is. Did your self-perception about who you are as a therapist change in the process?

46:46

Dr. Therese Mascardo:
5000%. Because like I said when I started, I was so scared to share personal parts about myself. And since then, I feel like I’ve really learned how to disclose in a way that moves the conversation with intentionality forward.

So I don’t share everything. There are certain things that I personally never share. You’re not going to see me talk about my personal friends very much, or my family. You’re not going to see me show the inside of my home or personal spaces in my life. And that’s because I have decided that those boundaries are healthy for me. But you will see me as a human being and as a therapist who loves food, who loves travel. And because I’m a digital nomad, it’s really opened me up to talk about that part of my life, without it being ‘off-brand,’ right? So that people who are following along aren’t going, “Why is she talking about this? She’s a therapist.”

47:37

Jasmine Bina:
Right. So you’re really cognizant of how the brand and the overall story that you’re telling are cohesive?

Dr. Therese Mascardo:
Absolutely. Yes. And I think the one thing that is maybe a little bit unique about me compared to other therapists who might be in the social media space is I made the choice back when I started that I wanted to be in multiple conversations. So I didn’t want it to just be a straight up mental health account. I want it to include elements of myself that fit with what I wanted to connect with people on.

So one of my favorite words in my entire life is delight. And I feel like my personal mission in life is to help people delight in their own lives and to delight in themselves. So that’s why I talk about food, and travel, and things that most of us dream about and enjoy.

48:20

Jasmine Bina:
Okay. So food, travel, they’re the easier topics. Mental health gets a little bit more hairy. But let’s talk about the macro state of mental health in our culture over the last few years. So I feel like social has become a really, obviously so many movements started on social. A few years back, you had things like the Arab Spring or Occupy Wall Street. There were very empowering. They were gritty, and they forced us to see things we didn’t want to see. But they gave hope in a lot of ways.

This year, it felt like it was a little different. I’m interested in asking you this both as an influencer and as a therapist. It felt like 2019 was taxing. You had the MeToo movement, which was important and empowering. But it was emotionally taxing to just constantly be confronted with the suffering of women. It’s important. We all need to pay that debt, but it’s a lot. Let’s not deny that it’s a lot.

And then you had things like outrage culture, cancel culture, things that you could argue are both positive and negative. It’s the wild west right now of this space, when it comes to cultural movements. Some come and die really fast. Others have lasting impact. As a therapist, how do you feel like these narratives that were born on social really affect us as a society?

49:46

Dr. Therese Mascardo:
Well, some of the things you talk about make me think about the idea of different types of trauma. So we can experience trauma on an individual level. We can also experience trauma on a societal level, on a cultural level. So I think we’re running into some of those things. The MeToo movement is essentially a group of people who experienced trauma and who are trying to walk through that conversation and through their own healing together publicly. So we never had that before. That didn’t exist.

And the other thing that I’ve noticed is that social media has given people the opportunity to react at lightning speed. So we’re more reactive than ever before. And that is in some ways really beautiful. And in some ways, it could be really unhealthy. So let me give you an example.

50:36

So when we look at reactivity, one of the things to think about from a neurological perspective is that people are in their amygdala. So they’re in the fear center of their brain, which is designed to help them survive. Right? So that’s why when people are afraid or reactive, or when they’re anxious, they’re not thinking about things like, “What do I want for dinner on Tuesday?” Right? They’re thinking about how can I protect myself, and their body is going through all these physiological reactions in response to that, right? So their body’s essentially preparing them for fight or flight. And that’s what we’re running into with the reactivity we see on social media is that people are in that fear space. And the problem with that is that when people are in their amygdala, so when they’re in fight or flight, they’re not in their frontal lobes. And the frontal lobes are the place in our brain where we are able to have executive functioning, reasoning. The parts of ourselves that when we think about who am I at my very best, that all exists in our frontal lobes. It’s the most mature part of our brain. Whereas the amygdala is in our reptilian brain. Just oriented around eat, sleep, sex, survive. Right? So I think that we are in some ways selling ourselves short, because we don’t have as many opportunities to just sit and think about things and come from a more rational place.

51:56

Jasmine Bina:
It makes sense now that things like ASMR, and even a lot of people don’t know this. But after 9/11, the Food Network had to completely rethink all of their programming because people started watching the Food Network like crazy because they were looking for comfort.

Dr. Therese Mascardo:
Self-soothing.

Jasmine Bina:
Yes. Self-soothing. So all these self-soothing phenomena, again born on social, I mean I don’t think it would be too farfetched to say that their reaction to this environment that you’re describing. Right?

52:28

Dr. Therese Mascardo:
So what’s interesting to me about that is a lot of self-soothing are sensory experiences. So the ASMR is all about hearing. And food, all about taste. They’re real experiences, whereas we live in a very unreal world so much of the time. Right? And I find that it’s because we’re probably craving more of that realness because we have so little of it in the real world.

The other thing that I think is really interesting and I just connected this thought right now, is that when you think about mindfulness, mindfulness is also very focused on the experiencing of the presence through senses. So mindfulness is something that has exploded as well with Calm, and Headspace, and all these apps that have skyrocketed. Everyone is obsessed with mindfulness. Why is that? I think it’s because these things help us move out of our amygdala into our frontal lobes. When we are present, when we’re connected to our senses, when we’re grounded. So maybe people were gravitating towards those things and I didn’t even realize why. But now we know it’s because we’re trying to move back into the frontal lobes and heal ourselves out of that survival space in our amygdala.

53:39

Jasmine Bina:
Yeah, absolutely. So this is interesting then. Would you say that this environment that we’re all digitally swimming in has affected the way you engage with people as an influencer?

Dr. Therese Mascardo:
Oh my gosh, in so many ways. I don’t even know where to start. I think that one is I’m having more conversations with people than ever before. I think we used to have in wellness at least, and in medicine, we had a model of the doctor as expert and authority. And I mean, think about it. When we were growing up, did you ever think about picking a doctor that you connected with personally? No. You went to the doctor that you were supposed to go to, whoever you got assigned. Because they were a doctor and they were supposed to know what they were doing. Now, I think people are changing and they see that they want to relate to their medical professionals and their mental health professionals. They want to feel like you’re a real person they can connect to.

54:38

Jasmine Bina:
I feel like part of that, if I can interrupt, it’s because we’ve lost some trust in the Western medical system. That’s why I’ve written about this. That’s why things like Goop have room to breathe because a whole class of people, notably females, felt like they weren’t listened to. So they’re open to pseudoscience now because they’re looking for empathy in medicine.

What you’re describing is empathy in medicine with your own brand as well. I check Yelp reviews to see what a doctor’s bedside manner is like before I choose somebody. It’s not enough to just see who your medical or your insurance provider covers anymore.

55:17

Dr. Therese Mascardo:
Exactly. So it’s moving away from the professional as expert and authority to the medical or mental health professional as guide, and friend, and person that’s sharing the road with you. And it’s really rewarding, right? Because I think from the professional side, the people that gravitate toward me really know who I am, and they kind of come in. By the time they’ve asked for therapy, they already know me and they know how I work. And I think from the client side, you really get a sense of who you get to work with. and it feels familiar and safe.

Jasmine Bina:
That’s actually a super interesting. Okay.

Dr. Therese Mascardo:
You talked about trust. So you’re right. People are at an all time low with trust with medical professionals. And I’m actually part of a new group, and it’s called the Association for Healthcare Social Media. So I’m on the advisory council of this group of doctors and mental health professionals that has realized that doctors really need to close the gap. So they’re all on social media. I mean, we’re talking about dermatologists that have TikTok accounts, and they’re telling you all about your skin, and you’re learning facts about that. I saw a gynecologist talking about the education related to the herpes virus on TikTok with thousands of views, hundreds of thousands of views. So I think it’s really great that medical professionals are realizing that they need to gain back the trust of people, because they’re losing ground. So AHSM is trying to figure out ways to create guidelines for medical professionals that we can really gain that trust back.

56:50

Jasmine Bina:
Yeah. Interesting. So there’s this issue of trust on one side. And I love what you’re describing here, and we’ve absolutely seen it in our own research from a consumer side of things. Where the doctor is no longer the expert. They’re really more of the guide. Or what people really want to feel at least that we’ve seen in, let’s say more a physical medicine, so not therapy. But the fact that the user wants to feel like they’re the expert, and they are employing a doctor to help them kind of discover their own path towards health. A lot of that also by the way is a change in definition and health altogether. Another thing that we’ve seen in our work is that health used to mean getting from negative one to zero, getting back to a baseline. Now people want to go from zero to positive one.

Dr. Therese Mascardo:
Yes.

Jasmine Bina:
Health is not about feeling better. It’s about feeling your potential. It’s about unlocking something superhuman inside of yourself.

Dr. Therese Mascardo:
Yeah. The way I describe it is moving from survive to thrive.

57:45

Jasmine Bina:
Yes, exactly. There’s another side to all this where okay, if we as individuals are the experts. I feel like especially in female categories, we’re reclaiming things that were taken from us. So body positivity, acne positivity, even mental illness. It’s about clawing back these territories that we were kind of forced to give up where we were defined instead of defining it for ourselves. Do you feel like social media had a hand in making mental health in these kinds of trends an acceptable topic? Or did it just make it popular? Did it popularize it? Was it the right time for it to blow up, or do you think that social actually was the vehicle that we needed in order for it to become a larger conversation?

Dr. Therese Mascardo:
I think it was kind of that magical timing of things. I think our community really needed the conversation, and then social media helped boost it. But I certainly think that it’s more than just a fad or a passing trend. One of the things that never happened before, but it happens all the time now because of social media is someone will share a meme about having anxiety. And I think that is so mind blowing. Because that would never happen in passing conversation the way that it does now. Now it’s so common. And it makes sense because most people at some point in their lives will experience anxiety, sometimes debilitating. So I love meme culture because it’s given people the opportunity to use humor as a way to destigmatize mental health conversations. I think that’s just one example of many, but really you’re seeing people self-disclose more about their own struggles. They feel permission to be vulnerable because they see that there’s a community that exists, that is willing to hold them and support them in that space.

59:28

Jasmine Bina:
Right. So I think if you summarize everything that we’ve discussed here so far, it feels like there’s a movement towards empathy. If I had to label it, that’s what I would say. But I don’t want to put words in your mouth. Is that how you would describe this?

Dr. Therese Mascardo:
I definitely think that empathy has become ingrained into the conversation. And in my field, I see it a lot obviously because we’re talking a lot about feelings and giving people permission to have feelings. But what I see with brands is that brands are really linking themselves to feelings for people.

01:00:03

One of my favorite brands that I think is connected to empathy as part of the conversation is Ban.do. And I think it has a lot to do with one of the leaders in the company Jen Gotch. Jen Gotch is this incredible woman who is a force of nature. But one of the things I most appreciate about her is that she speaks openly about struggling with mental illness. And if you look through her posts, she will go into long descriptions of how she’s suffering from depression and from anxiety. And she is so real. So I love that you have a brand that is about helping people be their best. When you look at it, it’s very bright, colorful, sunny, cheerful. And then you have this leader who is also very open about kind of her shadow side, the dark stuff in her life too. I think people really relate to that, and it connects with them on an emotional level.

The other thing I’ve noticed is the art of the apology when it comes to brands. I pay a lot more attention to brands when they mess up. And I think we have less tolerance for brands that don’t know how to say sorry well. I sure do. So when a brand messes up, I actually think that’s normal. I think they’re going to have times where they miss the mark or they have an ad that it falls flat. But the way that they apologize to me matters a lot, because it communicates whether they care about me or whether they don’t care.

01:01:26

Jasmine Bina:
That’s interesting actually. A while ago, and I’m going to include this in the show notes and everything we discussed with you and our previous interview, they’re going to be in the show notes for people who are listening. But there was a great Hidden Brain episode where they talk about the proper way to apologize, just because there’s been such a rash of apologies because celebrities and brands are screwing up left and right. But so many of these public figures, the mistake they make with these apologies that we subconsciously pick up on is they’re the people who apologize by talking about how sorry they are about what happened to them because they screwed up. Then there are the people who start an apology by acknowledging how much they hurt you by screwing up. I’d say if I had to figure out the balance, I think brands are doing a little bit better than celebrities when it comes to apologizing the right way. But there is an art to the apology. There is a right way to do it that shows true remorse and a true commitment to changing your behavior in the future.

Dr. Therese Mascardo:
Then there’s the whole other side of things where brands make it part of their brand where they don’t give an F what you think.

01:02:30

Jasmine Bina:
Like who are you talking about?

Dr. Therese Mascardo:
Oh gosh. There’s a small brand here in LA. My friend Nguyen Tran, he has a food brand. And he had a restaurant called starry kitchen. And he kind of made a joke. When people would write bad Yelp reviews, he would get really sassy with them in the comments. And it kind of brought him more attention because he would just not take their crap.

I think people note Yelp reviewers have, it’s a double-edged sword because I love Yelp reviews and I love to read them. But also, Yelp reviewers can seem a little bit finicky sometimes. I don’t like the font on the menu-

Jasmine Bina:
Especially when it comes to food. And in fact, especially when it comes to international cuisines, another article I’m going to link to here, I think it was on Eater about how Americans hold foreign food places to a very different standard. To call something authentic, it’s a different standard they hold them to, and it’s created a lot of problems in the Yelp sphere for how these people, like your friend who’s the founder present their cuisines to the public. I’m going to link to that too. But it’s so interesting that you mention that. Yeah.

01:03:34

Dr. Therese Mascardo:
Yeah. And I just really admired him because he was being real and himself.

Jasmine Bina:
Authentic.

Dr. Therese Mascardo:
Yes, authentic-

Jasmine Bina:
It’s that word again, authentic. So to bring it back to empathy, if I talk about the snowflake generation, what does that make you think?

01:03:48

Dr. Therese Mascardo:
I have mixed feelings about it. Because on the one hand, I think that I love how culture has become so inclusive and accepting. And I think there’s so much beauty in that. The fact that people ask what your pronouns are and that’s becoming a part of how we communicate, I think is very powerful. Because it says, “Hey, if I can make you more comfortable, I want to do that because it’s kind.” When I was in grad school 10 years ago, we did not even really talk about pronouns. So culture has shifted a lot. And I think it is shifting in many ways toward kindness.

When I think about the snowflake generation, it’s this idea that people are offended at everything. And I have strong feelings about that. Because while I totally respect if someone hates the president, or is really offended at something that someone said, what I’ve noticed is that we’ve lost this appreciation for the process. So we have lost respect for another individual’s process. In other words, instead of me giving you the space for you to take your thoughts and opinions from A to Z, I now just expect you to be where I am. And I actually think that’s disrespectful to our humanity.

Now don’t get me wrong. If someone has opinions that are racist and homophobic, I want them to change their mind. But I think as a therapist, one of the things I value is meeting people where they’re at. And I think sometimes, the snowflake culture misses out on that. Because there’s this expectation that you should just instantaneously believe what I believe.

01:05:24

Jasmine Bina:
I agree. I think a lot of these phrases like the snowflake generation are really misnomers. And they hide the fact that there’s so much more going on that we don’t understand it.

I heard two things when you were describing that. One, it’s kind of mischaracterizing the fact that in our quest to show kindness and respect to other people, it seems like a hyper-defensiveness. And then the other thing that you mentioned is that it’s such a shorthand. It begs the question, do we give people space to actually go through this process that you described, which is so, so important to us.

Something else I wanted to ask you was what do you think the role of the influencer will be in the future? And this is a big one. And the reason I ask you this is because something came up in my feed a while ago that I haven’t been able to get out of my head. I’ve been wanting to talk to the right person about it.

So Gabor Mate, and I hope I’m saying his name right. He’s an addiction expert. He’s an author. He’s a speaker. He has incredible videos online where he’s given interviews about a world of different things. But he had an opinion about our children are the first generation that’s growing up. And their role models are not older people. They’re role models are their peers, these other young kids on social. And other young kids on social are not emotionally developed. Right? It’s huge. It’s like a huge mind bomb.

01:06:44

Dr. Therese Mascardo:
Also you just made me think of okay boomer. okay boomer. They don’t trust the boomers anymore. They want to look to their peers.

Jasmine Bina:
You’re so right. You’re so right. And that’s what it is. But the people that they’re looking up to are not fully developed people yet, and they’re idolizing them. And this is a huge experiment. Can you grow up to be a healthy, well-adjusted individual if your role models are not healthy, well-adjusted individuals just because they’re still kids? What do you think about that?

Dr. Therese Mascardo:
My sense is that the influence of the future, that it may actually bounce back. One of the things I’m seeing in mental health is that people are actually really drawn to accounts that show maturity and a journey in the therapist. One of my favorite accounts is called Notes From Your Therapist. And they’re a series of handwritten notes from a therapist that is probably a 40 or 50 something, if not a little bit older. And they are some of the most beautiful, empathic, thoughtful reflections as if she’s writing to her clients. And it’s a beautiful account if you haven’t seen it. But she is a demonstration of an older therapist with maturity and experience, yet her followers are not all her age. There’s a lot of younger folks that I think are drawn to that wisdom. So yeah, I think it’s bouncing back.

01:08:05

Jasmine Bina:
So speaking of authenticity, we know that’s important. I feel like I really just have to ask this because it’s important. You’ve given so much great insight and advice. But if I asked you to actually articulate advice that you would give to others who are building their own brands on social, what would be your top tips?

Dr. Therese Mascardo:
A lot of people building brands on social are DIYers, and that’s really who I speak to. So I think one of the most important things that you can do is get educated about brand on the front end. One of my favorite books is Building a StoryBrand by Donald Miller, which helped me really understand some concepts about brand. So I would say take time on the front end to educate yourself and be really thoughtful about your element. So understand why you might pick certain colors, and understand what tone you want to use when you speak to your audience. I think that I have a document that’s probably 45 to 50 pages of all the different things I pulled that I connected with and resonated with when I was creating the Exploring Therapy brand. And obviously, we titrated it down to the essential elements. But that really helped me understand what I was doing and who I was speaking to. I think that’s really important.

01:09:05

Jasmine Bina:
Okay. What you’re describing here is something you’ve talked about our process. And I think in our first episode, where so much of brand strategy is just going super wide and then finding ways to come back and get very narrow once you can see what your whole world looks like. And that’s what you’re describing here.

Dr. Therese Mascardo:
Yes, absolutely. And then to that point, I think sometimes we’re so narrow. And using a visual example, it’s like I can only use these three fonts, and that’s it. And then we forget to leave room to grow. And I think one of the things I’ve learned in my own brand at least is that you’re actually not always benefiting from staying so rigid. That actually, you have to build a little bit of room for pivoting in your brand because things are moving so fast. So you’re taking your clients, your audience on a ride. You can either do that in a way where it literally never changes. You can do it in a way where you’re taking sharp left turns and it’s very bumpy. Or you can do it where you’re taking them on a ride. And sometimes you’re taking a curve and a turn here and there. Certainly in the mental health field, there’ve been so many curve balls. So I’m grateful that I’m the only one making decisions and I can kind of shift what people might connect with instead of just staying rote and staying in the routine of just doing what I’m doing, because it’s my brand. Does that make sense?

01:10:19

Jasmine Bina:
Yeah. Well if you build a rich brand, your users are going to give you the permission to make those turns. When you don’t put the work in, people aren’t going to get it when you make those pivots.

Dr. Therese Mascardo:
I love the way you said that.

Jasmine Bina:
Okay, cool. So this was a very full, rich, enlightening conversation. I like to end these interviews with something personal. At the end of our episode, whoever the last person is that we’re talking to you. I’m going to ask you a personal question. I already know the answer to this, and I’m very excited and honored that you’re going to share this with us. But tell us the story of how you came to become a therapist and how you came to decide that you were going to turn your practice into something like exploring therapy.

01:11:01

Dr. Therese Mascardo:
When I decided to become a therapist, it was kind of out of innocent reasons, I suppose. I just loved people, and I’d always loved having coffee conversations with folks. And when I realized I could get paid to do that, I was like wow, that’s amazing. And as I’ve grown, one of the experiences I’ve had in my life that has impacted me the most in terms of why I do what I do is the experience of loss.

So in 2009, I lost my brother. I was already a mental health professional at the time. So there was added complexity to the experience. But it was September of 2009, and he ended his life. And it was one of the most tragic, horrifying, difficult, raw, unexpected things I could have ever experienced in my life. And I experienced all the things you could possibly imagine. Not just deep grief, but also the shock of it all and the losing my grounding and not knowing where to go.

So what Exploring Therapy has become for me is this conversation about helping people to delight in their lives, to have lives that are more healthy, is really about never wanting a person to ever lose sight of their own value and their own worth. And to never lose sight of the beauty of this gift of life that they have.

So I think that if I can help one person to find and reconnect with the value in their own life, that will be meaningful to me, that will be my mission happening. But I just never want someone to lose someone in their lives they care about again for things that can be avoided. So if I can help make mental health more accessible, if people can openly share about their struggles with suicidal thoughts, if we can create a space for this conversation, then I feel like it’s so worth it. All the work to create this is worth it to me.

01:12:53

Jasmine Bina:
Amazing. Thank you so much for that. I really, really appreciate it, Therese.

Dr. Therese Mascardo:
Thank you.

Interesting Links & More Reading

Categories
Podcast

4: Look To The Future To Understand The Presen‪t‬

We’re used to looking at history in order to understand the present, but what happens when we look to the future? In this house episode we conduct ‘100 Year Thought Experiments’ - a simple mental device for brand strategists - to better understand the current cultural mechanics of health, careers, environmentalism, and food.

Podcast Transcript

Jan 02, 2020

35 min read

Look To The Future To Understand The Presen‪t‬

00:00

Jasmine Bina:
Welcome to the Unseen Unknown Podcast. I’m Jasmine Bina, and today, Jean-Louis and I are having a discussion about Thought Experiments in Brand Strategy. Thought experiments are an amazing tool you can use to do lots of things. They help you in understanding user behavior. They help you in understanding value systems and beliefs. You can use them as a tool for creating new narratives in a space and to start building a brand that will change a larger conversation.

We cover a lot of topics in this one, and it’s a little bit of a rollercoaster ride, but it demonstrates where this exercise can take you and your work and understanding people and cultures. We talk about the fact that maybe working and having a career aren’t actually ethical pursuits. And if that’s the case, how are people changing their perceptions around productivity and their place in society today. We also discuss our rapidly changing relationships to food and specifically animals and why, if we know the way we consume food is harmful, do we still do it.

01:10

In this conversation, we uncovered the mental triggers and emotions that allow us to act in such contradictory ways, which applies to any brand in any space, not just food. That led us to a discussion about the environment and social responsibility and how certain brands are playing the environmental card, but it may come back to haunt them later. And lastly, we talked about wellness and mental health, one of my favorite topics, because it reveals how our deepest values as a society are changing. We went to a lot of interesting places and I promise that something in this episode will apply to your own work and understanding of your users.

So thought experiments actually come from the world of science I think even before science, they came from the world of philosophy and they’re very simple. It’s the idea that we take a hypothesis or a belief or some sort of like projection and we ask ourselves, if this happens in X amount of time, what are all the other things that are going to happen. In brand strategy, which is a really interesting application for this kind of thing, it’s as simple as saying, if this number one player was taken out of the market, if we introduced a new audience, if we changed the product in this way, in two to three years, what are all the other things that are going to happen because of that one change?

02:33

So it’s taking hypothesis and playing it out over time. What’s interesting though, is when you take the idea of thought experiments and apply them to culture, when you apply thought experiments to culture, it reveals a lot about behavior and beliefs and mental models and value systems that you may not have seen otherwise that can help you in defining a better brand that’s more strategic and defensible. What’s even more interesting than that is when you create 100 year thought experiment that goes to the extreme. And Jean-Louis that’s something that you introduced to our agency three or four years ago that has been very beneficial to us.

03:09

Jean-Louis:
Yeah. So there’s this question that’s sort of haunted me for the best part of a decade. And it’s a really simple question. I was asked by this philosopher Slavoj Žižek who’s, I think it’s Slovenian, very outspoken philosopher. But it was just the essence of this question, which was 100 years ago today we look back and we’re appalled by the things that we did. So 1919, you had an incredible amount of institutional racism, sexism, a lot of oppression at a society level, at a country level, just all sorts of pretty terrible things. I mean, it was not a fun time to be around.

The point is, is that we look back and it’s very clear that these things are completely unacceptable by today’s standards. But in a 100 years from now, that’s probably also going to be the case. We’re going to look back on today and say that the way things were is also unacceptable by tomorrow standards. And so the real question is, if we just take 100 year perspective on where we are today and ask, what are the sort of moral atrocities that we’re committing today that we don’t realize because it just seems normal to us?

04:14

Jasmine Bina:
Right. The thing about thought experiments is that they require a lot of imagination because sometimes you can’t even see the atrocities around you because it’s basically in your environment. It’s kind of like the air that you breathe, it’s not understanding that you’re efficient water. And there are some interesting ones that I think culturally we could explore that would cover a lot of ground. So I know I have some in mind, what are your big ones?

04:37

Jean-Louis:
I think the big one that’s sort of become clear to me over time is this idea that right now we have to work to survive. Like for a lot of people their food and shelter is contingent on turning up at 9:00 AM on Monday morning. And that’s sort of that locked into this situation, whether there’s a very small cost for them potentially to move to a new place where there’s maybe a better job or even just quitting that job and trying to apply for something better, they can’t because they’re very much locked into a survival mechanic with their work. It’s quite possible in 100 years, that may truly be a thing of the past. So there’s a few different factors at play here. One of them is the fact that with AI, especially, it’s quite likely there simply will not be enough jobs to go around.

A good analogy is you look at horses. I think at one point in the US in the early 1900s, there were more horses than people in this country and that’s definitely not the case now. And you can look at what a lawyer does, for example, it’s a great analogy. 80% of their workload is discovery, sifting through documents, finding patents, finding information that shouldn’t be there. That’s really the bulk of what they do. And that’s very easy to be automated and in a large part, it has. They’re already startups that are very successful at doing this at an equivalent level of a human being.

05:55

And so if you just take that simple analogy, 80% of lawyers could be replaced by AI without reducing the human presence. And I think that’s really the case for a lot of different fields. If you look at IBM’s Watson, they’re doing the exact same thing in medicine. Their goal is to develop an AI which can diagnose the human patients at an equal level to a board of doctors, and they’re getting pretty close.

And self-driving cars is sort of self-explanatory. You look at a state like Nebraska, 10% of the state’s whole economy is supportive infrastructure for trucking. So that’s the diners, it’s the motels, it’s the gas stations, all of these other jobs that are contingent on something, which is very likely going to disappear definitely within 100 years. And so the fact of the matter is that there could very likely not be enough jobs to go around.

06:44

And the other flip side of this is that there is enough money to support something like a universal basic income. You look at, I mean, really, taxes are a reflection of our priorities culturally speaking. One of the big things that people don’t realize is that right now, I think we’re at a multi-decade low in terms of internal migration in the United States. People just don’t move and they’re largely locked in. And the fact that health insurance is contingent on your job, creates huge incentives to stay put, and it really kind of limits people.

So you have this strange phenomenon where you have these big pools where there’s a lot of talent and not enough jobs, and then other cities where there’s tons of jobs and not enough talent. And we just don’t have enough sort of economic lubrication to free up that capital, and so having something like this can create a lot more wealth. But also, you look at AI and all these different platforms, and if we can tax these appropriately, and so some people are talking about a digital consumption tax, it’s very possible that this will be very reasonably affordable, at least in the kind of mid to long-term future. So the fact of the matter is that, it’s quite possible we end up with a scenario in 100 years where there’s a universal basic income that covers survival.

07:55

Jasmine Bina:
So, but we’re talking like we’re beyond Andrea Yang’s, a thousand a month. Like if we’re talking about taxing tech companies and there’s this huge glut of like immediate wealth, and if somehow that wealth was evenly distributed in the US, this isn’t about just surviving, it’s literally about not having to work. You’re not going to live like a king, but you can live without having to work.

Jean-Louis:
And I think like, I mean, just think about the level of human suffering of just the pressure, the stress, all of these different-

Jasmine Bina:
The depression, the not realizing your potential.

Jean-Louis:
I mean, a lot of people, think about how many people studied art and then had to get a job in a completely different field.

08:31

Jasmine Bina:
You know what? We had a client that was in the online education space and I did interviews with … they’re mostly baby boomers where their user base. Over and over again, when I kept hearing was these people felt that they were born artists, but they were living in a time where the story was, you’re either born with artistic talent or you’re not. Not that you can develop artistic talent, which is a story that us millennials grew up with.

So they basically quashed those real inclinations and passions that they had around art went on and lived a very different life in a very different field for 30 or 40 years, then they become empty-nesters and they return to art. It was a really tragic story, but I mean, literally culture had not given them permission to see their talents as something different than what they were being told. And so they completely lost on perhaps the most vital life experience that these people would have had. That’s what working to survive and cultural constructs in this kind of a narrative around what talent is, that’s what it does to a generation of people.

09:31

Jean-Louis:
I mean, if you compare it to someone whose maybe at the start of that career on 100 years from now, and they look at the fact that they don’t have to compromise, they can afford to explore and experiment. I think really today’s paradigm of working to survive, it’s the definition of compromise.

09:47

Jasmine Bina:
Right. So I think the big question now is, if we’re in this future tense 100 years from now, what is going to be the emotional consequence of not having to work for a living? And let me tell you why I ask that. One, that’s I think the big, as far as brand strategy is concerned or storytelling, or being a creator in this world, that’s what will really be the knock-on effect that we’re going to have to deal with. Two, we had a dinner party recently, and we posed this very same question and it elicited such strong responses. You had this one camp that felt like, yes, it is immoral to have to work to survive because in a capitalist society, what that is, well, this was my opinion.

In a capitalist society, what that is saying is that, we all have the same social mobility and economic mobility to do whatever we feel that we should do. And you’re rewarded for the value that you create. So if you’re poor, you deserve to be poor because you didn’t do something with that ability. That completely falls apart when you look at hidden labor, like taking care of a parent or raising a family, or even being a teacher, which is just so lowly valued, but is so tremendously big in terms of the value that it truly creates, but it’s not being quantified that way.

10:57

Jean-Louis:
All just the like the draw, you just happened to be born in the wrong neighborhood and those opportunities just don’t exist for you.

Jasmine Bina:
Yeah, let’s not forget that. So that was me and a couple of people. Then we had other people who, it really rubbed in the wrong way. They felt that without work, we would have no meaning really. That work and creating value is the ultimate meaning of being here and being a member of society. And without it, we are pulling on one of the most crucial levelers and kind of undermining what keeps our societies going. I’m paraphrasing what they said. They’re going to hear this and disagree with how I paraphrase it. But like, those are kind of the two camps, like when people hear this and they either get angry or they get it.

11:40

Jean-Louis:
And I think, so Yuval Harari wrote a great article about this and really his kind of analogy for it is, is a game. If you look at the career, which is kind of so many articles, so much mind share right now about how work is the new religion. And really you can see this through the lens of a game. There is a lot of well-defined structures. Money is maybe the point system. The level that you’re at is the level of esteem you have in society. You really kind of, your self-worth is tied to how far along this career game you’re playing.

And that’s really the structure of how most people operate their lives. If you ask them who they are, they define themselves in this game of a career. And so getting rid of that, I think to a lot of people is kind of scary. But on the flip side, I think one interesting analogy that kind of escapes this discussion of career and money being defining yourself worth and meaning is, you look at influencers and you look at social media. We’ve started to create a new game. There is a new game around social influence, where now you’re defined by how many followers you have. And at a certain level you can start getting endorsements and deals and making a living out of this.

And this is, I mean, you could argue to some extent that it’s a career, but the mechanics are very different from how we typically define careers. And this is something that’s flexible, that’s accessible, that anyone can come in and play. And so I think there are alternatives that are starting to pop up, but it’s still to some extent an unproven model. And the other caveat, which is a big one to this, is that not everyone can be an influencer.

13:09

Jasmine Bina:
The thing about a career is I hear that word and that word has been kind of triggering for me because my definition of what my career is to me has been a big chasm between me and my parents. So I think a lot of listeners could probably relate to this. We work really hard as millennials. Work is our religion. It’s how we define ourselves. It’s like you said, very tied up in our self-worth, but our parents have a hard time understanding that. They really always felt that work was not who you were at all. Your work was just a job. It was something outside of your life. It’s something that you did to make money, to live your life.

And it points to the fact that a career is very much a cultural construct. It was something that was invented. And speaking of things that were invented, this discussion reminds me of, I don’t know if you saw this documentary recently that came out, I think on Amazon called Playing with Fire. Playing with Fire, so I’ll link to it in the show notes. But essentially, it’s this new movement that you’ve probably heard about in one way or another.

14:07

The acronym FIRE stands for Financially Independent Retire Early, and it’s super simple. You drastically reduce your spending costs. That means like moving in with your parents, not driving to work, cooking every single meal, super, super cheaply, like even like soaking your own beans and then radically increasing your savings rate so that you can retire in like five to 10 years. And in the course of all that obviously get out of debt. And it’s kind of like this backlash of the millennial generation to the consumerism that they were kind of spoon-fed while they were growing up.

What’s interesting about that documentary is not so much like what it’s trying to say with the movement, but it starts to uncover a lot of other cultural constructs around money. If you think about the retirement age being 65, that’s very new, that’s I believe after World War II, social security came out for its own reasons because now you had a whole class of people coming back from war and they were not employable, and the government needs to find a way to get them to retire. So they came up with a social security scheme, but it was actuarial analysts who came up with that 65 number and it was just about balancing a budget, it had nothing to do is the right time to retire or even defining what retirement should be.

And the other thing about this movement is that it’s really about decoupling money from happiness and treating it like a game, like you said. When you treat money like a game, your relationship to it changes and it doesn’t have that same emotional hold over you. And I think that’s what we’re talking about here. When suddenly you don’t have to work for that money, those controls disappear.

15:38

Jean-Louis:
No, 100%. This is sort of, if we play this forward in a society where for most people don’t have to work for a living, obviously a lot of people are still going to work, but one of the big questions is what do you do with your time? And definitely content creation and consumption is probably going to become far more prevalent in that. And a good way to kind of relate this to brands today is that a lot of companies are taking their product and turning it into an experience and really focusing on the experience of that product.

And really what they’re doing there is they’re turning a commodity and they’re turning it into content. I think that’s a trajectory. I mean, if this thought experiment holds true that that’s going to be true for a very long time from now that we’re going to be trying to turn as much as we can into content as a, kind of almost a replacement for the value and the stories that we tell ourselves with money.

16:32

Jasmine Bina:
So just hearing you say that makes me realize that content is probably going to wildly change in the next 100 years. Like it’s obviously going to be more immersive. And I don’t think this again comes back to something that I don’t know if I’ve talked about this in this podcast, but it’s not the technology that’s going to change. The fact that content will become more immersive, it’s the fact that we are ready to accept more immersive content and that’s what this is pointing to.

Jean-Louis:
That, but also the fact that this content is going to tell us who we are. There’s something, I think we mentioned this already in our podcast that, so many brands are starting to get to the level of identity where they’re becoming vehicles and proxies for us making decisions and kind of seeing who we are in the world. But content is kind of the leading era. I mean, this is already the voice and the medium most of these companies are doing. And if we look at this world view of how money and career in the large part have defined who we are now in the kind of vacuum of that, content and brand is going to do that for us.

17:31

Jasmine Bina:
This underscores something really important that I think is easy to miss in spaces like finance or career or work. I think when it comes to money or work, the stories are typically very practical and pragmatic. If you are a brand in that space trying to tell a story, you focus on features and benefits. But you should never lose sight of the fact that every decision that any human being ever makes, even if it’s like, which toothpaste to buy, is 100% emotional. And this is an emotional story that we’re talking about here. The way we relate to our work and to our wealth is emotional.

And I just want to point out, like you can even take it down to a scientific level. I’ve written about this before. So there was a study by a neuroscientist named Antonio Damasio, I did not remember that, I am reading it off of my screen right now. And this is a recent study, he discovered this a few years ago. He was studying patients that had lesions in the area of the brain where emotions are generated, right? So they were actually pretty normal people. Like you could have a conversation with them. You would never even know something was wrong.

18:28

Until you asked them to make a decision and they could not make a decision, and that doesn’t make sense. If you have all of your logical faculties and decisions are logical, these people should be super decision-makers, right? They can cut out all the noise, but the fact is they can’t. And the hypothesis is that logic and reasoning and information can help you get 90% of the way, but the fact is your brain knows you’re never going to have full, perfect information, so that last inch of decision-making has to be emotionally. It has to be an emotional journey that you have to take in order to make a choice.

And I just can’t underscore this enough. No matter what business you’re in or what industry, if you’re thinking about your brand, you have to start with the emotions. I don’t care if it’s like accounting software or you’re selling brooms or soap, whatever, the emotional piece is always going to be the deciding factor. Okay. So there’s so much more to talk about on that topic, but let’s move on. What’s another 100 year experiment that you think is revealing in terms of where our culture is now and what we value as a culture.

19:32

Jean-Louis:
One thing is kind of interesting, the treatment of animals. So we know culturally speaking that, or at least on a society level, that the way we treat animals is, it’s not okay. That there’s a huge amount of suffering and it really doesn’t have to be this way. We know it’s barbaric, but there’s so much cognitive dissonance that we can’t fully reconcile that at a cultural level. If it was accessible to become a vegetarian at a low personal economic cost, in terms of time and effort and money, I think then we would kind of be able to say that like, okay, this is terrible we’re not going to do it anymore.

But we’re still reconciling with that cognitive dissonance where we know it’s wrong, but we’re not quite there yet to change our behaviors around that. In 100 years, it’s probably quite likely that we’ll have a very different mindset about this, about how we know it’s wrong and we have significantly changed our actions about it. And those cultural and economic incentives will create a very different landscape for how we look at food altogether.

20:30

Jasmine Bina:
So do you feel like right now there’re any brands that are helping us with this cognitive dissonance?

Jean-Louis:
Well, I mean, of course you have all the kind of Impossible Burger, Beyond Meat, all of these companies that are creating these new artificial meats. And it’s interesting, the terminology they’re using.

Jasmine Bina:
And artificial dairy too. There’s Perfect Day. There’s a million nut milks, and it’s not insignificant that both the meat lobby and the dairy lobbies have really pushed back legally on these brands being able to use words like milk or meat.

Jean-Louis:
It’s fascinating, but this is the direction we’re sort of headed in. And I think it just sort of underscores the cultural aspect of this, that like so much about meat. I mean, not to beat a dead horse, but it’s about identity, especially kind of this masculine male narrative-

21:21

Jasmine Bina:
Oh, 100%.

Jean-Louis:
… you’re a meat eater, and this defines you as a man.

Jasmine Bina:
Or a meat and potatoes kind of guy, for sure.

Jean-Louis:
And so, obviously you can see how the big goal right now is to create a good enough substitute that you can feel like you’re not compromising when you don’t eat meat. And this is really to address the most fundamental layer of just cognitive dissonance. I don’t want to sacrifice anything, but I know what I’m doing is wrong.

21:47

Jasmine Bina:
I think what these brands … first of all, I don’t think that there is a really good example of a brand that’s easing the cognitive dissonance, because I think the cognitive dissonance comes when the way you act is different than the way you see yourself, right? So there’s that kind of discomfort. And I think the fact is, a lot of people don’t want to look at the inhumane treatment of animals because they’re not ready to face the fact that they are part of that terrible system. That’s the first level of cognitive dissonance that needs to be traversed.

The other thing is the emotional side of things. So right now, Impossible Foods, Beyond Meat, all of these other dairy alternatives, the story they’re telling is that this is healthier for you. This is better for the planet. Here’s the problem with stories that always have to, first of all, there are better stories and I’ve talked about this a million times, saying your better is always a losing game because better is relative. But also you’re really just talking about features. You have to emotionally deconstruct your relationship with food in order to start eating what people call Frankenfoods.

22:45

I know Impossible and Beyond Meat have both gotten this huge rash of pushback recently about people saying that these foods are actually really over-processed, and a lot of times the nutritional profile is not better for you than regular meat. Or the fact that they are really not solving any problems when it comes to waste and resources in the supply chain. Part of that is because foods, alternative meats and dairies have been lumped in with environmentally responsible stories. So people are expecting that from all these brands now. And I think that these brands we’re failing to see that.

But something about food is emotional because when you start to put things on your body or in your body, the rules start to change. I think part of it has to come from this idea that food, there’s a sanctity around food. And let me explain this. There’s a great article in Vox that I’ve cited many times called, why natural food has become a secular stand-in for goodness and purity. And they spoke with a religious scholar at a university somewhere. And he was talking about the fact that why is there suddenly this use of natural, the word natural or pure or clean around foods? I eat clean or these are natural ingredients or pure ingredients.

24:05

And I think the point that he was making was that natural has become this kind of like secular stand-in for a generalized idea of goodness. And goodness, the idea of goodness, being good and being bad, that’s religious. That is the fundamental starting point for all religions. And we’ve started applying it to food because food has become our new religion. If food is a ritualistic, subconsciously religious experience, and it isn’t a lot of cultures, by the way. There are rules for what you can and cannot eat in Judaism, in Islam and in a number of different cultures that stem from religion.

How repositioning these new Frankenfoods in that context, and I think that’s where they’re missing like the emotional context around this. What was really interesting to me was the word organic never came up. And we actually saw this in some user research for one of our clients too. People are much more prone to say, I buy natural foods or I go shop at the farmer’s market rather than shopping for organic. And that’s crazy because organic is a much more functional descriptor of food that is clean and pure. That’s a label, which means that brand has gone through certain hurdles to get that organic certification. But people are not applying this religious veneer to the word organic. I think that’s very telling

25:20

Jean-Louis:
There’s an incredible amount of gravity about this culturally. What I’m kind of excited about is when we got over this first generation and we stopped telling these better stories and we start telling a different story, I can imagine a world where we have, let’s just call them meat alternatives that can be functional in a way. Like things that have, and engineered to have like tumor egg and omegas, and all these sort of functional ingredients that can start to explore what food can do.

One thing I’m very curious about in the context of sort of, not just the treatment of animals, but kind of the way we think and talk about diet is sort of blows my mind is that one of the most fundamental questions humans need to ask is what is a healthy diet, has actually still to a large extent, not fully been honest.

26:12

Jasmine Bina:
There’s no real science that can prove anything.

Jean-Louis:
I know, it’s mind-blowing and everyone for a long time thought it was a Mediterranean diet. And then it turned out that there was that study. That kind of proved that actually, it wasn’t quite as good as we thought. Some of the numbers may have been forged.

Jasmine Bina:
Honestly, in this space for every study, there is a study that proves that study wrong. So you can say that with the Mediterranean diet, you can say that with a vegetarian or a vegan diet, with a Western diet, everything.

Jean-Louis:
And there’s a lot of incentive right now to sort of muddy the waters and say, “Well, if don’t know, you might as well just keep doing what you’re doing.” And I think that’s what a lot of these lobbies are trying to get to.

26:47

Jasmine Bina:
Now, this makes me think of something interesting that I had never actually considered before. You need to apply a personal set of values on top of food, because when there’s no science to tell you what to do, you have to create a framework that will help you decide what to eat. And if it’s not going to come from science and facts, then it’s probably going to come from lifestyle, beliefs and value systems, or maybe even like some version of like a religious belief.

Jean-Louis:
I think where this is kind of showing as a thought experiment, is that the way we eat is probably going to go through a lot of transitions in the next 100 years. Not just kind of on the science and kind of what we eat, but how we eat it, our values around it. There’s going to be a lot of negotiation and kind of going back to the fact that food is also really powerful vehicle for identity. It’s going to be a whole renegotiation. I don’t know if we know where it’s going to end up. We just know that it’s going to be a very long and convoluted journey.

Jasmine Bina:
I write about food brands a lot because I feel like that’s one of the leading indicators of where people are. It’s also where people have the most resistance I think to change. Okay. So we can’t really talk about food and responsible eating without talking about environmentalism as well.

28:00

Jean-Louis:
I think this is something that gets very interesting is that you look at a lot of these companies, as their hallmark, they’re really defining themselves as environmentally responsible companies. And they kind of bring their supply chain to the forefront. And I think of a recent startup, I think it was called Naadam. They’re all about affordable cashmere sweaters. And their whole shtick is that they’re talking about the supply chain, how everyone is happy at every stage. It’s the people they work with, the materials-

Jasmine Bina:
How they treat the animals.

Jean-Louis:
-it’s clean. It’s good for the world. It’s good for the people. And you can’t underestimate that what this is doing is it’s educating their customers away from their competitors. Now, if you look at this at a macro level, if companies keep doing this, which there’s a very good reason to believe they will, consumers are going to start getting much more sophisticated. And if we start buying, being mindful of the supply chain and all the kind of greater consequences of these products, it’s going to create a very different landscape for brands. It’s you really have to support these beliefs with your actions, and it’s not enough to kind of sell localized benefits. They have to be put in a global context.

29:13

Jasmine Bina:
That’s a good point, but I think there’s actually a much bigger problem than that. And what comes to mind is what recently happened with Allbirds. So Allbirds, they’ve got that quintessential Silicon Valley shoe. I think the peak hype has probably passed us, but you could argue that we’re still like peak Allbirds right now. And people are buying like the romance of what it means to have like clothing and apparel like this. The thing about them is when you lead with features like they have like being a super comfortable shoe, it can create a lot of distraction from what the real brand is about.

And Allbirds actually has some really compelling social and environmental missions behind the brand that people aren’t so aware of that. And here’s where the problem comes in. So Amazon has created a complete rip off of their shoes, completely and I think at a much more competitive price point. And of course it’s going to be a huge blow to their top line. Now, I think it was either Mark Jacobs or Steve Madden that did the same thing Amazon did to Allbirds like a while back. Allbirds sued them. But Allbirds can’t Sue Amazon. That’s just dangerous territory and Amazon would sink them in legal costs.

30:26

So instead what they did was the CEO wrote an open letter to Amazon saying, “Hey, if you’re going to copy us, that’s great, but you should copy our supply chain too. You should copy all of our responsible practices. You should buy from the same manufacturer that we do for like,” I think it was like the, the material in the soles of their shoes, “So that the cost can come down for all of us and everybody can get access to great shoes that are actually really great for the environment is a really genius PR move.”

And it got a lot of traction, but it underscored a huge problem that Allbirds brand in that nobody really knew their social mission or their environmental commitments and their product is their brand, which is such a dangerous place to be in, because now that their product is not just theirs anymore, what’s left.

31:11

Jean-Louis:
I mean, if you look at the trajectory of all these things, the customer base, that’s getting more aware of everything is getting kind of buying in a great or wider context. You have to be careful because as this consumer constantly evolves, there’s a good chance and companies do this. They educate that customer beyond their own products even, to the point where they’re like, well, there’s a better alternative than even you, even though you educated me in getting that.

And so this is something … well, there’s two things here. One is that the consumer is constantly evolving. Education is now becoming a key part in so many brands. And two is that everything matters in a way that it didn’t before. Before it was just really consuming for what it meant to me, or this solves a problem, excellent. And you didn’t really care about anything else.

And I think what this speaks to is that when you buy a pair of jeans and it’s produced in India and it’s producing all this pollution and it’s making a lot of the rivers toxic. Or you buy produce from Chile and you’re supporting a lot of human rights abuses around water, this is now becoming an important piece of the products and the brands you buy. Maybe not so much now, but in the very foreseeable future, you have to play on a global level. And I think it’s going to really change the landscape of who wins and who doesn’t by acknowledging these things, because it’s hard to do that.

32:34

Jasmine Bina:
But I’m going to argue that all of these things being social responsible, having a great supply chain, solving problems, resource wise and economically and stuff like that. These are benefits right now, but they’re quickly turning into features. They’re quickly going to become something that is attainable for every other brand that wants to tell the same story. So you need to move beyond what this product is about and move to whatever the lifestyle or the ideal or the larger future vision of that brand is about.

Okay. There’s one more thing I want to bring up. Another 100 year experiment that I think about oftentimes in our work is having to do with mental health. What are we going to look back on in a 100 years when it comes to mental health and think like, damn, we were crazy. I believe that in a 100 years, we’re going to look back and think of how immoral it was that mental health was secondary to physical health. And more than that, the fact that it was denied to so many people, either through the system, which I think we’re all aware of or because of gendered stereotypes.

33:37

Jean-Louis:
This is a really good analogy I heard a while back, which is that if you went for a run in the ’40s, someone would ask you who you’re running from. The idea that you could go for a run for leisure and fitness was kind of an unfamiliar idea to a lot of people. And the same could be said today of mental health and therapy. You go to a therapist and say, Oh, is everything okay?

Jasmine Bina:
What’s wrong with you?

Jean-Louis:
Exactly. And it’s just our mindset is so far behind the way we think about physical health. Like the fact that we have to talk about it as the mental health conversation. Like it’s its own thing, and it’s just now emerging that we’re like, oh yeah, I never really thought about mental health before. It’s kind of remarkable.

34:19

Jasmine Bina:
But here’s why I think that this experiment is a really interesting one to run. It’s because I think we’re starting to see some major changes and here’s what I see. So mental health, just like you described has always been very, very siloed. It happens in a therapist office, or it happens with drugs, but that’s what mental health is. And I think now mental health is becoming a lot more diffuse and it’s coming by way of wellness and self-care, which I could talk about for hours, but I’m not going to do here.

But we’re moving to this new truth that in health, in general, everything is connected. So people are starting to think that health is hiding in the connections. For example, the gut brain connection, the brain body connection. The fact that we could be in toxic environments and not just physically, but like emotionally toxic environments. All the memes around toxic friendships and toxic people, health and spirituality. Health is so connected to so many other things. It’s about transcending, just the physical side of it.

What’s fascinating about that is, it reminds me of a real truth and brand strategy and it’s this. When the definition of something changes, the stigma changes. This is a big pillar of brand strategy. If you don’t want people to bring their baggage and biases to your door, meaning if you don’t want people to come with biases from another user experience to your product, then you need to change the door. You need to redefine what it is that people are doing.

35:48

And that’s happening in mental health. We’re not calling it the therapist’s office anymore, we’re calling it meditation or we’re calling it bath soaks. We’re calling it goop and moon juice. We’re calling it so many other things that when it has a different definition, you forget what you know about the space, because you’re thinking this is something different and you are open to a wholly new experience. If this is abstract, I’m going to give you an example, Noom, the weight-loss app Noom. Here in California, it’s advertised all over TV to us. I’ve checked it out. It’s amazing. It’s one of our case studies that we use in our speaking engagements and in our workshops for clients.

Noom is actually not a weight loss app. Once you dig into it, it is 100% a mental health app wrapped up in weight loss. They have redefined it so you come to it with a different set of expectations. You’re a much more open to having a very raw, emotional, personal experience. Like there are questions and UX moments and spark points and little delightful experiences within this app that force you to have a mental health conversation with yourself. And that’s how they’re approaching food and body image and it’s fascinating. I would really recommend that anybody that wants to see how a brand changes definition and changes the stigmas does it, it’s Noom. This is the experiment that I think will play … I think it’s playing out right now in our lives.

37:19

Jean-Louis:
I mean, it’s quite easy to imagine in 100 years just looking back and thinking like how primitive of us to not even consider mental health, kind of going back to the big picture again. One thing that I find very interesting is if you look at suicide rates, suicide is a huge issue. According to the crisis, it’s now that I think the 10th highest cause of death in this country. It’s three and a half times more common for men than women to commit suicide. And probably a big part of this is this kind of toxic masculinity. And that comes down to how we relate to one another.

And to your point, Jasmine, I think this is something where mental health is not a concrete problem, is sort of, is adjacent to all these other aspects, your diet, your relationships, even your work to a large extent is definitive of your mental health. And so this isn’t something you solve with kind of taking one pill. I think, it’s a much more abstract problem to solve than maybe physical health is. With physical health, there are a lot of roots and you can see kind of like cause and effect much more transparently.

And so this point about toxic masculinity and the suicide rate, one of the things that stands out to me, that’s kind of interesting is this value we have on isolation and space. There was this article I read a while ago, how everyone’s moving out of New York to have more space, so each of their kids can have a room for themselves. And it just kind of shocked me, like when did we place so much cultural value on being alone? And I wonder in 100 years we look back and quite possibly, hopefully I really hope that we see relationships very differently. That we have many more tools to relate and connect to one another. There isn’t this kind of binary and how we see masculinity, where you can’t be vulnerable. If you’re vulnerable, then it says something about you.

39:10

Jasmine Bina:
Now, let’s just say what it is. Like, there’s this huge unspoken dichotomy or maybe spoken where like you’re either a tough straight guy and if you’re anything different than that, then you’re gay. Like I don’t think I’m exaggerating and in fact people have written about this. It’s this really unnecessary cultural construct, here’s our race again, that just drives this hard line between being a man and being something else.

Jean-Louis:
And what’s interesting, I think we’re starting to see a lot of economic incentives where, like if you look at gaming for example, there was some report recently, 70% of gaming is now a social activity. It’s done with friends as a kind of communal experience, that’s a big change. And I think it sort of shows that we’re starting to get a lot of economic incentives around facilitating these new kinds of relationships.

Jasmine Bina:
Yeah, I don’t know, gaming still has a lot of like toxic male stuff in it.

Jean-Louis:
For sure, but it’s just this one dynamic where we’re starting to use this medium as a way of socializing. And there’s a lot of questions because again, with social media. Social media in large part replaced part of our social discourse and it wasn’t healthy. It clearly wasn’t healthy, and it kind of remains to be seen how this sort of plays out. If this is actually the sign of something good, or if this is going to replace yet another kind of aspect of how we relate to one another and replace it with something that’s even worse.

40:35

Jasmine Bina:
I feel like culturally, this is so much more insidious. There was a great episode on the Hidden Brain podcast. I think it was a series of episodes, but they talked to social researchers about when, boys when they grow up are actually very emotional, very touchy and huggy, very close to their friends. And they talk about their friends the same way girls do. They love their friends and they giggled together and they were rough house.

And then around the age of like, I think somewhere between 11 and 14, they start to become very solitary. They don’t talk about those same things. They’re not physically intimate at all anymore, and they kind of become these islands and I think culturally conditioned within them. And I’m going to link to this in the show notes too. Like it was a fantastic podcast. People should listen to this.

And that’s where like the discussion of like, that’s when kids start saying like, oh, that’s gay. That’s when like those kinds of words start getting used and young boys who are so effusive, suddenly turn into these different animals and they are denied such basic fundamental human rights like being touched, being connective, being relational, being emotional. People are going to disagree with me, but come at me, it’s fine. But like, there are a lot of studies around this and it goes back to what we were saying that there’s a larger mental health discussion happening here and I think it covers the entire span of our lives, not just adulthood.

42:05

Jean-Louis:
Like it could really be, if we think about how much energy goes into wellness in the context of physical health, it could very well be not even in 100 years, and maybe even within a decade, a lot of that attention will be on our own mental well-being instead. Like that will be one of the primary drivers of new consumption.

Jasmine Bina:
Mental health is the new physical health.

Jean-Louis:
Yeah, definitely.

Jasmine Bina:
Okay. We covered a lot. I would recommend anybody who’s listening to this right now, you do your own thought experiments within your own work. You don’t have to push it out to 100 years, but even pushing out to five to 10 years is going to, I think reveal some interesting things for you about human behavior, the stories that people are willing to accept, how much people are willing to change. It’s all great stuff to work with. Great conversation. Thanks, we’re going to talk again soon.

Jean-Louis:
All right.

Interesting Links & More Reading

Think With Us:

Strategy In Your Inbox

Join over 20,000 strategic thinkers.